&t ! H ^ije Hafee Cla*£tcal &tvit& First Latin Lessons BY HARRY FLETCHER S£OTT PROFESSOR OF CLASSICAL LANGUAGES IN OHIO UNIVERSITY, ATHENS, OHIO With Selections for Reading from Decem Fabulae SCOTT, FORESMAN AND COMPANY CHICAGO ATLANTA NEW YORK V EDlicATION DEPT. COPTRIQHT 1922, BT SCOTT, FOBESMAN AND COMPANT 261.7 PREFACE The fact that the work of the first and second years of the high school Latin course should give value in itself , apart from being merely a preparation for later study, has come to be generally recognized. The number of Latin pupils whose study of the subject does not go beyond these first two years is very large in proportion to the total number studying Latin, and probably this has always been the case. But in the efTort to provide for those whose capacities and opportunities make it possible for them to continue the study of Latin through the high school and into the college, the needs of the larger group whose opportunities were certain to be more narrowly limited have not always been taken into account. Further, the fact that the values which we recognized were so f ar in the distance has probably tended to diminish the number who chose to continue beyond the two-year stage. Evidently one of the chief values to be gained from two years' study of Latin is a better knowledge of the English language. This should involve on the one hand a clearer comprehension of grammatical structure and on the other an enlarged vocabulary and an increased accuracy in the use of words. If these are to be among the major objectives, they should be recognized in the organization of the material which is first presented. But young pupils will not study patiently mere lists of words for any long time. Words must be employed in the expression of thought if they are to make an impression on the mind of the boy or girl which is sufhciently vivid to add to the store of memory. The exercises through which the iii C C\ K d C fk iv PREFACE vocabulary of the Latin language is to be made familiar should have something of the same kind of appeal as that made by the reading material employed in the first steps of learning to read the pupiFs own language. The material presented in this book has been prepared in accordance with the point of view above stated. Its dis- tinctive f eatures are the f ollowing : 1. The study of English derivatives is introduced from the first through exercises which illustrate the use of the words given. 2. The principles of English grammar are presented in connection with the early Lessons in such a way that they may be reviewed or studied if necessary, while they may easily be omitted with classes which have mastered them. 3. Connected paragraphs for translation are employed instead of isolated sentences, in order to make possible the more rapid acquisition of vocabulary. 4. The vocabularies and study of forms have been so arranged as to lead up to the reading of easy plays dealing with classical stories and myths, which are likely to make a more natural appeal to the beginner than Caesar or Viri Romae. 5. Regularly only one new principle or set of forms is introduced in a Lesson. 6. The Lesson vocabularies are small, never exceeding ten words and often not reaching that number. 7. A relatively small number of English sentences to be written in Latin has been given. In their place completion exercises have been employed, through which the pupiPs attention can be concentrated on the specific usage to be taught. 8. Most of the irregular inflections have been postponed to the second year. 9. Only the indicative, imperative, and infinitive moods of the verb are given. The forms and uses of the subjunctive PREFACE V are presented in A Junior Latin Reader, the second book of this same series. 10. The small amount of syntax or form study given in each lesson, and the simplicity of the reading matter will commonly make it possible to complete a lesson in a single recitation. Naturally no such plan can be made to meet the needs of every class, and the teacher may sometimes choose to omit or leave for later review part of the exercises of a lesson. The plays "Horatius", "Circe", "Polyphemus", "Reditus Ulixis", and "Medicus" are used by the kind permission of Miss Ryle, the only survivor of the co-authors of Decem Fabulae, from which they are taken. 1 A few changes have been made in the text of the plays, chiefly for the purpose of decreasing the vocabulary or avoiding idioms which seemed likely to prove difficult for young pupils. The character j has been used to represent the consonant value of i in the spelling of Latin words in order to enable the young pupil to recognize more easily the relation between Latin words and their English derivatives. The origin of such words as injury, juvenile, conjunction, and the like is more leadily seen by the beginner when the Latin words from which these words are derived are spelled injuria, juvenis, conjunctus, than when the classical spelling is used. Other variations from the classical spelling have been made for the same reason. Among them are afficio, appropinquo, expecto. The uncontracted genitive of filius and nouns in -ium is given to avoid confusion. The standard of spelling (including the use of j) represents in general the prevalent usage in Latin textbooks in this country and in England until a compara- tively recent period. If the pupil should at a later time in his course use textbooks which employ a slightly different spelling he will have little difficulty in becoming accustomed 1 Captains Paine and Mainwaring, who were Miss Ryle's associates in the writing of these plays, were numbered among those who gave up their lives in the World War. vi PREFACE to the forms which are used. Our Latin textbooks have never at any time been uniform in spelling, and it seems preferable in such a book as this to adopt the standard which will give the greatest value to the large number of those who are unable to continue the study for more than a few years. The author wishes to make acknowledgment of obligation to Professor H. C. Morrison of the University of Chicago for encouragement in undertaking the preparation of this book, to Miss Marie Denneen of the University High School of Minnesota, Professor Victor D. Hill of Ohio University, and Professor F. W. Sanford of the University of Nebraska, who have kindly read the proofs. Professor Sanford and Professor W. L. Carr of Oberlin have also given valuable assistance in the preparation of the manuscript. The colored picture of the Roman Forum is from Le Forum Romain et la Voie Sacree, by M. 1'Abbe H. Thedenat, membre de Tlnstitut, and is here used with the consent of the pub- lishers, Plon-Nourrit et C ie , of Paris, France. The other illustrations in color which are presented in this book are reproduced with the permission of G. Bell and Sons, London, England, from their admirable series of Latin Picture Cards, by Grainger. Harry Fletcher Scott. Ohio Universitt Athens, Ohio CONTENTS PAGE Preface iii List of Illustrations xi Pronunciation xiii Elementary Principles of Grammar xix Lesson I. Importance of Latin 1 II. Subject, Object, and Predicate (Singular Num- ber) 4 III. Agreement of Adjectives 7 IV. PluralNumber: Nominative and Accusative Cases 9 V. Genitive Case 12 VI. Indirect Object: the Dative Case 14 VII. Indirect Object: the Dative Case (continued) . . 16 VIII. Dative with Adjectives 18 IX. Prepositions : the Ablative Case 20 X. Nouns of the First Declension 22 First Review Lesson 26 XI. CONJUGATION OF SUm IN THE PrESENT TENSE .... 28 XII. Verbs of the First Conjugation: Present Tense . 30 XIII. Nouns of the Second Declension Ending in -um . . 33 XIV. Nouns of the Second Declension Ending in -us . . 36 XV. Nouns of the Second Declension Ending in -er ... 39 XVI. SUMMARY OF THE SeCOND DECLENSION 41 XVII. Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions . 43 XVIII. Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions (continued) 46 XIX. Passive Voice, Present Indicative 49 Second Review Lesson 52 XX. Declension and Use of hic 53 XXI. Prepositions with the Accusative 56 XXII. Second Conjugation 58 XXIII. Declension and Use of ille 60 vii vin CONTENTS PAGE XXIV. Imperfect Active of the First and Second Conju- GATIONS 62 XXV. Interrogative Pronoun and Adjective 65 XXVI. Imperfect Indicative Passive of the First and Second Conjugations 67 XXVII. Declension and Use of is 70 Third Review Lesson 73 XXVIII. Future Active and Passive of the First and Second CONJUGATIONS 75 XXIX. Imperfect and Future Indicative of sum 77 XXX. Possessives of the Third Person 79 XXXI. Nouns of the Third Declension with the Genitive Plural in -um, Masculine and Feminine Genders 82 XXXII. Nouns of the Third Declension with the Genitive Plural in -um, Neuter Gender 85 XXXIII. Nouns of the Third Declension with the Genitive Plural in -ium, Masculine and Feminine Genders 88 XXXIV. Nouns of the Third Declension with the Genitive Plural in -ium, Neuter Gender 90 XXXV. Perfect Tense, Active Voice 93 Fourth Review Lesson 96 XXXVI. Past Passive Participle 98 XXXVII. Principal Parts: Stems of Verbs 100 XXXVIII. Perfect Indicative Passive : Past Infinitive .... 103 XXXIX. Verbs of the Third Conjugation Ending in -6, Pres- ent Indicative 106 XL. Verbs of the Third Conjugation Ending in -io, Pres- ent Indicative 108 XLI. Ablative of Means 110 XLII. Verbs of the Fourth Conjugation 113 XLIII. Imperfect Indicative of the Third and Fourth CONJUGATIONS 116 XLIV. Reflexive Pronouns 118 Fifth Review Lesson 120 XLV. Future Tense of the Third and Fourth Conjuga- tions: Present Infinitives 122 CONTENTS ix PAGE XLVI. Relative Pronoun 125 XLVII. Adjectives of the Third Declension with Two End- INGS AND THREE EnDINGS 127 XLVIII. Adjectives of the Third Declension with One End- ING 130 XLIX. Nouns of the Fourth Declension 132 L. Conjugation of eo and Its Compounds 134 LI. EXPRESSIONS OF TlME WITH THE ABLATIVE AND THE Ac- cusative 136 Sexth Review Lesson 139 LII. Imperative 141 LIII. Conjugation of possum 144 LIV. Personal Pronouns 146 LV. Past Perfect Tense 149 LVI. Declension of idem 151 LVII. Future Perfect: Synopsis of Verbs 154 LVIII. Dative with Special Verbs 157 LIX. Forms of Questions 159 Seventh Review Lesson 161 HORATIUS 163 Vocative of Proper Names in -ius 164 Declension of quidam 164 CONJUGATION OF VOl6 165 Declension of aliquis 166 Lesson LX. Present Participle 172 LXI. Ablative Absolute 175 LXII. Quotations: Indirect Discourse 178 LXIII. Nouns of the Fifth Declension: Impersonal Verbs . 180 LXIV. Cardinal Numerals 184 CIRCE 187 Dative with Compounds 187 Ablative of Description 188 comparison of adjectives . 190 Declension of Comparatives 191 x CONTENTS PAGE Comparison of Adjectives in -er 192 Special Adjectives in -lis 193 Adjectives Compared Irregularly 194 formation of adverbs 195 comparison of adverbs 196 Irregular Adverbs 197 POLYPHEMUS *198 REDITUS ULIXIS 206 Exercises for Translation into Latin 216 MEDICUS 220 Latin Songs 224 Grammatical Appendix . . . 231 supplementary readings I. The Story of Perseus 275 II. The Story of Hercules 287 Latin-English Vocabulary 323 English-Latin Vocabulary 354 Index 361 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS PAGE The Roman Forum (Restoration — Colored) .... Frontispiece Roman Farmer with Plow 6 Roman Children at Play . 9 An Arch over a Roman Road 11 Roman Writing Materials 13 roman sword and scabbard 17 View of Ancient Rome (Reconstructton) 25 Roman Seal Rings 27 Ruins OF a Roman Aqueduct 38 A Roman Farm Scene (Colored) Facing 45 roman coins 51 Three Roman Boys 54 Roman Javelins 55 Street of Pompeii 69 Roman Drinking Cups 72 Manner of Wearing the Toga 80 Roman Standards 91 The Capitoline Hill (Restoratign) 105 The Appian Way in the Time of Augustus 112 Theater of Pompeii 115 A Roman Harbor (Colored) Facing 116 Roman Helmets 124 View of Modern Rome from the Capitoline Hill 138 Entrance to a Roman Fortified Camp 143 View on the Appian Way 153 Roman Spoons and Bowl 156 A Roman Road (Colored) Facing 163 ruins of the coliseum 171 Roman Oil Vault 174 Victims for a Roman Sacrifice 180 Roman Lamps 181 The Pyramid of Cestius 182 Roman Table 185 A Street Scene (Colored) Facing 220 Roman Buckles 259 Jupiter 278 Minerva 281 Juno 290 Hercules 305 xi INTRODUCTORY LESSON PRONUNCIATION I. The Latin alphabet is the same as the English, except that the Latin has no w. a. The letter j was not introduced until long after the time of the great Roman writers. Its sound was repre- sented by i, which was used both as a vowel and as a consonant. But since j was used in the spelling of Latin words during the period in which the greater number of the English derivatives from Latin were brought into the Eng- lish language, and since its use is helpful to beginners in learning the pronunciation of new words, it is retained in this book. The sounds of u and v were also represented originally by one letter. VOWELS AND CONSONANTS II. The vowels, as in English, are a, e, i, o, u, and y. 1 The other letters are consonants. THE ROMAN METHOD OF PRONUNCIATION SOUNDS OF THE LETTERS III. The vowels in Latin are either long or short. In this book long vowels are indicated by a mark placed above them. A vowel which is unmarked is short. The vowel sounds are indicated in the following table : a. = ainfather a 2 = first a in ahd e = a in fade e = e in net i = i in machine i = i in this 6 = o in holy o = o in domain u = u in rude u = u in full *y is seldom used. Its sound is the same as that of u in the French language or u in German. 2 Like a, but pronounced more quickly. xiii XIV FIRST LATIN LESSONS IV. The consonants have in general the same sounds as in English. The following exceptions are to be noted: c and ch have the sound of k. g has only one sound, that heard in go. j is equivalent to y in yes. s has only the sound heard in say. t always has the sound heard in top. It does not corn- bine with i to give the sound of sh as in nation. v has the sound of w. x has only the sound of ks, as in exercise. bs and bt are equivalent to ps and pt. ph and th are nearly equivalent to p and t. DIPHTHONGS V. A diphthong is a combination of two vowels in one syl- lable. The diphthongs are ae, au, ei, eu, oe, and ui. Their sounds are as follows: ae = ai in aisle eu = eu in feud au = ou in out oe = oi in boil ei = ei in vein ui^almost 1 ui in ruin SYLLABLES VI. A syllable is either a group of letters the sounds of which are taken together in pronunciation, or a vowel or diphthong which is taken by itself in pronunciation. The fol- lowing words are divided into syllables by hyphens : ac-ci-dent, re-li-a-ble. A syllable must always have a vowel or a diphthong. The rules for the division of Latin words into syllables are as follows: (1) A consonant between two vowels is taken with the vowel which follows it: po-no, ha-be-6. (2) Two consonants between two vowels are divided, one going with the vowel which precedes and one with the vowel which follows. But if the second of two consonants is 1 or r, 1 The u is shorter than in the EngUsh word, and the vowels are more closely blended. FIRST LATIN LESSONS XV and if the combination can be pronounced at the beginning of a word, as bl, br, etc, the two are taken with the vowel which follows, like a single consonant 1 : man-da-re, car-do; but fe-bris, a-cris. LENGTH OF SYLLABLES VII. (1) A syllable is long if it contains a long vowel or a diphthong: do-num, cau-tus. (2) A syllable is regularly long if its vowel is followed by two consonants: con-do, mit-to. a. But if the two consonants consist of a mute 2 fol- lowed by 1 or r the syllable is short, unless it has a long vowel or a diphthong: pa-tris. (3) All other syllables are short : me-mor, a-gri. a. x and z have the value of two consonants because they represent a combination of sounds. A syllable is long if its vowel is followed by either of these double consonants. ACCENT VIII. In pronouncing a word of two or more syllables we make one of the syllables more prominent than any other. Thus in the word mem-o-ry we make the first syllable prominent. This prominence in pronunciation given to a syllable is called accent. In the word memory the accent is said to fall on the first syllable. The accent of Latin words is determined by the following rules: IX. (l) In a word of two syllables the accent falls on the first syllable: hVmen. (2) In a word of more than two syllables the accent falls on the syllable before the last, if it is long, otherwise on the second syllable from the last: au-di're, con-ten'tus, me'mi-ni. a. The syllable before the last is called the penult; the second from the last is called the antepenult. 1 In the division of a compound verb into syllables in writing or printing, the preposi- tional element is separated f rom the simple verb : ad-it. 2 The mutes are b, p, c, k, q, g, d, t, ph, th, ch. xvi FIRST LATIN LESSONS ELEMENTARY PRINCIPLES OF GRAMMAR THE NOUN (1) Words which are used to denote persons or things are called nouns. Thus the words boy, girl, house, Iree, city are nouns. Nouns are also used as the names of qualities or ideas, such as bravery, kindness, happiness, truth, love, patriotism. THE VERB (2) In the sentences The boy walks and The tree has fallen the words walks and has fallen denote actions. Such words are called verbs. Some verbs denote mere existence or con- tinuance in a place rather than action. In the sentences He is in the city and We shall stay here, is and shall stay are verbs. THE ADJECTIVE (3) We often use some other word with a noun to tell some- thing about the appearance or character of the person or thing to which the noun refers. Thus, in the expressions tall trees and brave men the words tall and brave tell something about the trees and the men. Such words are called adjectives. a. There are a few adjectives which merely show what person or thing is meant without telling any qual- ity of the person or thing. Such are this, that, other, same. The, a, and an belong to this class. These last three words are called articles. THE PRONOUN (4) In the sentence The man saw the boy, but did not speak to him, the word him is used instead of boy. A word which is used instead of a noun is called a pronoun. Pronouns, as well as nouns, are used as subjects or as direct objects. (5) The word instead of which a pronoun is used is called its antecedent. In the sentence given above boy is the antece- dent of him. FIRST LATIN LESSONS xvii CLASSES OF PRONOUNS (6) The pronouns /, you, he, she, it, we, and they are called personal pronouns. When who, which, and what are used to introduce questions they are called interrogative pronouns. When they are used in sentences which are not questions they are called relative pronouns. Thus, in the sentence Who gave you a knifef who is an interrogative pronoun. In the sentence It was my mother who gave me a knife, who is a relative pronoun. Sometimes that is used instead of who or which. Thus, The man that just came is my uncle. When so used, that is a relative pronoun. (7) Point out the nouns, adjectives, pronouns, and verbs in the following sentences: 1. The heavy storm had injured many trees. 2. My father has read this book. 3. The horses draw a heavy load. 4. Your uncle built a new house. 5. My letter has been sent. 6. Where was the money found? 7. This picture has often been admired. 8. Why did these men leave their homes? 9. Columbus discovered a new continent. 10. These books contain many interesting stories. FIRST LATIN LESSONS LESSON I IMPORTANCE OF LATIN LATIN IN ANCIENT TIMES 1. Latin is the language which was spoken by the Romans. After they conquered the nations living in the region which is now occupied by Spain, Portugal, France, Switzerland, and part of Austria, Latin began to be known here as well as in Italy, and it finally replaced in large measure the languages formerly spoken throughout this entire region. MODERN LATIN, OR ROMANCE LANGUAGES 2. When the Roman empire gradually lost its power, and when the barbarians drove back the Roman armies, the in- fluence of the Latin language still remained. The Spanish, French, Portuguese, Italian, and Rumanian languages are simply modern Latin. Many changes have taken place in the spelling and pronunciation of the Latin words which appear in these Romance languages, as they are called, and words have been introduced from other sources. But in the main these languages are Latin, and their relation to the language spoken by the Romans can easily be traced. 3. Many words in common use in French, Spanish, and the other Romance languages, have been very slightly changed from the original Latin form. Thus, the French word arbre, meaning tree, is from the Latin arbor; terre, meaning land, is from the Latin terra; and vendre, meaning to sell, is from the Latin vendere. The Spanish agua, meaning water, is from the Latin aqua; mar, meaning sea, is from the Latin mare; amar, meaning to love, is from the Latin amare. 2 FIRST LATIN LESSONS 4. In the greater part of Austria and in part of Switzerland, Latin was displaced by other languages. But the extension of the Romance languages over South America and part of North America has more than made up for this loss. The Spanish language is used throughout the whole of South America, with the exception of Brazil. In Brazil the language is Portuguese. Spanish is also the language of Mexico and is spoken extensively in parts of Texas, New Mexico, and Ari- zona, and to some extent in southern California. French is the language of part of Canada and is also spoken in some portions of Louisiana. THE LATIN ELEMENT IN ENGLISH 5. In addition to the importance which Latin has through the Romance languages, it has also given us a great many of our English words. Latin had borrowed a number of words from Greek and many of these have come into English, so that it is difficult to decide in the case of some words whether their use in English is due to Latin or Greek influence. More than half the words in an English dictionary are derived from Latin and Greek. NEW WORDS FROM LATIN 6. The greater number of the new words which are being added to our language from time to time come from Latin or Greek. This is especially true of the names of new inventions. Such words as submarine, automobile, telephone, tractor, motor, turbine, are of this class. Further, the special terms used in chemistry, botany, physics, and other scientific studies, are of Latin or Greek origin. LATIN TERMS IN LAW AND MEDICINE 7. In the study of law, words derived from Latin are of very great importance. Such words as jury, court, legal, con- viction, acquittal, and a great many other important words and FIRST LATIN LESSONS 3 expressions which lawyers must understand come from Latin. In the study of medicine also a great many Latin and Greek words or derivatives are used. The words medicine, sanator- iuniy hospital, invalid, doctor, patient, come from Latin. When a doctor writes a prescription he generally uses Latin words or their abbreviations. THE FORMS OF ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 8. Some Latin words which have been taken into the English language have the same spelling in English as in Latin. Such are census, terminus, stimulus, veto, [momentum, animal. The meanings have in some instances changed, but the greater number of such words retain the same, or nearly the same, meaning as in the original Latin. But most English words of Latin origin have been somewhat changed in their form. We shall see later that the spelling of many English words is explained by the development of the Latin words f rom which they have come, and that a knowledge of Latin aids one in remembering how to spell these words. 9. The following Latin words have familiar English deriva- tives or related words: Insula, island insular, insulation non, not non-conductor, non-in- terference patria, native country patriot 1 , patriotic 1 terra, land territory 2 , terra firma Britannia, Great Britain Britannic Hibernia, Ireland Hibernian Italia, Italy Italian America, 3 America American Europa, Europe European 1 These words are derived through Latin from Greek. J There is a Latin word territorium, meaning territory, which is derived from terra, and from this word territory has come into English. • While America does not represent a word known to the Romans, it is a Latin word in its formation. FIRST LATIN LESSONS LESSON II SUBJECT, OB JECT, AND PREDICATE (SINGULAR NUMBER) READING EXERCISE 10. 1. America patria mea est. America patria tua est. Americam amo. Americam amas. 2. Hibernia Insula est. Britannia Insula est. America non est Insula. Italia non est Insula. 3. Hibernia non est patria mea. Italia non est patria mea. Soror mea Italiam amat. Soror tua quoque Italiam amat. Italia est terra pulchra. 4. Hibernia est Insula pulchra. Britannia quoque est Insula pulchra. Britannia est magna Insula. Hibernia est magna Insula. 11. VOCABULARY amas, you love mea, my, mine amat, loves pulchra, beautiful amo, I love quoque, also est, is soror, sister magna, large tua, your, yours SUBJECT AND OBJECT FORMS, SINGULAR NUMBER: PREDICATE NOUNS 12. In the exercise above, the forms America, Hibernia, Britannia, and Italia are subjects, Americam and Italiam are direct objects; patria, Insula, and terra are predicate nouns, and have the same form as subjects. All these nouns are in the singular number. THE PARTS OF THE SENTENCE: THE SUBJECT (8) When we make a statement or ask a question, there is some word which indicates the person or thing about whom or about which we wish to say or ask something. Thus, in the sentences The boy runs and The FIRST LATIN LESSONS 5 THE ARTICLE 13. Latin has no word for the definite article the or for the indefinite article a or an. The Latin equivalent for The boy has a book or A boy has a book means literally Boy has book. In translating a Latin sentence into English we supply the, a, or an whenever the sense requires. WORD ORDER, VERB AND ADJECTIVE 14. The Latin verb commonly stands at the end of its sen. tence, as in the reading exercise above. The Latin adjective often follows its noun. Thus in section 10 the Latin equiva- lent for a beautiful island is Insula pulchra. But the adjective magna and other adjectives denoting size commonly stand before their nouns, as in English. letter was sent, we say something about the boy and the letter. In the question When did the storm beginf we ask something about the storm. A word which is used in this way in a sentence is said to be the subject of the sentence. In the sentences given above boy, letter, and storm are the subjects. THE PREDICATE (9) What we say or ask about the subject is called the predicate. In the sentences which have been given, runs, was sent, and did begin are the predicates. A noun or adjective which is joined to the subject by a form of to be (is, are, was, were, will be, has been, etc.) is called a predicate noun or a predicate adj^ctive. In the sentence My brother is a teacher the word teacher is a predicate noun. In the sentence Your friend is unhappy the word unhappy is a predicate adjective. THE DIRECT OBJECT (10) Often the subject of a sentence is said to do something which directly affects a person or thing. In the sentence The man helps his brother the act which the subject does directly affects the brother. A word which is used to denote a person or thing directly affected by an act is said to be the direct object. In the sentence above, brother is the direct object. In like manner, in the sentences My father built a house and The fire destroyed the city the words house and city are direct objects. FIRST LATIN LESSONS EXERCISES FOR WRITING 15. Copy the following sentences, putting the proper end- ing (-a or -am) in place of the dashes. 1. America est terr — pulchra. 2. Soror tua Americ — amat. 3. Soror mea Britanni — amat. 4. Patria mea terr — pulchra est. 5. Patria tua Tnsul — est. 6. Insul — amo. SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Write two English sentences containing direct objects. 2. Write two English sentences containing predicate nouns. 3. Point out the nouns in section 10. 4. After you have copied the sentences of section 15 in correct form, draw one line under each predicate noun and two lines under each direct object. ROMAN FARMER WITH PLOW FIRST LATIN LESSONS 7 LESSON III AGREEMENT OF ADJECTIVES READING EXERCISE 16. 1. Agricola parvam flliam habet. Parva filia agrico- lam amat. Agricola parvam f lliam amat. Soror mea quoque parvam puellam amat. 2. Agricola casam pulchram habet, sed casa non magna est. Casa mea quoque parva est. Parvam casam meam amo. 3. Parva puella epistulam habet. Epistula mea est. Cur parva puella epistulam meam habet? 4. Patriam meam amo, sed patriam tuam non amo. Soror mea patriam tuam amat. Ciir patriam meam non amas? Patria tua non est America. 5. Britannia Insula magna et pulchra est. Hibernia quoque est magna et pulchra. Fllia tua Britanniam et Hiberniam amat. 17. VOCABULARY agricola, farmer fflia, daughter casa, cottage habet, has cur, why parva, small, little epistula, letter puella, girl et, and sed, but DIFFERENT ENDINGS FOR ADJECTIVES 18. In the reading exercise above, the adjectives which modify subjects or predicate nouns end in -a; those which modify direct objects end in -am. A predicate adjective modifies the subject. a. The Latin words for your or yours and my or mine are adjectives, and their endings, like those of other ad- jectives, depend on the words with which they are used. 8 FIRST LATIN LESSONS THE USE OF "DO" IN NEGATIVE SENTENCES 19. In English sentences containing the adverb not we com- monly have do or did. Thus, I do not work; he does not see; they did not go. In Latin there is no word corresponding to this use of do. I do not love is in Latin Non amo (I love not). 20. EXERCISES FOR WRITING 1 1. Soror mea casam pulchr — habet. 2. Casa est pulchr — sed parv — . 3. Cur patri — me — non amas? 4. Parv — puell — est soror mea. 5. Parv — puell — amo. ENGLISH DERTVATIVES FROM LATIN 21. 1. What English word is suggested by agricola? 2. In "The Courtship of Miles Standish," John Alden is said to have been "writing epistles important to go next day by the May Flower"; what are epistlesf 3. Find from a dictionary the meaning and source of the abbreviation etc. SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Write two English sentences containing direct objects which are modified by adjectives. 2. Write two English sentences containing pred- icate adjectives. 3. Point out two predicate nouns in section 16. THE ADVERB (11) We often use a word with a verb to tell how an action is done. In the sentence He runs swiftly the word swiftly tells how the act of the verb runs is done. Such words are called adverbs. Adverbs are also used to tell something about adjectives and even about other adverbs. In the expressions too small and very swiftly the adverbs too and very tell some- thing about the adjective small and the adverb swiftly. 1 In this exercise and, unless otherwise specified, in the exercises of the same character which are found in the lessons following, the sentences are to be copied by the pupil, with the proper endings supplied in place of the dashes. FIRST LATIN LESSONS LESSON IV PLURAL NUMBER, NOMINATIVE AND ACCUSATIVE READING EXERCISE 22. 1. Soror tua non multam pectiniam habet. Sed soror mea multam pectiniam habet. Soror tua pecuniam amat. 2. Agricola parvas filias habet. Parvae flliae agricolam amant. Agricola parvas filias amat. Soror mea quoque parvas puellas amat. 3. Epistulae meae non longae sunt. Sed soror mea epis- tulas longas scrlbit. Soror tua quoque epistulas longas scrlbit. Soror mea et soror tua epistulas longas amant. 4. Britannia et Hibernia magnae Insulae sunt. Italia et Hispania terrae pulchrae sunt. Hispania et Italia non sunt Insulae. 5. Europa multas Insulas habet. Europa terras pulchras habet. 'Europam saepe laudamus, sed Americam amamus. 23. VOCABULARY amamus, we love amant, (they) love Hispania, Spain laudamus, we praise longa, long multa, much (multae, many) pecunia, money saepe, often scrlbit, writes sunt, (they) are ROMAN CHILDREN AT PLAY 10 FIRST LATIN LESSONS SUBJECTS AND OBJECTS IN THE PLURAL 24. In the sentences of section 22, the nouns in the plural which are used as subjects or as predicate nouns end in -ae; those used in the plural as direct objects end in -as. FORMS OF ADJECTIVES WITH PLURAL NOUNS 25. In the sentences of section 22, adjectives which modify plural subjects or predicate nouns end in -ae ; those which modi- fy plural direct objects end in -as. CASE NAMES 26. The subject is said to be in the nominative case, and the direct object is said to be in the accusative case. The predicate noun is also in the nominative case. NUMBER (12) We have different forms of pronouns and also of nouns to show whether we are referring to one person or thing or to more than one. Thus / refers to one person, we refers to more than one. This distinction is called number. I is in the singular number, and we is in the plural number. In the same way, book is in the singular number, and books is in the plural number. CASE (13) Such pronouns as he, she, and who have different forms to show how they are used in sentences. We say He walks, I see him, and / have his ball. In these sentences he is subject, him is direct object, and his refers to a person as possessing something. In like manner we use she and who as subjects, her and whom as direct objects of a verb or as objects of a preposition, and her (or hers) and whose to denote the person possessing something. A noun has the same form for the subject as for the object of a verb or a preposition, but it has a different form to refer to a person as possessing something. Thus we say The boy walks, I see the boy, I have the boy's ball. These different forms and uses of nouns and pronouns in sentences are called cases or case-uses. The subject is in the nominative case, the direct object is in the accusative case, and the word referring to the possessor is in the genitive case (sometimes called possessive). FIRST LATIN LESSONS 11 EXERCISES FOR WRITING 27. 1. Parva puella epistul — (letters) me — habet. 2. Casae sunt parv — sed pulchr — . 3. America Insul — (islands) pulchr — habet. 4. Soror mea et soror tua sunt puell — pulchr — . 5. Patri — me — amo. 6. Patri — tu — amas. ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 28. 1. What is meant by a laudable action? 2. What are pecuniary losses? 3. What is meant by inscribef Find other English words suggested by scribit. SUGGESTED DRILL 1. From paragraph 2, section 22, give the singular form of the object in the first sentence and the plural form of the object in the second sen- tence. 2. Write the accusative singular of Hispania and the accusative plural of casa. 3. Point out the subjects, objects, and predicate nouns in paragraphs 3 and 4 of section 22. AN ARCH OVER A ROMAN ROAD 12 FIRST LATIN LESSONS LESSON V GENITIVE CASE READING EXERCISE 29. 1. Agricola est amlcus nautae (o/ the sailor). Nauta est amlcus poetae. Poeta est amlcus f Iliarum tuarum (o/ your daughters). Flliae tuae poetam amant. 2. Poeta incola Americae est. Sed Italia est patria poetae. Poeta f Iliam habet. America est patria f Iliae poetae. Poeta Italiam amat. Fllia poetae Americam amat. 3. Incolae Insularum sunt agricolae et nautae. Vlta agri- colarum vlta bona est. Poetae saepe vltam agricolarum laudant. Vltam nautarum interdum laudamus. Nautae mul- tas terras vident. Sed vlta nautarum perlculosa est. 30. VOCABULARY amicus, friend nauta, sailor bona, good periculosa, dangerous incola, inhabitant poeta, poet interdum, sometimes vident, (they) see laudant, (they) praise vita, life LATIN NOUNS DENOTING POSSESSION OR OWNERSHIP 31. Latin nouns which end in -a in the nominative singular and in -am in the accusative singular have a f orm ending in -ae in the singular to denote ownership or possession and certain other ideas. The corresponding form in the plural ends in -arum. This form is translated either by the Enghsh genitive (possessive) form, or by of and the noun. Thus, epistula puellae means the girVs letter or the letter of the girl. Soror puellarum means the sister of the girls. In translating a sen- tence with a form of this sort we should use whichever of the two translations makes the better sense. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 13 THE GENITIVE CASE 32. The Latin nouns which are described in section 31 are said to be in the genitive case. An adjective modifying a noun in the genitive is also in the genitive, and is in the same number as its noun. EXERCISES FOR WRITING 33. 1. Nauta amicus agricol — (of the farmer) est. 2. Soror mea epistulam puell — (the girVs) habet. 3. Hibernia patria naut — (the sailor's) est. 4. Soror parvarum puell — epistulas scrlbit. 5. Incolae Insul — (of the island) nautae sunt. 6. In- colae multarum Insul — agricolae sunt. ROMAN WRITING MATERIALS ENGLISH DERTVATrVES FROM LATIN 34. 1. What is meant by the statement "They lived on amicable terms with each other"? 2. Find from a dictionary the derivation of amiable. 3. What is an aeronautt 4. What is meant by great vitalityl SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Give the genitive singular of incola, nauta, poeta, vita. 2. Give the genitive plural of casa, terra, and epistula. 3. Write the nominative, genitive, and accusative, singular and plural, of the words for girl, land, and island. 14 FIRST LATIN LESSONS LESSON VI INDIRECT OBJECT: DATIVE CASE READING EXERCISE 35. 1. Mater mea epistulam scrlbit et epistulam parvae puellae (to the little girl) dat. Parva puella epistulam agricolae dat. Agricola epistulam legit. Agricola mihi epistulam dat. Pecuniam agricolae do. Agricola parvae puellae peciiniam dat. Parva puella pecuniam Corneliae dat. Cornelia est mater parvae puellae. 2. Mater mea donum parvis puellls (to the little girls) dat. Parvae puellae laetae sunt. Mater mea parvas puellas amat. 3. Nautae epistulas do. Nauta epistulas incolls Insularum dat. Incolae Insularum pecuniam nautae dant. Nauta mihi pecuniam dat. 36. VOCABULARY Cornelia, Cornelia laeta, happy dant, (they) give legit, reads dat, gives mater, mother do, I give mihi, to me, me (as indirect donum, gift, present object) LATIN NOUNS AS INDIRECT OBJECTS 37. In the reading exercise above, the forms puellae and agricolae in the first and second sentences of 1, and puellls in the first sentence of 2 are indirect objects. Nouns which end in -a in the nominative singular and in -ae in the genitive singular have the ending -ae in the singular and -Is in the plural when used as indirect objects. THE INDIRECT OBJECT (14) A noun or pronoun which is used to denote the person to whom something is given, said, or shown is said to be an indirect object. In the sentences He gave his sister a picture and My brother told me an interesting story the words sister and me are indirect objects. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 15 PHRASES WITH TO EQUIVALENT TO INDIRECT OBJECTS 38. Instead of saying I gave the girl a letter we may express the same idea by saying I gave a letter to the girl. In the second sentence to the girl takes the place of the indirect object girl in the first. A phrase consisting of to and a noun, when used in the place of an indirect obj ect, is translated in Latin by the same form as the indirect object. That is, either girl in the first of the sentences above or to the girl in the second will be translated puellae. THE DATIVE CASE 39. A Latin noun used as an indirect object is said to be in the olative case. An adjective modifying a noun in the dative is also in the dative, and is in the same number as its noun. EXERCISES FOR WRITING 40. Translate the following sentences into Latin: 1. The farmer gives a letter to the poet. 2. The poet gives money to the farmer. 3. I give a present to the little girls. 4. The little girls give me a letter. 5. Your daughter gives money to the sailor. ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 41. 1. What connection can you see between the word dative and any Latin word in the vocabulary of this lesson? 2. What is a donationf 3. What is legible handwriting? 4. What is maternal care? SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Point out the indirect objects in 1 of section 35. 2. Write two English sentences each containing a direct and an indirect object. 3. Write the nominative, genitive, dative, and accusative, singular and plural, of the Latin words for letter and cottage. 16 FIRST LATIN LESSONS LESSON VII INDIRECT OBJECT: DATIVE CASE (Continued) READING EXERCISE 42. 1. Mater tua Corneliae donum dat. Cornelia flliae agricolae donum ostendit. Fllia agricolae quoque donum cupit, sed mater tua f Tliae agricolae donum non dat. 2. Agricolae epistulas do, et agricola mihi pecuniam dat. Agricola epistulas legit. Agricola epistulas flliae ostendit, sed fllia epistulas non legit. 3. Puella mihi casam poetae monstrat. Casa est parva. Poetam non video, sed filiam poetae interdum video. Fllia poetae parvam casam amat. 4. Poeta flliae picturam dat. Fllia poetae mihi picturam ostendit. Picttiram laudo et poetam laudo. Fllia poetae est laeta puella. 5. Nauta mihi fabulam narrat. Mater mea quoque mihi interdum fabulas narrat. Soror mea multas fabulas legit et saepe parvls puellls fabulas narrat. Parvae puellae fabulas amant. 43. VOCABULARY cupit, wishes, desires narrat, tells fabula, story ostendit, shows laudo, I praise pictura, picture monstrat, points out video, I see OMISSION OF PRONOUN AS SUBJECT 44. We have seen that amo is translated I love, without a separate word for I. In the same manner amat, which is translated loves when used with a noun as subject, may be translated he loves or she loves when the preceding sentence makes it perfectly clear who the subject is. When we have FIRST LATIN LESSONS 17 been talking about a man we may say patriam amat, meaning, he loves his country. EXERCISES FOR WRITING 45. 1. Mater mea fili — tu — (your daughter) donum dat. 2. Epistulas saepe naut — (to the sailors)' do. 3. Agricola poet — (the poet) pecuni — dat. 4. Poeta agricol — (thefarmer) epistul — me — ostendit. 5. Puella naut — (to the sailor) cas — me — monstrat. 6. Soror tua agricol — (the farmer) epistul — (the letters) ostendit. ROMAN SWORD AND SCABBARD SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Write two English sentences containing phrases with to which are equivalent to indirect objects. 2. Rewrite the last sentence in 4 of section 42, changing the subject to the plural, and making any other necessary change. 3. Point out the indirect objects in section 42. 4. Rewrite the last sentence of 5, section 42, changing the subject to the singular and making any other changes which are necessary. THE CONJUNCTION (15) The words and, but, and or are used to join words or parts of sentences. In the sentence Your father and mother are not in the city the word and is used to join the words father and mother. In like manner, in the sentence The train is late, but it will soon arrive the word but joins the two parts of the sentence The train is late and it will soon arrive. Such words are called conjunctions. Conjunctions of a somewhat different kind are because, although, if, and some other words. In the sentence / shall go if I receive the letter the conjunction if is used to join the verb shall go and / receive the letter. 18 FIRST LATIN LESSONS LESSON VIII DATIVE WITH ADJECTIVES READING EXERCISE 46. 1. Epistula mea agricolae (to the farmer) grata est. Agricola mihi pecuniam dat. Pecuniam nautae do. Peciinia nautae grata est. 2. Fllia tua parvae puellae benigna est. Parva puella f Iliam tuam amat. Fllia tua parvae puellae rosam dat. Rosa puellae grata est. 3. Poetae Italiam saepe laudant. Italia poetls cara est. Sed patria mea mihi cara est. 4. Epistulam flliae tuae non laudo. Epistula longa est, sed mihi non grata est. Fllia tua non bene scrlbit. Sed epistula tibi grata est. 5. Fenestram casae tuae video. Fenestra parva est. Casa agricolae multas fenestras habet. 6. America multas silvas habet. Silvae Americae magnae sunt. Hibernia magnas silvas non habet. 47. VOCABULARY bene, well grata, pleasing benigna, kind rosa, rose cara, dear silva, forest fenestra, window tibi, to you ADJECTIVES WHICH TAKE THE DATIVE 48. In the first sentence of the reading exercise above, agricolae, to the farmer, is in the dative. With adjectives meaning dear, pleasing, kind, friendly, near, and the like, the dative is often used to express an idea which is expressed in English by to and a noun or pronoun. POSITION OF THE GENITIVE AND DATIVE 49. (1) The genitive commonly stands after the word on which it depends, even though the corresponding English word FIRST LATIN LESSONS 19 denoting possession would stand first. Thus the poeVs cottage may be translated casa poetae. (2) The dative commonly stands before the word on which it depends. The words kind to me translated into Latin would take the order to me kind. EXERCISES FOR WRITING 50. 1. Pecunia agricol — (to thefarmer) grataest. 2. Italia poet— (to the poet) cara est. 3. Soror mea fili — tu — (io your daughter) benigna est. 4. Epistul — tu — mihi non gratae sunt. 5. Rosae parv — puell — (to the little girls) gratae sunt. 6. Rosam parv — puell — (to the little girl) do. ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 51. 1. Give two English words of which bene is a compo- nent part. 2. What is meant by a benignant influence? 3. What connection in meaning can you see between grata and gratifyf 4. Complete the following formula: rose : rosa : : fame : x; that is, replace x by a word which bears the same relation to fame which rosa bears to rose. SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Point out all the datives in section46. 2. Rewrite the first sentence in 2 of section 46, changing the subject to the plural. 3. Rewrite the third sentence in 2 of section 46, changing the direct and indirect objects to the plural. PERSON (16) The pronoun / and its plural we refer to the person or persons speaking, and are said to be in the first person; you refers to the person to whom one is speaking and is said to be in the second person; he, she, and it (plural they) refer to a person or thing spoken of, and are said to be in the third person. Nouns are ordinarily in the third person. 20 FIRST LATIN LESSONS LESSON IX PREPOSITIONS: ABLATIVE CASE READING EXERCISE 52. 1. Poeta casam in Insula habet. Casa mea quoque ibi est, et saepe poetam video. Ex fenestrls casae meae silvam video. Silva pulchra est, et saepe ibi ambulo. Saepe cum poeta in silva ambulo. Poeta silvam amat. 2. Soror mea et soror tua nunc in viis ambulant. Mater tua et mater mea interdum cum puellis ambulant. Sed nunc mater tua in casa est. Mea mater in America non est. 3. Mater mea nunc in Hispania est. Soror poetae in .Britannia est cum fllia Corneliae. Cornelia in Hibernia quo- que flliam habet. Mater mea epistulas ex Hispania scribit. 53. VOCABULARY ambulant, (they) walk ibi, there, in that place ambulo, I walk in, in, on cum, with nunc, now ex, from via, street, road, way THE EXPLETIVE "THERE" 54. As seen above, there, meaning in that place, is in Latin ibi. But in such sentences as There is no danger we use there merely to introduce the sentence, and no idea of place is ex- pressed. When thus used there is called an expletive. Latin has no equivalent for this expletive use of there, and the sen- tence There is no danger will be translated as if it read No danger is. In such sentences the Latin verb usually stands before the subject. LATIN NOUNS GOVERNED BY PREPOSITIONS 55. In the reading exercise above, Insula in the first sen- tence of 1 is governed by in; inthe second sentence of 2 puellis FIRST LATIN LESSONS 21 is governed by cum, and in the third sentence of 1 fenestris is governed by ex. The letter a, in which Insula ends, is long, while the form of the nominative ends in (short) a. THE ABLATIVE 56. Latin nouns or pronouns governed by prepositions meaning from, in, or with are said to be in the ablative case. An adjective modifying a noun in the ablative case is also put in the ablative, and is in the same number as its noun. EXERCISES FOR WRITING 57. 1. Casae in Insul — (the islands) sunt. 2. Parv — puell — in vi — (the street) ambulant. 3. Soror mea cum parv — puell — (the little girls) ambulat. 4. Insul — (islands) ex me — fenestr — (window) video. 5. Cornelia non est in Hispani — cum flli — (the daughter) poetae. ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 58. 1. What is a perambulator? 2. Find the literal mean- ing of the name Pennsylvania (English words derived from silva usually have syl- for the Latin sil-) . 3. What is the mean- ing of via as used in railroad time tables? SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Write the nominative, genitive, dative, accusative, and ablative of silva in the singular number. 2. Write all the case forms of puella in the plural number, following the order of cases given above. 3. Point out the ablatives and the datives in section 52. THE PREPOSITION (17) There is a class of small words such as of, in, with, by, from, which are used with nouns or pronouns. The combination of one of these words and the noun or pronoun which is used with it serves to tell something about an act or about a person or thing. These words are called preposi- tions. The noun or pronoun which follows a preposition is called its object, or the preposition is said to govern the noun or pronoun which follows it. In the sentence / live in the city the word city is the object of in. 22 FIRST LATIN LESSONS LESSON X FIRST DECLENSION THE CASE FORMS OF ROSA 59. The different case forms of the noun rosa with their meanings are as f ollows : Singular Number Nom. rosa, a rose (as subject or predicate) Gen. rosae, of a rose, rose's Dat. rosae, to a rose, rose (as indirect object) Acc. rosam, rose (as direct object) Abl. rosa, (from, with, in, on) a rose Plural Number Nom. rosae, roses (as subject or predicate) Gen. rosarum, of roses Dat. rosls, to the roses, roses (as indirect object) Acc. rosas, roses (as direct object) Abl. rosis, (from, with, in, on) roses 60. The following sentences illustrate the use of the Latin cases : The rose (rosa) is beautiful. The fragrance of the rose (rosae) is delightful. The sunshine has given color to the rose (rosae). The girl is carrying a rose (rosam). The butterfly is on the rose (in rosa). The roses (rosae) are beautiful. The fragrance of the roses (rosarum) is delightful. The sun has given color to the roses (rosis). The girl is carrying roses (rosas). The butterflies are on the roses (in rosis). FIRST LATIN LESSONS 23 THE FIRST DECLENSION 61. Nouns which form their cases with the same endings as those of rosa are said to belong to the first declension. All nouns with the nominative ending in -a and the genitive in -ae are of the first declension. a. In the vocabularies hereafter the nominative of new nouns of the first declension will be given, with the genitive ending printed after the nominative to show that the noun is of the first declension. Thus luna, -ae indicates that luna is a first declension noun. CASE OF NOUNS IN APPOSITION 62. A noun in apposition is in the same case as the noun which it explains. Fflia tua Cornelia in via stat, your daughter Cornelia is standing in the street. READING EXERCISE 63. 1. Casa nostra magnas fenestras habet. Fenestrae sunt apertae. Ex fenestrls vias videmus. Flliae agricolae in vils ambulant. 2. Mater tua puellas expectat. Puellae ex schola prope- rant. Soror tua cum puellls est. Puellae laetae sunt. Mater tua nunc puellas videt. 3. Schola nostra est magna. Scholam nostram laudamus. APPOSITION (18) Sometimes two nouns, or a pronoun and a noun, denoting the same person or thing are put side by side, without a verb being used to connect them. The second is used to explain the first by making known some fact or by telling more definitely who or what is meant. Thus, A boy, a friend of my brother, is visiting at my home. The word friend denotes the same person as boy, and serves to make known a fact regarding the boy. A noun used in this way is called an appositive, and is said to be in apposition with the word which it explains. In the sen- tence above, friend is in apposition with boy. 24 FIRST LATIN LESSONS In schola nostra linguam Latinam discimus. Fama scholae nostrae bona est. 4. Scholae Americae sunt multae et bonae. In multls terris Europae quoque sunt scholae bonae. Sed Hispania non habet multas scholas. Incolae Europae scholas Americae saepe laudant. 64. VOCABULARY aperta, open lingua, language discimus, we learn nostra, our expectat, awaits, waits for properant, (they) hasten, hurry fama, reputation schola, school Latina, Latin • videmus, we see EXERCISES FOR WRITING 65. 1. Viam ex apert — fenestr — (the open windows) video. 2. Soror mea ex schol — properat. 3. Soror tua non est cum parv — puell — (the little girl). 4. Sunt mult — schol — in Americ — . 5. Cornelia flliam poet — expectat. 6. Agricola Corneli — expectat. ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 66. 1. What is an aperturef 2. Find from a dictionary the original meaning of disciple. 3. What is meant by a bilin- gual country? 4. What is an expectant attitude? SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Write out in full the declension of the nouns lingua and schola. 2. Write out the declension of the phrase casa mea. 3. Name the three prepositions which have been used witb the ablative in the lessons thus far. 4. Write an English sentence containing a phrase with to which is equivalent to an indirect object. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 25 26 FIRST LATIN LESSONS 67. FIRST REVIEW LESSON VOCABULARY REVIEW, LESSONS I-X agncola tibi amant amicus ambulant casa ambulo dant donum amo laudant epistula do properant fabula laudo sunt fama video vident fenestra filia amas bene incola amat cur lingua dat mater expectat ibi nauta monstrat interdum narrat peciinia nunc pictura habet quoque poeta cupit saepe puella legit rosa ostendit cum schola scribit e, ex silva est in soror amamus et via laudamus vlta videmus sed mihi discimus WORD STUDY 68. We have seen (page 3) that many English words, such as terminus, stimulus, veto, animal, census, were originally Latin words, and have been taken into English without change of spelling. Others, such as humble, count, blame, sure, are greatly changed from their original Latin form, because they FIRST LATIN LESSONS 27 have not come directly from Latin, but were developed in French from Latin, with changed pronunciation and spelling, and were taken from French into English. Sometimes the meaning as well as the form of these words has changed, but usually we can recognize the original meaning. 69. We often find a group of Latin words which are related in derivation and meaning. Thus amo, amor, amicus, amicitia, amabilis, inimicus, inimicitia have a common element. We shall see later something of how Latin words are formed. We sometimes say that an English word is related in derivation to a certain Latin word, although it does not come directly from that word, but from another word which is derived from the Latin word given. Thus, we may say the word amiable is related in derivation to the Latin amo, although it comes more directly from amabilis, which in turn is from amo. Some of the Latin words from which our English words are directly derived were not often used by good Latin writers, and there- fore the derivation of the English word is more easily explained by a related Latin word of common use. 70. There are certain changes of spelling which we find in the development of English words from Latin. Thus, Latin words ending in -tia often give English words in -ce (occasionally -cy). For example, temperance is from temperantia, patience f rom patientia, clemency from clementia. Other changes will be explained later. EXERCISE Select twelve nouns from the Review Vocabulary on page 26, from which you can find English derivatives. Give the meaning of these deriva- tives. ROMAN SEAL RINGS 28 FIRST LATIN LESSONS LESSON XI CONJUGATION OF SUM THE FORMS OF SUM 71. The forms of the Latin verb sum meaning I am are as follows when referring to present time: Ist person sum, I am sumus, we are 2d person es, you (singular) are estis, you (plural) are 3d person est, (he, she, it) is sunt, (ihey) are a. In English you may denote one person or more than one. We say You are my friend when speaking to one person, and You are my friends when speaking to two or more persons. Latin, however, has different forms for the singular and plural of this pronoun. The verb forms used to denote an act of the persons or person spoken to also differ according as the subject is singular or plural. In Latin the word used for are in translating You are my friend would be different from that used for are in translating You are my friends, because thesubject, you, denotes one person in the first sentence and more than one in the second. READING EXERCISE 72. 1. Incola Britanniae sum. Soror mea incola Hiberniae est. Sed patria nostra est America, et amicl patriae nostrae sumus. PERSON AND NUMBER OF VERBS (19) In some tenses a verb has a different form when its subject is in the first person from what it would have if the subject were in the third person. Thus we say / walk, but he walks. The third person plural also differs from the third person singular. Thus, he walks, they walk. A verb is said to be in the same person and number as its subject. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 29 2. Nunc in America es, sed America non est patria tua. Ciir non amlcus Americae es? Ctir Americam non amas? 3. Nunc in Italia estis. In Italia sumus. Italia est terra pulchra. Sed Italia non est patria nostra. Italiam saepe laudamus, sed Americam amamus. 4. Ex fenestra mea noctu. stellas specto. Saepe lunam quoque specto. Liina nunc obscura est, sed stellae clarae sunt. 5. Ex via fenestram tuam videmus. Fenestra aperta est. Soror tua ex fenestra puellas in via spectat. Cur soror tua non in via cum puellls est? 6. Soror mea aegra est. Mater mea est misera quod soror mea est aegra. 73. VOCABULARY aegra, ill noctu, at night amici, friends obscura, dim clara, bright, clear; famous quod, because luna, -ae, f., moon specto, I watch, look at misera, unhappy stella, -ae, f., star EXERCISES FOR WRITING 74. Translate the following sentences into Latin: 1. I am now an inhabitant of America. 2. The poefs daughters are in Ireland. 3. You are in a beautiful country. 4. We are in the cottage with the sailor. 5. I am watching (I watch) the stars, but I do not see the moon. TRANSITIVE AND INTRANSITIVE VERBS (20) A verb which takes a direct object is called a transitive verb. In the sentence / saw the fire, the verb saw is transitive. A verb which does not take a direct object is called an intransitive verb. In the sentence We walked in the park, the verb walked is intransitive. 30 FIRST LATIN LESSONS ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 75. 1. What is the meaning of clarify? What part of speech is it? 2. What is a lunar eclipse? 3. Find two English verbs derived from specto with a syllable placed before -spect-. 4. What is a constellationf SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Change the verbs of the first two sentences in paragraph 3, section 72, to the singular number. 2. Change the verb of the second sentence of paragraph 5, section 72, to the plural number, making such other changes as are necessary. 3. Decline together magna stella. LESSON XII FIRST CONJUGATION THE VERB PORTO 76. The forms of porto, I carry, when referring to present time and representing the subject as doing the act expressed by the verb are as f ollows : Singular Plural Ist person porto, I carry portamus, we carry 2d person portas, you carry portatis, you carry 3d person portat he, she, it carries portant, they carry a. The forms given above may also be translated I am carrying, you are carrying, he is carrying, etc. Latin has no means of distinguishing between such expressions as I carry and 2" am carrying, he praises and he is praising, they walk and they are walking. b. To conjugate a verb means to give its different forms in regular order, as above. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 31 THE FIRST CONJUGATION 77. The verb porto is said to be of the first conjugation. The infinitive meaning to carry is portare. All verbs which have the infinitive ending -are are of the first conjugation and are conjugated like porto. These verbs have as a characteristic element the vowel a, which becomes short before the endings -t and -nt. a. The verbs amo, laudo, ambulo, propero, specto, laboro, and sto, which appear in this or the preceding lessons, are of the first conjugation. In the vocabularies hereafter the infinitive ending -are will be given after the first form of a new verb of the first conjugation. b. The verb do is of the first conjugation, but it is irregular in that it has the vowel a short where it would be long in porto and other verbs of the first conjugation, except in a very few forms. The infinitive is dare. PERSONAL ENDINGS 78. With a verb denoting an act done by the subject the following are the personal endings which are used to show person and number, together with their meanings. Singular Plural -6, I -mus, we -s, you (singular) -tis, you (plural) -t, he, she, it -nt, they READING EXERCISE 79. 1. Schola nostra est schola bona. Scholam nostram laudamus et amamus. THE INFINITIVE (21) A verb form preceded by to is often used to refer to an act without saying that it really took place. The expressions to walk, to have heard, to be seen, are of this kind. These forms of the verb with to are called infinitives. 32 FIRST LATIN LESSONS Scholam laudatis, sed in schola non bene laboratis. Soror mea scholam laudat et in schola bene laborat. Soror mea est puella impigra. 2. Cur hic statis? Hic stamus quod flliam tuam expectamus. Ubi fllia tua est? Filia mea nunc in schola est. 3. Vesperl saepe in vils ambulo. Amici quoque ibi am- bulant. Nautas saepe videmus cum in viis ambulamus. Nautae quoque in viis vesperl ambulant. 4. Janua est aperta, et Corneliam in casa video. Cor- nelia agricolam expectat. Agricola epistulam portat. Agricola epistulam Corneliae dat. 80. VOCABULARY cum, when porto, -are, carry hic, here sto, stare, stand impigra, energetic, industrious ubi, where, when janua, -ae, f., door vesperi, in the evening laboro, -are, work EXERCISES FOR WRITING 81. 1. Puellae saepe in vils vesperi ambula — . 2. Cur agricola ex silv — propera — ? 3. Epistulas tuas nunc ex- pecta — (subjed "we"). 4. Ciir mater mea mihi donum non da — ? 5. Mater tua tibi donum non da — quod non bene labora — (subject "you" singular). ENGLISH DERTVATIVES FROM LATIN 82. 1. What do you suppose was originally the duty of a porterf 2. What connection in meaning can you see be- tween sto and station? 3. At what time of day are vesper services held? FIRST LATIN LESSONS 33 SUGGESTED DRILL Give English meanings f or the f ollowing : 1 . Ambulamus ; properamus. 2. Specto ; spectat ; spectamus. 3. Laboras ; spectas. 4. Amare; stare; spectare. 5. Properant; properas; propero. 6. Laborat; laboratis; laborant. 7. Sunt; stant; sum, sto. 8. Ambulatis; ambulat; ambulare. 9. Do; dat; dant. LESSON XIII SECOND DECLENSION DECLENSION OF TEMPLUM 83. The different case forms of the noun templum, a temple, are as follows: Singular Nom. templum, d temple (as subject) Gen. templi, of a temple Dat. templo, to a temple, temple (as indirect object) Acc. templum, a temple (as direct object) Abl. templo, (from, with, in) a temple Plural Nom. templa, temples (as subject) Gen. templorum, of temples Dat. templls, to temples, temples (as indirect object) Acc. templa, temples (as direct object) Abl. templis (from, with, in) temples a. To decline a noun (or adjective) means to give its different case forms in regular order. the second declension 84. Nouns with the genitive singular ending in -I are of the second declension. The second declension nouns are not all alike in the nominative. Some have the nominative ending in -um, others in -us, and others in -er. Those ending in -um are declined like templum. 34 FIRST LATIN LESSONS GENDER IN THE FIRST DECLENSION 85. Most first declension nouns are feminine, even though we should expect many of them to be neuter from their mean- ings. Those denoting males, however, are masculine. Thus, agricola, incola, nauta, and poeta are masculine. All other nouns of this declension which have been given are feminine. GENDER OF NOUNS IN -UM 86. All nouns ending in -um in the nominative singular are of the neuter gender. AGREEMENT OF ADJECTIVES IN GENDER 87. The adjectives which have been given with the ending -a have also a neuter form in -um, declined like templum. An adjective agrees with its noun in gender as well as in case and number. Thus we say parva puella, a small girl, but parvum templum, a small temple. READING EXERCISE 88. 1. Tectum in magno oppido habeo, sed oppidum non amo. Mater mea casam in silva habet, et aestate in casa habito. Soror mea quoque in casa aestate habitat. 2. Tectum tuum in oppido saepe video. Tectum magnum est sed non pulchrum. Casa in silva est pulchra. GENDER (22) We use the pronoun he when we are referring to a man or boy or a male animal, the pronoun she when we are referring to a woman or girl or a female animal, and the pronoun it when we are referring to something without sex. Thus when we are speaking of a boy we may say He is a stranger, when speaking of a girl we may say She is not at home, and when speaking of a book we say It is mine. This distinction in pronouns is called gender. Such words as he are in the masculine gender, such words as she are in the feminine gender, and such words as it are in the neuter gender. Nouns also are said to have gender. Thus, brother is masculine, sister is feminine, and house is neuter. a. A word like friend which may ref er to either a man or a woman is sometimes said to be in the common gender. ' FIRST LATIN LESSONS 35 3. Poeta magnum tabernaculum in Insula habet. Ex casa nostra tabernaculum poetae videmus. Poeta est arnicus agri- colae. Tectum agricolae quoque in Insula est. Agricolam et poetam saepe videmus cum in Insula sumus. 4. Oppida patriae nostrae laudas. Soror tua oppida Italiae saepe laudat, sed in oppidls Italiae non diu manet. Nunc in parvo oppido Hispaniae est. Multa oppida Hispaniae et Italiae sunt pulchra. 5. Quid (direct objed) mater tua tibi dat? Mater mea mihi praemium dat, quod ex via propero. Soror mea quoque praemium habet, quod impigra est. 89. VOCABULARY aestate, in summer oppidum, -I, n., town diu, long, for a long time praemium, -I, n., reward habeo, I have quid, what? habito, -are, live tabernaculum, -I, n., tent manet, remains tectum, -I, n., house EXERCISES FOR WRITING 90. 1. Magn — oppid — (towri) non laudas. 2. Oppid — (the towns) Italiae saepe laudamus. 3. Tabernacul — (a tent) in silva video. 4. Cornelia mihi magn — praemi — (reward) dat. 5. Soror mea in oppid — (the towri) aestate non manet. ENGLISH DERTVATIVES FROM LATIN 91. 1. What is a habitation? 2. What was the original meaning of tabernaclet 3. What is a premium? SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Decline together parvum oppidum. 2. Decline together ddnum meum. 3. Name the case of each noun in the sentences of paragraph 3, section 88. 36 FIRST LATIN LESSONS LESSON XIV SECOND DECLENSION (Continued) DECLENSION OF AMWUS 92. The noun amlcus is of the second declension, and is declined as follows: Singular Nom. amlcus, afriend (as subject) Gen. amlcl, of a friend Dat. amlco, to afriend, afriend (as indirect object) Acc. amicum, afriend (as direct object) Abl. amlco (from, with, in) a friend Plural Nom. amicl, friends (as subject) Gen. amlcorum, of friends Dat. amicis, to friends, friends (as indirect object) Acc. amlcos, friends (as direct object) Abl. amlcls (from, with, in) friends a. Nouns of the second declension ending in -us are chiefly masculine. ADJECTIVES IN -US 93. Such adjectives as bona and magna have a masculine form ending in -us in the nominative, with the other case endings like those of the noun amicus. READING EXERCISE: FlLIUS ET FILIA AGRICOLAE 94. 1. Agricola fllium et filiam habet. Filius agricolae doml manet, sed fllia in schola hieme est, et tum in oppido cum amlco benigno agricolae habitat. Agricola oppidum non amat, et flliam hieme non saepe videt. Aestate puella domi manet. Agricola equos habet, et flliae equum bonum dat. Filia equos non timet, et laeta est quod equum bonum habet. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 37 Mater puellae laeta est cum filia doml est. Fllius agricolae nullos amlcos in oppido habet. 2. Tectum amlci agricolae in nostro oppido est. Ex fenestra mea tectum amlcl agricolae video. Ibi fllia agricolae hieme habitat. Amlcus agricolae parvum fllium habet, sed nullas fllias habet. 95. VOCABULARY domi, at home nullus, no, none equus, -I, m., horse timet, fears fflius, 1 -I, m., son tum, then hieme, in winter videt, sees EXERCISES FOR WRITING 96. 1. Amlcus meus equ — (horse) bon — habet. 2. Flli — (the son) nautae poeta est. 3. Fili — (the son) nautae epistu- lam do. 4. CorneUa flli — (a daughter) habet, sed niill — flli — (sons) habet. 5. Casa amlc — poetae in oppid — est. ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 97. 1. What is an equestrian statue? 2. From a con- sideration of fflius and filia, what do you think is meant by filial respect? 3. What is the meaning of nullify? SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Give the nominative singular and plural of all the first and second declension nouns in paragraph 1, section 94. 2. Give the accusative singular and plural of all the first and second declension nouns in para- graph 2, section 94. 3. Decline equus. 1 The genitive of this word is oommonly fili (contracted from fflii). The uncontraeted form, however, is used in the exercises of this book. 38 FIRST LATIN LESSONS FIRST LATIN LESSONS 39 LESSON XV SECOND DECLENSION (Continued) DECLENSION OF PUER AND AGER 98. The nouns puer, boy, and ager, field, of the second declension, are declined as follows: Singular Plural Singular Plural Nom. puer pueri ager agrl Gen. pueii puerorum agrl agrorum Dat. puero puerls agro agris Acc. puerum pueros agrum agros Abl. puero pueris agro agrls TWO CLASSES OF NOUNS IN -ER 99. The two classes of second declension nouns represented by puer and ager differ only in the fact that nouns like puer keep the e before r in all the cases, while in ager and similar nouns e appears before r only in the nominative singular. When a new word appears in the vocabulary the genitive, or a part of it, is printed after the nominative to show whether it is declined like puer or ager. READING EXERCISE: COLLOQUIUM (A Didlogue) 100. 1. Quid facit puer? Puer librum legit. 2. Quis est puer? Puer est fllius poetae. 3. Quid discit puer in schola? Puer in schola linguam Latlnam discit. 4. Quid facit puer cum in schola non est? Puer laborat in agrls cum in schola non est. 5. Quid facit puella? Puella epistulam scrlbit. 6. Cur puellam non laudas? 40 FIRST LATIN LESSONS Puellam non laudo quod non est impigra. 7. Quid portat soror tua? Soror mea lllia portat. 8. Ciir Sextus non habet pecuniam? Sextus non habet pecuniam quod non laborat. 9. Quid femina puero dat? Femina puero librum dat. 10. Quid puella in agro agricolae videt? Puella in agro agricolae equum videt. 101. VOCABULARY ager, agri, m., field lllium, -I, n., Uly discit, learns puer, pueri, m., boy facit, does, makes quis, who? femina, -ae, f., woman Sextus, -I, m., Sextus (the liber, libri, m., book name of a man or boy) EXERCISES FOR WRITING 102. 1. Puer libr — (a book) legit. 2. Sextus in agr — (the field) cum agricol — (the farmer) laborat. 3. Cur puer — (the boys) non laudas? 4. Puer — (the boys) non laudo quod non labor — (subject "they"). 5. Puer — (the boys) praemium non do. ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 103. 1. What grammatical term is connected in derivation with femina? 2. Find two nouns derived from liber. 3. The plural form pueri sometimes means "children." What is a puerile objection? SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Decline liber. 2. Make the direct objects plural in the answers to questions 1, 5, and 10 of section 100. 3. Make the direct and indirect objects plural in the answer to 9. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 41 LESSON XVI SECOND DECLENSION : (Continued) 104. SUMMARY OF SECOND DECLENSION NOUNS Singular Nom. templum amlcus ager puer Gen. templi amlcl agrl puerl Dat. templo amlco agro puero Acc. templum amicum agrum puerum Abl. templo amlco Plural agro puero Nom. templa amicl agrl puerl Gen. templorum amlcorum agrorum puerorum Dat. templis amlcls agrls puerls Acc. templa amlcos agros pueros Abl. templis amlcls agrls puerls a. The noun vir (genitive viri) also belongs to*this declension. The endings of the genitive, dative, ac- cusative, etc, are added to the nominative as in puer. THE VOCATIVE 105. In addition to the cases which have been given, there is another case called the vocative, which is used to denote the person addressed. Thus, in the sentences "John, come here," and "Boy, what street is this?" the words John and boy are in the vocative case. The vocative has the same form as the nominative in all Latin nouns except those of the second declension ending in -us. The vocative singular of these nouns ends in -e. Thus, the vocative singular of amicus is amice, the vocative of Marcus is Marce. The vocative plural is always the same as the nominative plural. 42 FIRST LATIN LESSONS SUMMARY OF IMPORTANT FACTS REGARDING THE SECOND DECLENSION 106. (1) The genitive singular ends in -I. (2) Nouns ending in -us and -er are chiefly masculine. (3) Nouns ending in -um are neuter. (4) The nominative plural of masculine nouns ends in -I. (5) The nominative and accusative plural of all neuter nouns (in all declensions) end in -a. READING EXERCISE 107. 1. Marcus, amlcus meus, agricola est, et multos equos habet. Marcus equls hieme multum frumentum dat. Equl magnl et validl sunt. Aestate equi interdum in agrls sunt, et tum frumentum non edunt. Sed frumentum equls damus cum laborant. 2. Puerum in agro cum agricola videmus. Puer fllius agricolae est. Agricola flliam quoque habet. Fllia hodie in horto laborat. Sed fllia non est sola in horto. Mater puellae quoque in horto est. 3. Cur, Sexte, solus in via ambulas? Solus in via ambulo quod amlcl mel hodie in agrls laborant. Cur in agrls cum amlcls tuls non laboras? In agrls non laboro quod non validus sum. 108. VOCABULARY edunt, they eat multi, many frumentum, -I, n., grain solus, alone hodie, today validus, strong, well hortus, -I, m., garden Marcus, -I, m., Marcus (the name of a man or boy) EXERCISES FOR WRITING 109. Translate the following sentences into Latin: 1. The boy is the son of my friend. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 43 2. I often praise the boy, but I do not praise the boy's friend. 3. We see the farmer's fields from the window of the cottage. 4. The boys are now in the garden with your daughter. 5. My friend's horse stands in the street. ENGLISH DERTVATIVES FROM LATIN 110. 1. What is horticulturef 2. Give two English words connected in derivation with solus. 3. What is a valid reason? 4. What connection in meaning do you see between validus and invalidt 5. What are edible berries? SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Make a list of the neuter nouns in this lesson and the three preceding lessons, and give the nominative plural of each. 2. Give the nominative plural of the masculine nouns in this lesson and the two preceding lessons. 3. Decline hortus tuus. LESSON XVII ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS 111, DECLENSION OF BONUS IN ALL GENDERS The adjective bonus is declined as follows: Singular Masculine Feminine Neuter Nom. bonus bona bonum Gen. boni bonae bonl Dat. bono bonae bono Acc. bonum bonam bonum Abl. bono bona bono 44 FIRST LATIN LESSONS Plural Nom. boni bonae bona Gen. bonorum bonarum bonorum Dat. bonis bonls bonis Acc. bonos bonas bona Abl. bonis bonls bonls a. The following adjectives, which have previously been given in the f eminine, are declined like bonus : magnus, parvus, longus, multus, periculosus, benig- nus, carus, gratus, laetus, Latinus, clarus, obscurus, validus. 1 ADJECTIVES WITH MASCXJLINE NOUNS OF THE FIRST DECLENSION 112. An adjective must agree with its noun in gender, but its endings are not necessarily the same as those of the noun. Since agricola, nauta, and poeta are masculine, any adjective modifying one of them will be masculine. The words for a good sailor are declined as follows: Singular Plural Nom. nauta bonus nautae bonl Gen. nautae bonl nautarum bonorum Dat. nautae bono nautls bonls Acc. nautam bonum nautas bonos Abl. nauta bono nautls bonls SUBSTANTIVE USE OF ADJECTIVES 113. The masculine form of some adjectives may be used in the plural without a noun to denote persons. Thus, multi means many (persons), boni means the good (persons). In descriptions of war or military operations of any kind nostri means our men or our soldiers. The neuter form of some adjectives may be used in the plural to refer to things. Thus, multa means many things. 1 The adjectives sdlus and nullus are like bonus except in the genitive and dative singular. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 45 READING EXERCISE 114. 1. Sextus bonus agricola est, et multum frumentum habet. Magnum tectum et parvum hortum habet. In horto cum filia et filio nunc stat. Vesperl saepe in vils cum amlcis ambulat. Multl Sextum amant quod benignus est. 2. Filius Sextl in magno bello pugnat, et gladium et scutum habet. Publius quoque, amlcus Sextl, in bello pugnat. 3. Libros multorum poetarum laudo, sed libros tuos non laudo. Poeta bonus non es. Fama tua non magna est. 4. Nauta solus in via stat. Amlcum expectat. Sed amlcus in tecto tuo manet. Nautam non videt. 5. Nunc amicus ex tecto properat. Nauta laetus est quod amlcum videt. Nauta et amlcus non diu in via ambulant, quod amlcus defessus est. 6. Cur, amlce, ex tecto properas? Ex tecto propero quod nautam in via video. 7. Amlcus tuus sum, sed consilium tuum non laudo. Non est consilium bonum. Publius habet consilium bonum. 115. VOCABULARY bellum, -l, n., war Publius, -I, m., Publius (name consilium, -I, n., plan of a man or boy) defessus, -a, -um, tired, weary pugnat, fights gladius, -I, m., sword scutum, -I, n., shield EXERCISES FOR WRITING 116. 1. Sextus magn — equ — (horses) habet. 2. Tectum me — est magn — , casa tu — est parv — . 3. Amlcos benign — habeo. 4. Puerl in silva sunt sol — . 5. Nauta est valid — , sed filius naut — non est valid — . ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 117. 1. What is a belligerent attitude? 2. What is the meaning of the expression "ante bellum days" (referring to the 46 FIRST LATIN LESSONS American Civil War)? 3. What was the original meaning of gladiatorf 4. Find the meaning of the name of the flower, gladiolus. SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Rewrite the first sentences in paragraphs 4 and 5 of section 114, chang- ing the subjects to the plural. 2. Decline meus and tuus in all genders and both numbers. LESSON XVIII AD JECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS (Continued) ADJECTIVES WITH THE MASCULINE IN -ER 118. There are certain adjectives which end in -er instead of -us in the nominative singular of the masculine. These are of two classes, with the same difference which has been seen in nouns ending in -er. Singular Masculine Feminine Neuter Nom. miser misera miserum Gen. miserl miserae miseri Dat. misero miserae misero Acc. miserum miseram miserum Abl. misero misera Plural misero Nom. miserl miserae misera Gen. miserorum miserarum miserorum Dat. miserls miserls miserls Acc. miseros miseras misera Abl. miserls miserls miseris FIRST LATIN LESSONS Singular Masculine Feminine Neuter Nom. pulcher pulchra pulchrum Gen. pulchri pulchrae pulchri Dat. pulchro pulchrae pulchro Acc. pulchrum pulchram pulchrum Abl. pulchro pulchra Plural pulchro Nom. pulchrl pulchrae pulchra Gen. pulchrorum pulchrarum pulchrorum Dat. pulchrls pulchrls pulchrls Acc. pulchros pulchras pulchra Abl. pulchrls pulchrls pulchrls 47 REVIEW LIST OF ADJECTIVES 119. The following adjectives have previously been seen in the feminine form. The nominative in all three genders is here given. apertus, -a, -um benignus, -a, -um bonus, -a, -um carus, -a, -um clarus, -a, -um gratus, -a, -um laetus, -a, -um Latlnus, -a, -um magnus, -a, -um meus, -a, -um multus, -a, -um obscurus, -a, -um parvus, -a, -um perlculosus, -a, -um tuus, -a, -um aeger, -gra, -grum impiger, -gra, -grum miser, -a, -um noster, -tra, -trum pulcher, -chra, chrum a. The adjectives aeger, aegra, aegrum, ill, sick, impiger, -gra, -grum, energetic, noster, nostra, nostrum, our, and vester, vestra, vestrum, your, are declined like pulcher. 48 FIRST LATIN LESSONS POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES 120. As has been said before, the words for my (mine), your (yours), our (ours), are adjectives in Latin, and hence they must agree in gender, number, and case with the nouns denoting the thing possessed. The word for your, yours, when denoting possession by more than one person, is vester, -tra, -trum. It will appear later in the reading exercises. READING EXERCISE 121. 1. Amicus meus multos libros habet. Libros amat. Fllius amicl mei libros non amat. Sed puer bonus est, et bene laborat. Validus et impiger est. Equos bonos amat et laetus est cum in agrls laborat. 2. Mater tua parvum hortum habet. In horto sunt rosae et lllia. Mater tua mihi saepe rosas dat. Soror mea lllia et rosas amat, et in horto cum filia amlci mel interdum ambulat. Ex fenestra tecti nostrl hortum videmus. 3. Hortus Marcl est pulcher, et ibi cum Marco saepe ambulo. Marcus est amlcus meus. Sed hodie in horto solus ambulo quod Marcus est aeger. Miser sum quod amlcus meus est aeger. EXERCISES FOR WRITING 122. 1. Sextus equos me — laudat. 2. Bellum long — expectamus. 3. Fllia tu — est puella bon — . 4. Insula est parv — sed pulchr — . 5. Nautae sunt valid — . SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Decline together the words for an unhappy friend. 2. Decline to- gether the words for a beautiful garden. 3. Give the Latin for the follow- ing phrases as subjects and as direct objects: an unhappy sailor, a sick friend, a strong boy. 4. Decline impiger, energetic, using pulcher as a model. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 49 LESSON XIX PASSIVE VOICE, PRESENT INDICATIVE THE PRESENT INDICATIVE PASSIVE OF PORTO 123. The verb porto is conjugated as follows in the present indicative passive. Singular Plural portor, I am carried portamur, we are carried portaris, 1 you are carried portamini, you are carried portatur, he, she, it is carried portantur, they are carried a. These forms may also be translated: I am being carried, you are being carried, he is being carried, etc. b. A verb which represents an action or state as a fact is said to be in the indicative mood. PERSONAL ENDINGS 124. The personal endings used in the passive are as follows: Singular Plural -or (-r), I -mur, we -ris, you -mini, you -tur, he, she, it -ntur, they a. The characteristic vowel -a- becomes short before -ntur, and it disappears before -or. VOICE (23) The two sentences The boy helps his friend and The boy is helped by his friend both have the word boy as subject, since in each sentence we say something about the boy. But in the first sentence the subject does the act, while in the second the act is done by someone else. A verb which denotes an act done by the subject is said to be in the active voice, and a verb which denotes an act which is done to the subject by some other person or thing is said to be in the passive voice. 1 There is also a form of the second person singular ending in -re. It is not used in the exercises of this book. 50 FIRST LATIN LESSONS READING EXERCISE 125. 1. Publius est vir bonus, et ab amlcls amatur et laudatur. Fllium habet, sed filius non laudatur, quod impiger non est et male laborat. Publius est miser quod fllius non est impiger. 2. In tecto tuo galeam et scutum video. Gladium quoque video. Tua arma sunt Romana. Nunc galeas et gladios in bello videmus, sed scuta non videmus. 3. Oppidum nostrum vias latas habet. In vils multos pueros et puellas videmus. Puerl et puellae ex schola prope- rant. 4. Cur nullos libros hodie portas? Librl mel hodie ab" amlco meo portantur. Saepe libros amlcl mel porto. 5. Ex oppido nostro castra videmus. Castra magna sunt. Amlcus meus nunc in castrls est. 126. VOCABULARY a, ab, preposition wiih ablative, galea, -ae, f., helmet by, from latus, -a, -um, wide, broad arma, -orum, n. pl., weapons, male, badly arms Romanus, -a, -um, Roman castra, -orum, n. pl, camp vir, viri, m., man a. The word castra is used in the plural number with singular meaning. When it is the subject of a verb the verb must be plural, although translated by an English verb in the singular. When more than one camp is meant the same form is used as for one, but the rest of the sentence will make clear the fact that the meaning is plural. An adjective modifying castra must be plural. b. In a sentence with a passive verb a or ab com- monly means by. Sometimes, however, this preposition is translated from. The distinction between e or ex and a or ab meaning from is that e or ex is used to de- FIRST LATIN LESSONS 51 note place from within which, while a or ab means from near, or does not indicate that the starting point is within the place named. Thus, They set out from the town means that they were in the town when they started, and therefore e or ex will be used. In the sentence We walked from the river to the hill, from means from near or from the side of, and hence a or ab will be used. EXERCISES FOR WRITING 127. Translate the following sentences into Latin: 1. The small boy reads many books. 2. Marcus is unhappy today. 3. The field is large, but the garden is small. 4. Your horse is beautiful, but he is not strong. 5. There are many roses in my garden. ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 128. 1. Find some English words in which the first syllable appears to come from a or ab. Look up the derivation of these words in the dictionary. 2. What is an armoryf 3. What sort of person is a malefactorf 4. What are virile qualities? SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Give the meaning of the following: 1. Laudatur, laudantur, laudamur. 2. Amamus, amamur, amas, amaris. 3. Portat, portant, portatur, por- tantur. 4. Specto, spector, spectare, properare. ROMAN COINS 52 FIRST LATIN LESSONS SECOND REVIEW LESSON VOCABULARY REVIEW, LESSONS XI-XTX 129. ager, agri arma, -orum bellum, -I castra, -orum consilium, -I equus, -I femina, -ae fllius, -I frumentum, -I galea, -ae gladius, -I hortus, -I janua, -ae liber, libri lilium, -I luna, -ae oppidum, -I praemium, -I puer, pueri sciitum, -I stella, -ae tabernaculum, tectum, -I WORD STUDY: LATIN AE, OE, AND ENGLISH E 130. In section 70 we saw certain changes in the spelting of some English words from Latin. Another change, which is to be found in a rather large number of words, is illustrated by the word premium, from Latin praemium. The diph- thong ae of the Latin word is represented by the leiter e in the English derivative. In like manner equal is from Latin aequalis, which has about the same meaning as equal, and vir, viri porto, -are aestate domi specto, -are sto, stare hieme 1TQC"r\OT»l discit vespen facit aeger manet clarus timet defessus videt latus edunt miser multus diu multi hodie nfillus interdum obscurus male solus noctii validus quis quid cum (conj.) quod tum habito, -are ubi habeo laboro, -are a, ab FIRST LATIN LESSONS 53 which in turn comes from another Latin word aequus, meaning level, equal, or fair. Similarly the Latin diphthong oe becomes e in English derivatives. From Latin poena, punishment, we have penalty, penal. Latin poenitere (also spelled paenitere), to repent, is of common origin with poena and is the source of penitent and penitentiary. The word federation is connected with a Latin word foederatus, meaning bound together by a treaty (foedus, a treaty). WORDS FORMED WITH EX 131. Another change is seen in the combination of ex with words beginning with s, as for example ex+specto. In the Latin word expecto, as given in this book, s is dropped, as in the English word expect. In like manner exist and exile come from compounds of ex with words beginning with s, in which s has been dropped. In the Latin of the time of Caesar and Cicero s was retained in these words (exspecto, exsisto), but at a later time the spelling without s developed. Some Latin textbooks employ the form with s. LESSON XX THE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUN AND ADJECTIVE HIC 132. The demonstrative hic, this (plural these), is declined as follows: Singular Plural Nom. hic haec hoc hl hae haec Gen. hujus hujus hujus horum harum horum Dat. huic huic huic hls hls his Acc. hunc hanc hoc hos has haec Abl. hoc hac hoc his hls his 54 FIRST LATIN LESSONS READING EXERCISE: TRES PUERl ROMANl 133. 1. Hic puer est Marcus. A dextra stat Sextus, a sinistra stat Piiblius. Hl tres sunt pueri Romanl. Arma quoque Romana videmus. Marcus gladium et sctitum habet. Sextus jaculum et sagittas portat. Ptiblius est parvus, et arma non habet. Marcus et Sextus et Publius sunt fllii Titl. Titus est sagittarius, et nunc in Hispania est. Romani cum incolls Hispaniae pugnant. 2. (Marcus speaks.) Marcus sum. Hic puer parvus est Piiblius. Publius gladium non habet quod parvus est. Puer tertius est Sextus. Sextus est magnus puer et arma portat. Filii Titl sumus. 3. (Publius speaks.) Publius sum. Arma non habeo quod parvus sum. Sextus et Marcus sunt puerl magni et arma habent. Arma amant et bellum laudant, sed non in bello pugnant. Mater mea bellum non laudat. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 55 134. VOCABULARY dextra, -ae, f., right hand; sinistra, -ae, f., left hand; a dextra, on the right a sinistra, on the left hic, haec, hoc, this tertius, -a, -um, third jaculum, -I, N., javelin Titus, -I, m., Titus {name of a pugno, -are, fight man or boy) sagitta, -ae, f., arrow tres, three sagittarius, -I, m., archer ^SE ROMAN JAVELINS EXERCISES FOR WRITING 135. Write in Latin: 1. This boy and this girl are in our school. 2. A friend of this boy is now in our town. 3. I often give this boy money. 4. (There) are no roses in this garden. 5. This farmer is a strong man. ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 136. 1. What is dexterityf 2. What is a pugnacious dis- position? 3. What is a sinister appearance? SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Give the Latin for the following as subjects: these boys, these girls, these dangers, these sailors. 2. Give the Latin for the following as objects: thesefields, these cottages, these farmers. 3. Give the Latin for the following phrases: in this field, in these fields, to this boy, to these boys, from these cottages. 56 FIRST LATIN LESSONS LESSON XXI PREPOSITIONS WITH THE ACCUSATIVE CASE USE WITH PREPOSITIONS 137. The prepositions cum, ex, and in, as has been seen, take the ablative case. There are, however, many preposi- tions with which the accusative is used. The accusative, therefore, in addition to being the case of the object of a verb, is also found with certain prepositions. When a new preposition is given in the vocabulary, the case with which it is used will be indicated. Thus ante, prep. with acc, means that ante is a preposition which takes the accusative. The number of prepositions taking the accusative is larger than the number taking the ablative. PHRASES WITH TO 138. We have seen that an English phrase with to is trans- lated by the dative case if it is equivalent to an indirect object or if it depends on an adjective similar in meaning to those given in section 48. In such phrases the English word to is represented by the case ending of the Latin word. But phrases with to which denote the place to which a person or thing moves are expressed by the preposition ad followed by the accusative case of the word denoting the place to or toward which the motion is directed. READING EXERCISE: SCHOLA MEA ET AMlCl MEl 139. 1. Mane ad scholam propero. Multl virl tum per vias properant. Ante scholam nostram est magnum aedificium. In hoc aedificio multl vir! laborant. Amicus meus, Piiblius, ibi aestate laborat, sed nunc in schola est. Post hoc aedificium est via lata. Trans hanc viam est parva casa, et amlcus meus in hac casa habitat. 2. Vesperl post horas scholae cum amlcls mels saepe ambulo. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 57 Interdum amlcos ad tectum nostrum invlto. Saepe ad tecta amlcorum invltor. Multos amlcos habeo. 3. Mane puerl et puellae ad scholam properant. Haec schola est ante magnum aedificium. Ibi laboro. Fllius amici mel in hoc aedificio aestate laborat, sed nunc in schola est. Ves- perl post horas scholae fllius amlcl in via ambulat. Multl puerl tum in vils ambulant. Interdum fllius amlcl ad tectum meum invltatur. Multos amlcos habet. 140. VOCABULARY ad, prep. with acc, to, toward mane, in the morning aedificium, -l, n., building per, prep. with acc, through ante, prep. with acc, before, post, prep. with acc, behind, in f ront of af ter hora, -ae, f., hour trans, prep. with acc, across invlto, -are, invite EXERCISES FOR WRITING 141. 1. Puella ad cas — (the cottages) properat. 2. Cum amlco per silv — (foresi) ambulamus. 3. Tabernaculum est in silva post oppid — (town). 4. Est magnum aedificium trans vi — (the street). 5. Amlcl mel saepe ad tect — tu — (your house) invltantur. ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 142. 1. What is an edifice? 2. Find the origin of the abbreviations a. m. and p. m. 3. What is a transcontinental railroad? 4. What is an ante-roomt SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Give the Latin for the following phrases: Behind the forest, in the forest, through the forest, from the forest. 2. Tell which of the phrases with to in the following sentences will be translated by ad with the ac- cusative and which by the dative case alone: (a) I gave the letter to the boy. (6) He is walking to the town. (c) We hurried to the window. (d) The report was not pleasing to your father. 3. Decline together the words for this hour. 58 FIRST LATIN LESSONS LESSON XXII SECOND CONJUGATION CHARACTERISTIC VOWEL OF THE SECOND CONJUGATION 143. The verb monet, he warns, differs from portat, he carries, in that it has e instead of a before the ending -t. Simi- larly monemus, we warn, differs from portamus, we carry, and monetur, he is warned, differs from portatur, he is carried. This verb belongs to the second conjugation. The infinitive, meaning to warn, is monere. All verbs which have the present active infinitive ending in -ere are of the second conjugation and are conjugated like moneo. The present indicative of moneo is as follows: THE PRESENT INDICATIVE OF MONEO 144. ACTIVE PASSIVE Singular Singular moneo, I warn, am warning moneor, I am warned mones, you warn, etc moneris, you are warned monet, he, she, it warns, etc monetur, he, she, it is warned Plural Plural monemus, we warn monemur, we are warned monetis, you warn moneminl, you are warned monent, they warn monentur, they are warned a. The personal endings are the same as in the forms of porto. READING EXERCISE: PERICULUM SOCIORUM NOSTRORUM 145. 1. Socil nostri magno in perlculo sunt quod satis magnas copias non habent. Saepe monentur, sed non timent. Sl auxilium nostrum expectant, arma habere debent. Magnas copias habere debent. Perlculum non vident, sed perlculum magnum est. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 59 2. Cur socii nostrl monentur? Socil nostri monentur quod in perlcul5 sunt. 3. Cur socii in perlculo sunt? Socil in perlculo sunt quod satis magnas copias non habent. 4. Quid socil expectant? Socil auxilium nostrum expectant. 5. Quid socil habere debent? Socil magnas copias habere debent. 6. Cur socil satis magnas copias non habent? Socil satis magnas copias non habent quod perlculum non vident. 7. Ciir socios habere debemus? Socios habere debemus quod patria nostra interdum in perlculo est. 146. VOCABULARY auxilium, -I, n., assistance, help periculum, -I, n., danger, copia, -ae, f., plenty; plural, peril copiae, -arum, troops, forces satis, adv., enough debeo, -ere, owe, ought si, conj., if moneo, -ere, warn socius, -l, m., ally paratus, -a, -um, ready, prepared timeo, -ere, fear EXERCISES FOR WRITING 147. Write in Latin: 1. We are sometimes warned by our friends. 2. You (singular) ought to have your book. 3. War is not feared by our allies. 4. You do not see our house from your window. 5. We do not fear danger, because we are prepared. ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 148. 1. What is an auxiliary verb? 2. What is a copious supply? 3. Find in a dictionary the origin of the words debt and peril. 4. What is the original meaning of monitor? 60 FIRST LATIN LESSONS SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Conjugate debeo, timeo, and video in the present tense, active and passive. 2. Give the Latin for they see, they praise, he sees, he praises. LESSON XXIII THE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUN AND ADJECTIVE ILLE 149. The demonstrative ille, that (plural those) is declined as f ollows : Singular Plural Masc. Fem. Neut. Masc. Fem. Neut. Nom. ille illa illud illl illae illa Gen. illms illlus illius illorum illarum illorum Dat. illi illi illl illls illls illls Acc. illum illam illud illos illas illa Abl. illo illa illo illls illis illls READING EXERCISE 150. 1. Ille vir est caecus, sed in vils sine amlco saepe ambulat neque perlculum timet. Saepe ad tectum f Ilil ambulat. Fllius in tecto post hortum nostrum habitat. 2. Quam timida illa puella est. Sed nullum perlculum in hls locls est, et puella ttita est. 3. Ciir pecuniam illi puero iterum das? Peciiniam iterum illi puero do quod epistulas meas portat. Hodie epistulam ad amlcum tuum portat. 4. Marcus non adest. Ubi est? Cum amlco in silva est. Sed Titus et Sextus adsunt. Hl puerl sunt amlcl mel. Marcus quoque amlcus meus est. 5. Fllia illlus feminae nunc in Britannia est. Femina epistulas ad flliam saepe scrlbit. Fllia quoque epistulas scrlbit. Has epistulas amlco dat. Amlcus epistulas ad Americam portat. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 61 151. VOCABULARY adsum, adesse, be present, neque, conj., nor, and not be at hand quam, adv., how, as, than caecus, -a, -um, blind sine, prep. with abl., without ille, illa, illud, that timidus, -a, -um, timid iterum, adv., again tutus, -a, -um, safe locus, -I, m. (pl. loca, -orum, n.), place EXERCISES FOR WRITING 152. 1. Quis est ill — puer? 2. Cur ill — puella nullos libros habet? 3. Filia ill — viri aegra est. 4. Epistulas saepe ill — puero do. 5. 111 — femina et ill — vir incolae Hiberniae sunt. ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 153. 1. What is the meaning of reiteratef 2. Find an adjective, a noun, and a verb which are connected in derivation with locus. 3. What is meant by the statement "The legis- lature adjourned sine die"? 4. Find a noun which is con- nected in derivation with timidus. SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Give the Latin for the following phrases as subjects: that town, those towns, these towns, that friend, those friends, these friends. 2. Give the Latin for the following phrases as direct objects: that forest, those forests, these forests, that field, those fields, these fields. 3. Decline together the words illa terra. 62 FIRST LATIN LESSONS LESSON XXIV IMPERFECT OF THE FIRST AND SECOND CONJTJGATIONS THE IMPERFECT TENSE 154. In the English sentences I walked and I was walking the verbs walked and was walking both denote past time. The only difference is that the second represents the act as con- tinuing or in progress in the past, while the first merely indi- cates that the act was in past time, without any reference to its continuance. Latin has no means of showing the differ- ence between these two expressions. The verb ambulabam may mean either I walked or I was walking. The Latin tense which corresponds to such verb forms as walked and was walking is called the imperfect. THE IMPERFECT ACTIVE OF PORTO AND MONEO 155. The verbs porto and moneo have the following forms in the imperf ect active : Singular portabam, I was carrying or / carried portabas, you were carrying, you carried portabat, he, she, it was carrying, he carried, etc. Plural portabamus, we were carrying, we carried portabatis, you were carrying, you carried portabant, they were carrying, they carried TENSE OF VERBS /24) When someone says The boy stands in the street, we know that the act is going on while we are being told about it; that is, in the present time. If the sentence is The boy stood in the street, we know that the act took place at some past time, and similarly the sentence The boy will stand in the street shows that the act is going to take place in the future. In these FIRST LATIN LESSONS 63 Singular monebam, I was warning or I warned monebas, you were warning, you warned monebat, he, she, it was warning, etc. Plural monebamus, we were warning, etc. monebatis, you were warning, etc. monebant, they were warning, etc. a. The syllable ba, which is seen in all the forms of the imperfect, is called the tense sign of the imperfect. READING EXERCISE 156. 1. Galli auxilium Romanorum postulabant quod Ger- mani agros Galliae vastabant et oppida occupabant. Galli pro patria fortiter pugnabant, sed satis magnas copias non habebant, et propter perlculum auxilium desiderabant. 2. Auxilium vestrum postulamus quod bellum timemus. Agrl nostrl vastantur, et oppida occupantur. Sine socils patria nostra non tiita est. 3. Bellum non deslderamus, sed Romanos non timemus. Patria cara est, et pro patria pugnamus. sentences the form of the verb shows what is the time of the act. The forms of a verb which show time are called tenses. There are six tenses in English. Their names are present, past, future, present perfect, past perfect, and future perfect. The following forms of the verb walk with the subject I show how these tenses are used. Present I walk Past I walked Future I shall walk Present Perfect I have walked Past Perfect I had walked Future Perfect I shall have walked 64 FIRST LATIN LESSONS 4. In bello agricolae non sine perlculo in agrls laborant. Tum feminae et puerl et puellae in oppidls timent. Bellum feminls non gratum est. 5. Marcus in via cum parva puella ambulabat. Puella rosam portabat. Parva puella soror Marcl est, et saepe cum Marco ambulat. 157. VOCABULARY desidero, -are, desire postulo, -are, demand fortiter, adv., bravely pro, prep. with abl., for, on Gallia, -ae, f., Gaul (a country) behalf of, before Gallus, -I, m., a Gaul propter, prep. with acc, on Germanus, -I, m., a German account of occupo, -are, seize vasto, -are, lay waste EXERCISES FOR WRITING 158. 1. In via cum amlcls ambulaba — (subject "I"). 2. Bellum non timeba — (subject u we"), quod socios habeba — (subject "we"). 3. Ille puer librum et epistulam portaba — . 4. Socil nostrl pro patria fortiter pugnaba — . 5. Auxilium postulaba — (subject "we"), sed perlculum non videba — (sub- ject "you" singular). ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 159. 1. Find two adjectives ending in -ic which are related to Gallus and Germanus. 2. What is the meaning of pro- slaveryf 3. What is a devastated region? SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Conjugate occupo and timeo in the imperfect active. 2. Give the Latin for the following: they were carrying, they were warning; he was praising, he was fearing. 3. Rewrite paragraph 1 of section 156, changing the verbs to the present tense. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 65 LESSON XXV INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN AND ADJECTIVE THE INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN 160. The Latin word for who when used in a question is quis, and for what similarly used is quid, as has already been seen in preceding vocabularies. The genitive, meaning whose, of whom, or of what is cujus in the singular and quorum or quarum in the plural. Whom is quem (or quam) in the sin- gular and quos (or quas) in the plural. These are forms of the interrogative pronoun. THE INTERROGATIVE ADJECTIVE 161. In the phrases what man, which booh, what woman, the forms what and which are attached to nouns, just as ad- jectives are. When thus used they are called interrogative adjectives. THE FORMS OF THE INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN AND ADJECTIVE 162. The forms of the interrogative pronoun and adjective are the same for most cases in Latin, but there are some forms of the adjective which are not used as pronouns. Singular Masculine Feminine Neuter Nom. quis (qul) quae quid (quod) who, which, what Gen. cujus cujus cujus whose, of whom y of what Dat. cui cui cui to whom, whom (as indirect object) Acc. quem quam quid (quod) whom, which, what Abl. quo qua quo (from, by) whom, etc. 66 FIRST LATIN LESSONS Nom. qui Gen. quorum Plural quae quae quarum quorum Dat. quibus quibus quibus Acc. quos Abl. quibus quas quae quibus quibus who, which, what whose, of whom, of what to whom, to what, whom, what (as indirect object) whom, which, what (from, by) whom, etc. a. The forms qui and quod, which are placed in paren- theses above, are sometimes used as adjectives in the singular number. The nominative quis as a pronoun may be either masculine or feminine. It is sometimes used as a masculine adjective. READING EXERCISE 163. 1. Cujus librum habes? Librum meum habeo. 2. In quo loco liber meus est? Librum tuum non video. 3. Quis in via clamat? Sextus clamat in via. Me vocat. 4. Cur Sexto non respondes? Non respondeo quod mater mea me in tecto manere jubet. 5. Cur puero praemium das? Praemium puero do quod impiger est. 6. Quos in via vides? Sextum et tres amlcos video. 7. Quibus tua mater praemia dat? Mea mater praemia Tito et Publio dat. 8. Hortus noster est inter tectum et viam. A dextra est miirus altus, a sinistra est parvum aedificium. Hoc aedificium a tecto non longe abest, et saepe ibi laboro. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 67 164. VOCABULARY absum, abesse, be away, be jubeo, -ere, order, command absent, be distant longe, adv., at a distance, far altus, -a, -um, high, tall, deep me, me clamo, -are, shout murus, -I, m., wall inter, prep. with acc, between, respondeo, -ere, answer, reply among voco, -are, call EXERCISES FOR WRITING 165. Write in Latin: 1. Whose son are you? 2. Whose (plural) daughters are those girls? 3. Those girls are the daughters of Sextus and Marcus. 4. To whom (singular) was Titus giving money? 5. Whom (singular) do you see in the street? 6. Whom (plural) do the Germans fear? ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 166. 1. What is meant by altitudef 2. What is the meaning of inter-urbant 3. What are mural decorations? 4. What is a vocationt SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Give the Latin for the following in the singular number and the raasculine gender: whom (direct object), whose, by whom, to whom (indirect object). 2. Give the Latin for the following in the masculine plural: whom (direct object), of whom (whose), by whom. 3. Conjugate respondeo in the imperfect tense, active voice. LESSON XXVI THE IMPERFECT INDICATIVE PASSIVE OF PORTO AND MONEO 167. The verbs porto and moneo have the following forms in the imperfect indicative passive: 68 FIRST LATIN LESSONS Singular Singular portabar, I was being carried or I was carried monebar portabaris, you were being carried, etc. monebaris portabatur, he was being carried, etc. monebatur Plural Plural portabamur, we were being carried, etc. monebamur portabamini, you were being carried, etc. monebamini portabantur, they were being carried, etc. monebantur READING EXERCISE 168. 1. Socil nostri superabantur quod satis magnas copias non habebant. Agrl vastabantur et oppida acriter oppugnabantur. Auxilium rogabatur, sed copias tum non habebamus. Nunc socios juvare parati sumus. 2. Agri nostrl vastabantur quod satis magnas copias non habebamus. Auxilium postulabamus, sed multl periculum non videbant. Nunc socios habemus, et tutl sumus. 3. Consilia mea olim laudabantur. Ciir nunc non pro- bantur? Consilia tua olim probabantur quod bellum non timebamus. Sed nunc consilia tua non bona videntur, quod patria nostra in perlculo est. 4. Quamquam populus Romanus magnas copias habebat, socios quoque habebat. Hl socil in bello saepe auxilium rogabant. Romanl socios in bello juvabant. 169. VOCABULARY acriter, adv., vigorously probo, -are, approve juvo, -are, help quamquam, conj., although olim, adv., formerly, once rogo, -are, ask upon a time supero, -are, defeat, over- oppugno, -are, attack come populus, -I, m., people videor, -eri, seem FIRST LATIN LESSONS 69 STREET OF POMPEII EXERCISES FOR WRITING 170. 1. Oppidum nostrum a Romanls acriter oppugnaba — . 2. Romani a socils et amlcls juvaba — . 3. Consilium meum a Sexto et Publio laudaba — . 4. Olim socil nostri a Germanls non timeba — , sed nunc time — . 5. Hic puer saepe auxilium rogaba — . 6. Olim patria tua a socils non laudaba — , sed nunc saepe lauda — . ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 171. 1. Find from a dictionary the meaning and origin of adjutant and coadjutor. 2. Give an adjective and a noun which are derived from populus. 3. What is the meaning of approbationf Why is it spelled with two p's? 4. What is an insuperable difficulty? 70 FIRST LATIN LESSONS SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Copy the conjugation of moneo in the imperfect passive as given above, and write the English meaning after each form. 2. Give the Latin for the following: they were being defeated, they were being warned t they are being warned. 3. Decline the interrogative pronoun. LESSON XXVII THE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUN AND ADJECTIVE IS 172. Masculine Nom. is, he Gen. ejus, his Dat. el, to him THE FORMS OF /S Singular Feminine Neuter ea, she id, it ejus, her (possessive) ejus, its el, to her ei, to it Acc. eum, him (dir. obj.) eam, her (dir. obj.) id, it (dir. obj.) Abl. eo (from, by, with) him ea (from, by, with) her eo (from, by, with) it Nom. el ii Gen. Dat. they eorum, their eis iis to them Acc. eos, them (dir. obj.) Abl. elsl (from, by, with) ils / them Plural eae, they earum, their els iis ea, they, those things e5rum, their to them ns to them eas, them (dir. obj.) els) (from, by, with) ils / them ea, them (dir. obj.) elsl (from, by, with) ils f them a. The masculine and feminine forms will be trans- lated like those of the neuter gender if they refer to antecedents which would be neuter in English. Thus a masculine form (is, eum, eo, etc.) will be used to refer to ager because it is masculine, and a feminine form will be used to refer to silva. But since field and forest are neuter in English, the pronouns which refer to them will be translated it. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 71 ADJECTIVE USE OF IS 173. The forms of is are commonly used as pronouns meaning he, she, it, his, him, her, etc, as has been seen, but sometimes they are used as adjectives. When they modify nouns they will be translated either this or that as the sense requires. Thus is puer may mean either this boy or that boy, and ea puella may mean either this girl or that girl. But is does not emphasize the idea that the thing denoted by the noun it modifies is near, as does hic, or that it is at some dis- tance away, as does ille. HIC AND ILLE AS PRONOUNS 174. The forms of hic and ille are sometimes used as pro- nouns meaning he, she, it, him, his, her, etc, instead of the forms of is. The plural forms hi, illi, etc, mean these or those (persons); the neuter haec, illa, etc, mean these things or those things. READING EXERCISE 175. 1. Mater nostra ex janua nos vocat. In tectum properamus, et avunculum nostrum cum fllils ejus ibi videmus. Avunculus noster et fllii ejus nos saliitant. Eos salutamus. 2. Avunculus meus in parvo oppido habitat. Tectum ejus est magnum et pulchrum. Marcus non longe a tecto avunculi mel habitat. Interdum ad tectum avuncull mel invltor, et Marcum tum video. Cum eo saepe in viis ambulo. Olim in eo oppido habitabam, et Marcum saepe videbam. 3. Cur ita timidus es? Timeo quod nulla arma habeo, et inimicus meus armatus est. Nullum auxilium video, quam- quam undique circumspecto. Manere non audeo. 176. VOCABULARY armatus, -a, -um, armed is, ea, id, this, that; he, she, it audeo, -ere, dare ita, adv., so avunculus, -I, m., uncle nos, we, us circumspecto, -are, look around saluto, -are, greet inimicus, -I, m., enemy undique, adv., on all sides 72 FIRST LATIN LESSONS EXERCISES FOR WRITING 177. Write in Latin: 1. Titus is a good man, and we love him. 2. Sextus works well, but his son is not industrious. 3. I do not give him a reward, because he does not work well. 4. These men have no money, but they have many friends. 5. We were looking around on all sides, because our enemies had weapons. ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 178. 1. What was the Spanish Armadaf From what Latin word is armada derived? 2. What is an audacious plan? 3. What is a circumspect person? 4. What is the meaning of inimicalf 5. What is the source and the meaning of the abbreviation i. e.f SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Give the Latin for the following: him (direct object), with him, with her, his (of him), by him, to him (indirect object); them (masculine, direct object), of them, with them, to them (indirect object), by them. 2. Conjugate audeo in the imperfect active and saluto in the imperfect passive. ROMAN DRINKING CUPS FIRST LATIN LESSONS 73 179. THIRD REVIEW LESSON VOCABITLARY REVIEW, LESSONS XX-XXVn aedificium, -I ille, illa, illud videor, -eri auxilium, -I is, ea, id voco, -are avunculus, -I nos copia, -ae tres acriter copiae, -arum fortiter dextra, -ae absum, abesse ita hora, -ae adsum, adesse iterum inimicus, -I audeo, ere longe jaculum, -I circumspecto, -are mane locus, -l clamo, -are olim mtirus, -I debeo, -ere quam periculum, -1 desidero, -are satis populus, -1 invlto, -are undique sagitta, -ae jubeo, -ere sagittarius, -I juvo, -are ad sinistra, -ae moneo, -ere ante socius, -I occupo, -are inter oppugno, -are per altus, -a, -um postulo, -are post armatus, -a, -um probo, -are pro caecus, -a, -um pugno, -are propter paratus, -a, -um rogo, -are sine tertius, -a, -um timeo, -ere trans timidus, -a, -um respondeo, -ere tiitus, -a, -um saliito, -are neque supero, -are quamquam hic, haec, hoc vasto, -are si PREPOSITIONS AS PREFIXES 180. Latin prepositions are sometimes joined to the begin- ning of other words in order to form new words. Thus ab and ad are combined with sum to form absum and adsum, 74 FIRST LATIN.LESSONS and circum (around) is joined to specto to form circumspecto. A word or syllable attached to the beginning of a word to modify its meaning and thus f orm a new word is called a prefix. CHANGES IN MEANING WITH PREFIXES 181. Usually we can understand the meaning of a new word formed with a prefix when we know the meaning of the prefix and of the original word to which it is attached. Thus circum, around, and specto, look, form circumspecto, look around. But sometimes the meaning of the new word has changed from that indicated by the parts or elements of which it is made up. Thus expecto (originally exspecto) cannot be defined exactly by taking the meanings of ex and specto, although it keeps something of the idea of look (look for) . INSEPARABLE PREFIXES 182. In addition to the prepositions employed as prefixes there are some syllables which are used as prefixes and which are never found as separate words. A very important prefix of this sort is re- (sometimes spelled red-), which regularly means back or again. From re- and voco we have revoco, call back. A prefix which is never used as an independent word is called an inseparable prefix. Thus re- (red-) is an inseparable prefix. CHANGES IN SPELLING 183. When a prefix is joined to a word, a vowel in the original word is sometimes changed. From ex and capio we have excipio, from inter and facio we have interficio. Changes of this kind take place only with short vowels. Such English words as efficient, recipient, confess, have come from Latin words in which such changes as those above mentioned have taken place. EXERCISE Find twenty words in your English dictionary beginning with ex (not extra). FIRST LATIN LESSONS 75 LESSON XXVIII FUTURE TENSE OF THE FIRST AND SECOND CONJUGATIONS 184. The future tense of porto and moneo is as follows: Singular portabo, I shall carry portabis, you will carry portabit, he will carry Plural portabimus, we shall carry portabitis, you will carry portabunt, they will carry ACTIVE Singular monebo, I shall warn monebis, you will warn monebit, he will warn Plural monebimus, we shall warn monebitis, you will warn monebunt, they will warn PASSIVE Singular portabor, I shall be carried portaberis, you will be carried portabitur, he, she, it will be carried Singular monebor, / shall be warned moneberis, you will be warned monebitur, he, she, it will be warned Plural portabimur, we shall be carried portabiminl, you will be carried portabuntur, they will be carried Plural monebimur, we shall be warned monebimini, you will be warned monebuntur, they will be warned a. The syllable -bi- is the tense sign of the future in the first and second conjugations. It has the form -bu- in the third person plural, -b- in the first person singular of both voices, and -be- in the second person singular of the passive. 76 FIRST LATIN LESSONS READING EXERCISE 185. 1. Germanl a Romanls superabuntur, et multa oppida eorum occupabuntur. Sed Romanl haec oppida non delebunt. Oppida Germanorum a periculo servabuntur. 2. Romanl Germanos superabunt et multa oppida eorum occupabunt. Sed haec oppida a Romanls non delebuntur. Romani non sunt barbarl. 3. Illud oppidum cras oppugnabimus. Multl vulnerabun- tur, et multi necabuntur, sed oppidum a copils nostrls occupa- bitur. 4. Galll castra ex hoc loco mox movebunt. Nam Romanl magnas copias habent, et castra Gallorum oppugnare paratl sunt. 5. Castra nostra movebimus, quod copiae Romanorum nos oppugnare paratae sunt. Tum eos non timebimus, quamquam magnas copias non habemus. 186. VOCABULARY barbari, -orum, m. pl, barbarians mox, adv., soon (masculine form of an aoljective, nam, conj., for barbarus, -a, -um, barbarian) neco, -are, kill cras, adv., tomorrow servo, -are, save, preserve deleo, -ere, destroy, blot out vulnero, -are, wound moveo, -ere, move EXERCISES FOR WRITING 187. 1. Socios nostros juvabi — (subject "we"), et patria eorum servabi — . 2. Copiae Romanorum Gallos non timeb — (will notfear). 3. Hoc oppidum oppugnabi — (will be attacked) et delebi — . 4. Castra nostra ex eo loco moveba — (subject "we"). 5. Galll castra nostra in hoc loco non oppugnab— (will not attack). FIRST LATIN LESSONS 77 ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 188. 1. Mention an adjective which is suggested by barbari. 2. What is an indelible stain? 3. What is a vul- nerable spot? 4. What is an immovable obstacle? SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Give the Latin for the following: he praises, he was praising, he will praise; they fear, they feared, they will fear; I see, I saw, I shall see. 2. Conjugate supero and video in the future active. 3. Decline together is gladius. LESSON XXIX IMPERFECT AND FUTURE INDICATIVE OF SUM 189. The irregular verb sum does not have the tense signs which have been seen in the imperfect and future of regular verbs. IMPERFECT FUTURE Singular Singular eram, I was ero, I shall be eras, you were eris, you will be erat, he, she, it was erit, he will be Plural Plural eramus, we were erimus, we shall be eratis, you were eritis, you will be erant, they were erunt, they will be a. The present infinitive of sum is esse, to be. READING EXERCISE 190. 1. Olim in hac terra erant silvae multls in locis. Per has silvas ferae bestiae errabant. Barbarl quoque per silvas errabant et bestias saepe necabant. Nunc tecta agricolarum 78 FIRST LATIN LESSONS et oppida videmus in els locis ubi olim erant barbarl et ferae bestiae. 2. Semper amicus tuus ero. Amicl tul erunt amlci mel, et eos juvabo sl in perlculo erunt. Sed patriae tuae amlcus non sum. 3. Romanl totum oppidum delere parant. Quamquam Galll fortiter pugnabunt, superabuntur, et multl necabuntur. Ceterl erunt servl. 4. Cfir in silva cum amlco herl non eras? In silva non eram, quod aeger eram. 5. Ubi herl erat hic puer? Eum non videbam. Hic puer in tecto avuncull mel herl erat. 191. VOCABULARY bestia, -ae, r., beast, animal heri, adv., yesterday ceteri, -ae, -a, the other, the paro, -are, prepare others semper, adv., always erro, -are, wander, err servus, -l, m., slave, servant ferus, -a, -um, fierce, wild totus, -a, -um, the whole, all a. The adjective ceteri is used chiefly in the plural. Its forms in the singular may be disregarded. EXERCISES FOR WRITING 192. Write in Latin: 1. Yesterday I was in town with my uncle. 2. Your present will always be dear to me. 3. We were in the tents behind the forest. 4. We are Romans; we will not be slaves. 5. Formerly there were many fierce animals on this island. ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 193. 1. What abbreviation is used for et ceteraf 2. Find the meaning of the expression Errare est humanum. 3. What is the meaning of the motto semper paratusf 4. What is a total failure? FIRST LATIN LESSONS 79 SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Give the Latin for the following: he is, he was, he will be; I am, I was, I shall be; he is fierce, he is warned; she will be happy, she will be praised. 2. Conjugate impero and habeo in the future active. 3. De- cline in full the adjective ferus. LESSON XXX POSSESSIVES OF THE THIRD PERSON THE USE OF SUUS 194. In the sentences The boy praises his friends and The boys praise their friends the words his and their refer to the subjects of the sentences in which they stand. That is, the "possessors" are the same persons as the subjects. The Latin word which translates his, her, its, or their when thus used is suus, which is an adjective, declined like meus and tuus. The two sentences given above are in Latin: (1) Puer amicos suos laudat. (2) Pueri amicos suos laudant. It is possible to decide whether his or their will be used to translate suos in these sentences by observing whether the subject is singular or plural. If the subject is feminine suus will be translated her. Thus, Puella amicos suos laudat means The girl praises her friends. DISTINCTION BETWEEN SUUS AND EJUS 195. In the sentences They praise his friends and He praises their friends the words his and their do not refer to the subjects of the sentences in which they stand. That is, the "possessors" are not the same persons as the subjects. When his, her, its are thus used they are translated by ejus, the genitive singular of is, and their similarly used is translated by eorum (or earum), the genitive plural of is. 80 FIRST LATIN LESSONS It must be remembered that suus is an adjective, and takes the same gender, number, and case as the word denoting the thing possessed. Thus in the sentence above, suos is masculine accusative plural to agree with amicos. The words ejus and eorum (earum) are pronouns, and do not change their forms to agree with the noun which they modify. a. Sometimes possessive words are omitted in Latin when the meaning is quite clear, even though the cor- responding English sentence requires that possessives be used. They are to be supplied in translation when- ever the sense requires. Femina filiam amat, the woman loves her daughter. MANNER OF WEARING THE TOGA READING EXERCISE 196. 1. Hic vir filium suum semper laudat. Sed filius ejus non est impiger, neque habet multos amlcos. 2. Hl virl fllios suos laudant. Sed fllii eorum non sunt impigri, neque bene laborant. Quamquam laudantur, pueri boni non sunt. 3. Cornelia flliam suam amat, sed flliam amicl mei non amat. Fllia ejus ad tectum amici mei non saepe invitatur. 4. Illl barbarl sunt perfidl, et castra nostra oppugnare parant. Igitur arma nostra parata sunt. Sl castra oppugna- bunt, statim eos in fugam dabimus. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 81 Barbari castra vestra non oppugnabunt, quod arma parata habetis. 5. Lignum ex silva ad tabernaculum porto. Soror mea ante tabernaculum cenam parat. Tabernaculum in loco aperto est. Ex hoc loco tabernaculum vides. 6. Mater tua imperat; cur non pares? Statim parebo. 197. VOCABULARY cena, -ae, f., dinner perfidus, -a, -um, treacherous fuga, -ae, f., flight suus, -a, -um, his, her, its, igitur, conj., therefore their imperd, -are, command statim, adv., at once lignum, -I, n., wood vester, -tra, -trum, your (o/ pareo, -ere, obey more than one persori) EXERCISES FOR WRITING 198. Give the Latin equivalent for the italicized words in the following sentences, and then translate the sentences into Latin: 1. The farmer is working in his (own) field. 2. His son is also working in the field. 3. The barbarians were de- stroying their (own) towns. 4. We see their camp from this place. 5. The woman stands before the door of her cottage. ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 199. 1. What is an imperious manner? 2. Find from a dictionary the origin of empire. 3. What is a perfidious enemy? 4. What is lignitef SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Write two English sentences which if translated into Latin would require a form of suus, and two which would require ejus or eorum. 2. Conjugate sum in the future indicative. 3. Decline suus in fuil. 82 FIRST LATIN LESSONS LESSON XXXI THIRD DECLENSION OF NOUNS THE NOMINATIVE AND GENITIVE OF THE THIRD DECLENSION 200. Nouns of the third declension have the genitive singular ending in -is. In this declension the nominative singular is formed in a number of ways. But if the genitive singular is learned at the same time as the nominative, these variations in the nominative will cause no difhculty. This declension includes masculine, feminine, and neuter nouns. MASCULINE AND FEMININE NOUNS WITH THE GENITIVE PLURAL IN -UM 201. There are two general classes of nouns in the third declension. They differ mainly in the ending of the genitive plural. Those which belong to the first class have the genitive plural ending in -um. Masculine and feminine nouns of this class are declined as follows: lex, f. , law Singular mfles, m., soldier Nom. lex Nom. miles Gen. legis Gen. mlhtis Dat. legl Dat. mllitl Acc. legem Acc. mllitem Abl. lege Plural Abl. mllite Nom. leges Nom. mllites Gen. legum Gen. mlhtum Dat. legibus Dat. mllitibus Acc. leges Acc. mllites Abl. legibus Abl. mllitibus FIRST LATIN LESSONS 83 frater, m., brother Singular homo, m., man Nom. frater Nom. homo Gen. fratris Gen. hominis Dat. fratrl Dat. homini Acc. fratrem Acc. hominem Abl. fratre Plural Abl. homine Nom. fratres Nom. homines Gen. fratrum Gen. hominum Dat. fratribus Dat. hominibus Acc. fratres Acc. homines Abl. fratribus Abl. hominibus ENDINGS 202. The case endings, as seen above, are as follows: Singular Plural Nom. — x -es Gen. -is -um Dat. -I -ibus Acc. -em -es Abl. -e -ibus READING EXERCISE 203. 1. In Gallia est niillus rex. In America est nullus rex. Olim in multls terrls Europae erant reges. Etiam nunc in Hispania est rex. 2. Frater meus et pater tuus in bello erant. Frater meus erat dux, et multl eum laudabant. Pater tuus non erat dux, sed erat bonus mlles, et fortiter pugnabat. 1 The ending of the nominative singular in lex and miles is really -s, which gives -X when combined with g or c. But this ending does not appear in all third declension nouns. 84 FIRST LATIN LESSONS 3. Castra Romanorum a tergo oppugnabimus. Paucl mllites in eo loco sunt, et eos facile superabimus. Sine mora tota castra occupabimus. 4. Socil iterum auxilium nostrum postulant. Patria eorum in periculo est, et mllites non sunt paratl. Eos juvabimus, quamquam bellum non deslderamus. 5. Hi virl tecta sua iterum vident, et laeti sunt. Amlci eorum quoque laetl sunt. 204. VOCABULARY dux, ducis, m., leader pater, -tris, m., father etiam, adv., even, also pauci, -ae, -a, pl., few, a few facile, adv., easily rex, regis, m., king frater, -tris, m., brother tergum, -I, n., back; a tergo, mora, -ae, f., delay at the rear, from the rear mfles, mflitis, m., soldier EXERCISES FOR WRITING 205. Translate into Latin: 1. The king of the barbarians has large forces. 2. Our allies do not have (have not) a king. 3. I see your father and your brother in the street. 4. The soldiers praise their leaders. 5. We shall invite the soldier and his brother. ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 206. 1. Find in a dictionary the derivation of duke. 2. What is a fraternal organization? 3. Explain the state- ment "A moratorium was declared at the beginning of the war." 4. What is the meaning and derivation of militiaf 5. What is paternal affection? 6. Find in a dictionary a word derived from pauci. 7. How is regalia connected in meaning with rex? FIRST LATIN LESSONS SUGGESTED DRILL 85 1. Decline together magnus rex. 2. Decline together lex bona. 3. Give the Latin for the following: of the leader, of the leaders, with the leader, with the leaders. 4. Give the third person plural, active voice, of the future tense of all the verbs of paragraph 3, section 203. LESSON XXXII THIRD DECLENSION (Continued) NEUTER NOUNS WITH THE GENITIVE PLURAL IN -UM 207. There are many neuter nouns of the third declension. These, like the masculine and feminine nouns, f orm the ncmina- tive in different ways. Neuter nouns belonging to the same general class of the third declension as the masculine and feminine nouns which have been given in the preceding lessons are declined as follows: flumen, n., river Nom. fliimen Gen. fluminis Dat. fliimini Acc. flumen Abl. flumine Singular caput, n., head Nom. caput Gen. capitis Dat. capiti Acc. caput Abl. capite Plural Nom. flumina Nom. capita Gen. fluminum Gen. capitum Dat. fluminibus Dat. capitibus Acc. flumina Acc. capita Abl. fluminibus Abl. capitibus 86 FIRST LATIN LESSONS corpus, n., body Singular Plural Nom. corpus Nom. corpora Gen. corporis Gen. corporum Dat. corpori Dat. corporibus Acc. corpus Acc. corpora Abl. corpore Abl. corporibus a. These three words illustrate different formations of the nominative, but there is no difference in the manner in which they are declined. If any one of the three is learned, the others can be declined when the nominative and genitive are known. Another important neuter noun of this class is iter, genitive itineris, road or journey, which appears in a later lesson. b. In the neuter noun templum of the second declen- sion, we have seen that the accusative singular is the same as the nominative singular, that the accusative plural is the same as the nominative plural, and that the nominative and accusative plural end in -a. These facts are also true of the neuter nouns of the third declension given above, and they are true of all neuter nouns in the Latin language, no matter what the de- clension to which they belong. READING EXERCISE: PUER QUI (WHO) NATAT 208. 1. Tectum nostrum non longe a rlpa fluminis abest. Saepe in eo flumine nato aut in rlpa sto. Frater meus quoque interdum in flumine natat. Natare amamus. In medio flumine est magnum saxum. Ad saxum natamus, tum in saxo diti sedemus et ceteros pueros spectamus. Fliimen non altum est, et caput meum vides cum in flumine sto. Corpora valida habemus quod saepe natamus et quod in agrls labora- mus. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 87 2. Pueri Romanl quoque natare amabant. Roma est in ripa magni fluminis, et in flumine puerl Romanl saepe natabant. Etiam hieme Romanl in flumine natabant. Illl virl corpora valida habebant, et mllites bonl erant. 209. VOCABULARY aut, conj., or nato, -are, swim caput, capitis, n., head ripa, -ae, f., bank (ofastream) corpus, corporis, n., body saxum, -I, n., rock, stone diu, adv., for a long time, long sedeo, -ere, sit flumen, fluminis, n., river medius, -a, -um, middle, the middle of EXERCISES FOR WRITING 210. Translate into Latin: 1. From this place I see the river. 2. This horse has a small head. 3. The soldiers have strong bodies. 4. The boys sometimes swim in the rivers. 5. There 1 are forests on the banks of the rivers. ENGLISH DERTVATIVES FROM LATIN 211. 1. What is capital punishment? corporal punishment? 2. Find an English word from medius. 3. What are riparian rights? 4. What is a natatoriumf 5. What is a sedentary occupation? SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Rewrite the last sentence of paragraph 1, section 208, changing the noun corpora and all the verbs to the singular number. 2. Decline together hoc flumen. 3. Conjugate sedeo in the future active. 4. Give the accusative singular of ripa, equus, rex, mfles, corpus, flumen. 1 See section 54, page 20. 88 FIRST LATIN LESSONS LESSON XXXIII THIRD DECLENSION (Continued) MASCULINE AND FEMININE NOUNS WITH THE GENITIVE PLURAL IN -IUM 212. The second of the two general classes of nouns of the third declension differs from the first class in that the genitive plural ends in -ium instead of -um. There are also a few other differences. Masculine and feminine nouns of this class are declined as follows: collis, M. , hill nubes, f., cloud Singular nox, f., night Nom. collis ntibes nox Gen. collis nubis noctis Dat. colli niibl noctl Acc. collem nubem noctem Abl. colle ntibe Plural nocte Nom. colles nubes noctes Gen. collium nubium noctium Dat. collibus nubibus noctibus Acc. collls, -es nubls, -es noctls, -es Abl. collibus nubibus noctibus a. The Romans sometimes used -Is and sometimes -es as the ending of the accusative plural of these nouns. The form in -es is regularly used in this book. CLASSES OF MASCULINE AND FEMININE NOUNS WITH THE GENITIVE IN -IUM 213. The following two classes include practically all masculine and feminine nouns which have the genitive plural in -ium : (1) Nouns ending in -is or -es, and having the same num- FIRST LATIN LESSONS 89 ber of syllables in the nominative and in the genitive singular: avis, gen. avis; nubes, gen. nubis. (2) Nouns which have two consonants immediately pre- ceding the ending of the genitive singular: nox, gen. noctis. Other masculine and feminine nouns of the third declen- sion regularly have the genitive plural in -um. In this book the genitive plural ending -ium is printed in the vocabulary after nouns which have that ending. READING EXERCISE: HOMO QUI LONGE A TECTO SUO EST 214. Nox est, et in silva aves et bestiae silent. Lux obscura est propter nubes, quamquam luna videtur. Longe a tecto meo sum. Ex summo colle parvum oppidum video. Appropinquabo et cibum rogabo. Nam defessus sum, et nullam pecuniam habeo. Si non barbari sunt, cibum mihi dabunt. Pecuniam non rogabo. Cibum el dabimus, nam defessus est. Non sumus barbarl. Longe a tecto suo est, et nullam pecuniam habet. Nullos amicos in hoc loco habet. Sed homo est, et homo hominem juvare debet. 215. VOCABULARY appropinquo, -are, approach nox, noctis, -ium, f., night avis, avis, -ium, f., bird nubes, nubis, -ium, f., cloud cibus, -I, m., food sileo, -ere, be silent collis, collis, -ium, m., hill summus, -a, -um, highest, homo, hominis, m., man highest part of, top of lux, lucis, f., light EXERCISES FOR WRITING 216. Translate into Latin: 1. This boy is a friend of the birds. 2. The nights are long in winter. 3. I see the light in the window of the cottage. 4. We are hastening from the street because we see the clouds. 5. This man has no food because he has no money. 90 FIRST LATIN LESSONS ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 217. 1. What is an aviatorf 2. What is a translucent substance? 3. What are nocturnal birds? 4. What is meant by the phrase summum bonumf SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Give the genitive singular of all the nouns in the first two lines of section 214. 2. Decline together collis altus. 3. Decline together avis pulchra. 4. Conjugate appropinquo and sileo in the imperfect active, and give the meaning of each form. LESSON XXXIV THIRD DECLENSION (Continued) NEUTER NOUNS WITH THE GENITIVE PLURAL IN -IVM 218. The second class of nouns of the third declension has a number of nouns which are neuter. The nominative of these ends in -e, -al, or -ar. They are declined as follows: Insigne, n., badge exemplar, n., pattern animal, n., animal Singular Nom. Insigne exemplar animal Gen. Insignis exemplaris animalis Dat. Insignl exemplari animali Acc. Insigne exemplar animal Abl. Insignl exemplarl Plural animall Nom. Insignia exemplaria animalia Gen. Insignium exemplarium animahum Dat. Insignibus exemplaribus animahbus Acc. Insignia exemplaria animalia Abl. Insignibus exemplaribus animalibus FIRST LATIN LESSONS 91 a. In addition to having the genitive plural ending in -ium, these nouns differ from the neuter nouns of the first class in that the ablative singular ends in -I and the nominative and accusative plural in -ia. GENDER IN THE TfflRD DECLENSION 219. The following rules will help in determining the gender of nouns of the third declension: (1) Nouns ending in -tas and -tus are feminine. (2) Nouns ending in -tor are masculine. (3) Nouns ending in -e, -al, -ar, -n, and -t are neuter. ROMAN STANDARDS READING EXERCISE: INSIGNIA MILITUM 220. 1. Olim mllites in proelhs Insignia habebant. Sic hostes et amlci notl erant. Signa quoque habebant. Inter- 92 FIRST LATIN LESSONS dum haec signa erant figtirae animalium. In pictfira exem- plaria horum signorum videtis. Nunc signa in proelils non videmus, et Insignia saepe celantur. 2. Hostes appropinquant. Ex hoc loco Insignia eorum videmus. Oppidum nostrum oppugnabunt, sed mllites nostrl paratl sunt, et non timemus. Hostes superabuntur et oppi- dum nostrum tiitum erit quod mllites bonos patria nostra habet. 221. VOCABULARY animal, animalis, -ium, n., notus, -a, -um, known, well animal known celo, -are, conceal proelium, -I, n., battle exemplar, -aris, -ium, n., copy, sic, adv., thus, so specimen signum, -I, n., sign, stand- figura, -ae, f., figure ard hostis, hostis, -ium, m., enemy insigne, Insignis, -ium, n., decoration, badge a. The word hostis is applied to an enemy of one's country, while inimicus means a personal enemy. EXERCISES FOR WRITING 222. 1. Corpora horum animal — parva sunt. 2. Dux host — (of the enemies) gladium habet. 3. Frater meus Insignia pulchr — habet. 4. Mllites nostrl sign — (standards) in proelils non portant. 5. Haec picttira pulchra multls not — est. ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 223. 1. What is exemplary conduct? 2. Find an adjec- tive and a noun derived from hostis. 3. What is meant by the insignia of office? 4. What distinction in use is commonly made between notorious and notedf FIRST LATIN LESSONS 93 SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Decline together hostis miser. 2. Decline together parvum animal. 3. Rewrite paragraph 2 of section 220, changing all the verbs to the im- perfect tense. 4. Give the genitive plural of collis, homo, nox, hostis, figura, proelium. LESSON XXXV PERFECT TENSE MEANING OF THE PERFECT 224. In addition to the imperfect, Latin has another tense, called the perfect, denoting past time. The perfect tense of the Latin verb is sometimes translated by such forms as I have carried, you have carried, etc, and some- times by the simple past tense I carried, you carritd, etc. The meaning of the rest of the sentence will usually make it easy to decide which of these two translations should be used. FORMS OF THE PERFECT 225. The verbs porto and moneo are conjugated as follows in the perfect active: Singular portavl, I carried, or I have carried portavistl, you carried, or you have carried portavit, he carried, or he has carried Plural portavimus, we carried, or we have carried portavistis, you carried, or you have carried portaverunt, they carried, or they have carried Singular Plural monul, I warned, or I have warned monuimus monuistl monuistis monuit monuerunt 94 FIRST LATIN LESSONS a. The verbs amo, laudo, supero, and most other verbs of the first conjugation form their perfects like porto. The perfects of terreo, timeo, and habed are like that of moneo. The perfect of maneo is mansi, mansisti, etc. b. The personal endings used in the perfect active differ from those used with the other tenses. They are as f ollows : Singular Plural -I -imus -istl -istis -it -erunt THE PERFECT OF SUM 226. The verb sum is conjugated as follows in the perfect: Singular Plural fui, / have been fuimus, we have been fuistl, you have been fuistis, you have been fuit, he has been fuerunt, they have been DISTINCTION BETWEEN THE PERFECT AND THE IMPERFECT 227. The distinction between the perf ect and the imperfect tenses consists in the fact that the imperfect represents an act as going on in past time or denotes a situation in past time, while the perfect either denotes a single past act without reference to its continuance or is equivalent to the English present perfect. In the sentence We crossed the river a single act in past time is denoted, and hence the perfect will be used in Latin. Simi- larly, in the sentence We have crossed the river, the verb is in the present perfect, and the Latin equivalent will require the perfect. On the other hand, We were crossing the river repre- sents an act as going on in past time, and Everyone feared war FIRST LATIN LESSONS 95 denotes a situation in past time. Hence the imperfect will be used in these two sentences. READING EXERCISE 228. 1. Gens vestra bellum amat, et semper amavit. Ro- mani vos in proelils saepe superaverunt et multas urbes vestras etiam expugnaverunt. Sed in terra vestra non manserunt. 2. Clves nostri bellum non deslderant, sed gentem vestram non timent neque timuerunt. Non sunt ignavl, sed non facile ad bellum excitantur. 3. Ciir huc properavistl? Hiic properavl, quod frater meus in perlculo est et auxilium meum postulat. Auxilium tuum quoque desiderat. Tibi semper benignus fuit, et auxilium dare debes. 4. Fratrem tuum saepe monul. Cur perlculum non videt? Auxilium non dabo. 229. VOCABULARY civis, civis, -ium, m., citizen ignavus, -a, -um, cowardly excito, -are, arouse, stir up, urbs, urbis, -ium, f., city excite vos, you (plural, nominative gens, gentis, -ium, f., nation and accusative) huc, adv., to this place, hither EXERCISES FOR WRITING 230. 1. Mllites hunc ducem semper amav — . 2. Pater meus saepe fratrem meum monu — . 3. Socii nostri auxilium postulav — . 4. Amlcl nostri benignl fu — , et eos amamus. 5. Hanc gentem timu — (subject ( W). ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 231. 1. What is meant by civic virtues? 2. What connec- tion in meaning can you see between civilization and civis? 3. Give an English noun which is derived from excito. 4. What is the difference between urban and urbanef 96 FIRST LATIN LESSONS SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Conjugate moneo and maneo through the perfect indicative active, and give meanings. 2. Decline civis. 3. Write the third person plural of porto and moneo in the active voice, in all the tenses given thus far. FOURTH REVIEW LESSON 232. VOCABULARY REVIEW, LESSONS XXVIII-XXXV animal, -alis proelium, -I expugno, -an avis, avis rex, regis impero, -are barbari, -orum rlpa, -ae moveo, -ere bestia, -ae saxum, -I nato, -are caput, capitis servus, -I neco, -are cena, -ae signum, -I paro, -are cibus, -I tergum, -I pareo, -ere civis, civis urbs, urbis sedeo, -ere collis, collis servo, -are corpus, corporis ceteri, -ae, -a sileo, -ere dux, ducis ferus, -a, -um vulnero, -are exemplar, -aris ignavus, -a, -um figura, -ae medius, -a, -um cras fliimen, fluminis notus, -a, -um diu frater, fratris pauci, -ae, -a etiam fuga, -ae perfidus, -a, -um facile gens, gentis summus, -a, -um heri homo, hominis suus, -a, -um hiic hostis, hostis totus, -a, -um mox Insigne, Insignis vester, -tra, -trum semper lignum, -I vos sic lux, lticis statim miles, militis appropinquo, -are mora, -ae celo, -are aut nox, noctis deleo, -ere igitur nubes, niibis erro, -are nam pater, patris excito, -are FIRST LATIN LESSONS 97 WORD STUDY: ASSIMILATION 233 . The f orm of a Latin prefix is sometimes changed because of the letter which immediately f ollows it. For example, before words beginning with p the prefix ad becomes ap-. Thus from ad and propinquo we get appropinquo. The change of a letter because of the influence of an adjoining letter is called as- similation. The words occupo and oppugno in the review vocab- ulary of page 73 are examples of assimilation. The prefix with which they are both formed is ob, against. Before c this has become oc- (ob+capio, occupo), and before p it has become op- (ob+pugno, oppugno). Sometimes a letter is not changed to the same letter as that which follows, but to one which can be easily pronounced with it. The prefix com- becomes con- before d or s. Hence we have conduco from com- and duco, and conservo from com- and servo. The meaning of this prefix will be explained later. SPELLING OF ENGLISH DERIVATIVES 234. The fact that certain English words have doubled consonants (acc-, occ-, off-) is due to assimilation in the Latin words from which they have come. Thus difficult is from a Latin word in the development of which the inseparable prefix dis- has become dif- bef ore a word beginning with f ; hence we have ff in difficult. In the word correction the letters cor represent the prefix com-, and the second r is from rego to which com- has been prefixed, giving rr in the derived word. (1) The following words have aff- because they are from Latin words in which ad was prefixed to a word beginning with f . affable affidavit affix affect affiliate afflict affection affirm affront (2) The following words have ann- because they are from Latin words in which ad was prefixed to a word beginning with n. 98 FIRST LATIN LESSONS annex announce annihilate annul annotate EXERCISE Pind how many words in your English dictionary begin with acc-. (Nearly all these are derived from the combination of ad and a word beginning with c.) LESSON XXXVI PAST PASSIVE PARTICIPLE 235. The past passive participle of porto is portatus, -a, -um, translated either by the compound participle having been carried, or simply by the past participle carried. The participle of moneo is monitus, -a, -um, meaning having been warned, or simply warned. Thus, Puer a patre monitus ad scholam properabat, may be translated The boy, having been warned by his father, was hastening to school, or The boy, warned by his father, was hastening to school. The past passive participle is declined throughout like bonus. A participle agrees in gender, number, and case with the noun or pronoun to which it belongs. PARTICIPLES (25) There are certain verb forms which not only denote action, but also serve to tell something about a person or thing very much as an adjective does. Thus, in the sentence, The boy, frightened by the noise, called for help, the word frightened is a f orm of the verb frighten, but it serves to tell something about the situation or condition of the boy. It is called a participle, and it shares something of the character of a verb and of an adjective. It has the character of a verb in that it denotes action and it has the character of an adjective in that it tells something about a noun or pronoun. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 99 a. The past participle of juvo is jutus, -a, -um, of do is datus, -a, -um (differing from portatus in that the a is short). All other verbs of the first conjuga- tion which have been given thus far form their past par- ticiples like porto i 1 for example, laudatus, amatus, etc. READING EXERCISE: HOSTES URBEM OPPUGNARE PARANT 236. 1. Vigiles ex moenibus urbis prospectant et agmen hostium procul vident. Hostes appropinquant et urbem oppugnare parant. Sed portae et moenia urbis sunt valida, et ante moenia est vallum. Mllites a duce monitl nunc ad moenia properant. Clves auxilium a socils quoque expectant. 2. Ad urbem aporopinquamus et eam oppugnare paramus. Mllites nostri sunt defessl, quod iter hodie longum fuit. Sed statim oppugnabimus, quod clves urbis auxilium a socils expectant. 3. Auxihum a clvibus expectatum non adest. Clves et mllites in urbe fortiter pugnant, sed mox erit flnis proelii. Urbs expugnata delebitur. Multl clves erunt servl. 237. VOCABULARY agmen, agminis, n., column, porta, -ae, f., gate line procul, adv., at a distance finis, finis, m., end, limit; prospecto, -are, look forth, plural, country, territory look iter, itineris, n., road, journey, vallum, -I, n., rampart, wall march vigil, vigilis, m., sentinel moenia, -ium, n., pl., walls (o/ a city) a. The declension of iter is given in full on page 243. Its cases are formed in accordance with the same prin- ciples as the nouns given on page 85. 1 The verb sto has no past participle. 100 FIRST LATIN LESSONS EXERCISES FOR WRITING 238. Translate into Latin: 1. The soldier, having been warned, hastened to the camp. 2. The enemy, having been defeated, will be slaves. 3. The boys, having been praised, will work well. 4. My brother, having been invited, remained in town. 5. The girl, having often been warned, fears danger. ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 239. 1. Where is finis sometimes found in English books? 2. What is an itineraryf 3. What is the meaning of the word portalf SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Write the complete declension of portatus and monitus. 2. Give the form of amatus which will agree with patria as subject; with the word for "woman" as object. 3. Decline vigil. LESSON XXXVII PRINCIPAL PARTS: STEMS OF VERBS THE PRINCIPAL PARTS OF THE VERB 240. There are certain forms of a verb which show us im- portant facts regarding the conjugation of the verb in the different tenses. These are called principal parts. The principal parts of a Latin verb are the present indicative active (first person singular), the present infinitive active, the perfect indicative active (first person singular), and the past passive participle. Any form of a verb may be made when these are known. The principal parts of porto and moneo are as f ollows : porto, portare, portavi, portatum moneo, monere, monui, monitum FIRST LATIN. 'LESSQNS 101 a. The neuter form of the past participle is given in the principal parts for the reason that the past parti- ciples of some verbs have no masculine or feminine forms. But for most verbs, the participle is declined in all three genders. Thus, amatus, -a, -um, territus, -a, -um, etc. THE PRINCIPAL PARTS OF FIRST CONJUGATION VERBS 241. All first conjugation verbs given thus far, except juvo, do, and sto, form their principal parts like porto. The princi- pal parts of these three are as f ollows : do, dare, dedl, datum juvo, juvare, juvi, jutum sto, stare, steti a. The fourth principal part of std will be explained later; do is irregular in having the a short in the infinitive and past participle. THE STEMS OF THE VERB 242. If from the present infinitive laudare we drop -re we have left what is known as the present stem. The stem of a verb is the body of the verb to which tense signs and endings are added. A verb regularly has three stems : the present, the perf ect, and the participial. The present stem is found by dropping -re from the present active infinitive, and the perfect stem by dropping -I from the first person singular of the perfect indica- tive active. The participial stem is found by dropping -um from the past participle: portatum, stem portat-; monitum, stem monit-. IMPORTANCE OF PRINCIPAL PARTS AND STEMS 243. In order to find the stems of a verb, it is necessary to know its principal parts. These facts which have been stated regarding the formation and use of stems are true of all verbs 102 Fi£ST LATIN LESSONS in the Latin language. It is therefore very important that they be remembered. USE OF THE STEMS 244. The present, the imperfect, and the future indicative, active and passive, are formed on the present stem. The perfect stem is used only in the active voice. The perfect active indicative, which has already been given, and the past perfect and future perfect indicative, which will be given later, are formed on this stem. Only a few forms are made on the participial stem. THE PRINCIPAL PARTS OF SECOND CONJUGATION VERBS 245. The principal parts of the second conjugation verbs which have been given thus far are as follows: moneo, monere, monui, monitum debeo, debere, debul, debitum habeo, habere, habul, habitum pareo, parere, parul timeo, timere, timul sileo, silere, silul maneo, manere, mansl, mansum jubeo, jubere, jussl, jussum moveo, movere, movl, motum sedeo, sedere, sedl, sessum video, videre, vldl, vlsum respondeo, respondere, respondl, responsum deleo, delere, delevT, deletum audeo, audere a. Some verbs do not have a past passive participle. This is true of the verbs which have only three principal parts in the list above. The perfect of audeo is omitted at this time because it is not formed like that of the other verbs above. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 103 LESSON XXXVIII PERFECT INDICATIVE PASSIVE AND THE PAST INFINITIVE THE PERFECT INDICATIVE PASSIVE OF PORTO AND MONEO 246. The perfect indicative passive, unlike the other tenses which have been given, is not formed by adding personal endings to a stem. Instead, the past passive participle is used with the present tense of the verb sum. Two separate words are used to represent each person and number. The perfect indicative passive of porto and moneo is as follows: Singular portatus sum, I was carried or I have been carried portatus es, you were carried or you have been carried portatus est, he was carried or he has been carried Plural portati sumus, we were carried or we have been carried portati estis, you were carried or you have been carried portati sunt, they were carried or they have been carried Singular monitus sum, I was warned or / have been warned monitus es, you were warned or you have been warned monitus est, he was warned or he has been warned Plural monitl sumus, we were warned or we have been warned monitl estis, you were warned or you have been warned moniti sunt, they were warned or they have been warned a. The forms of this tense are translated more fre- quently by the English past tense, / was carried, etc, than by the present perfect. 104 FIRST LATIN LESSONS b. The participle used in forming this tense agrees with the subject in gender and number. PAST INFINITIVES 247. There is a past infinitive in Latin, as in English. Its forms and meanings in both voices are as follows: ACTIVE PASSIVE I. portavisse, to have carried portatus esse, to have been carried II. monuisse, to have warned monitus esse, to have been warned a. The past active infinitive is formed by adding -isse to the perfect stem. The past passive infinitive con- sists of the past passive participle and the present infini- tive of sum. The past infinitive of sum is fuisse, to have been. READING EXERCISE 248. 1. Agrl nostrl ab hostibus vastatl sunt, et multa op- pida occupata sunt. Auxilium a clvibus nostrls populo Ro- mano in bello olim datum est, et populus Romanus nunc nos juvare debet. Auxilium vestrum postulamus. 2. Urbs nostra erit in (on) illo parvo monte. Locus idoneus est quod flumen non longe abest, et ex eo flumine aquam ha- bebimus. Urbs Roma appellabitur. Circum urbem erit murus. Rlpa ulterior fluminis nunc est in terra Etruscorum, sed illa terra mox erit Romana. Etrtiscos superabimus. No- men urbis nostrae multls gentibus notum erit. 249. VOCABULARY appello, -are, -avi, -atum, call, idoneus, -a, -um, suitable name mons, montis, -ium, m., moun- aqua, -ae, f., water tain circum, prep. with acc, around nomen, nominis, n., name Etrusci, -orum, m., pl., the Roma, -ae, f., Rome Etruscans ulterior, farther FIRST LATIN LESSONS 105 EXERCISES FOR WRITING 250. Translate into Latin: 1. Our soldiers have often been praised. 2. The cities of our allies have been seized by the enemy (plural). 3. Your son has not been seen. 4. But I have seen your daughter in the street. 5. The money has not been given to this man. ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 251. 1. What is an appellationf 2. What is an aqueductf 3. Find two compounds of circum. 4. What is the meaning of nomenclaturef 5. What is an ulterior motive? SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Give the Latin for the following: he has warned, he has been warned; they have ordered, they have been ordered; we have praised, we have been praised. 2. Rewrite the first sentence of 1, section 248, changing the verb to the active voice, and making such other changes as are necessary. THE CAPITOLINE HILL (rESTORATION) 106 FIRST LATIN LESSONS LESSON XXXIX THIRD CONJUGATION -O VERBS, PRESENT INDICATIVE 252. Verbs of the third conjugation have the ending -ere in the present active infinitive. This ending must be distin- guished from that of the second conjugation, which is -ere (long e). There are two classes of verbs of the third conjuga- tion, one class with the ending -6 and the other class with the ending -io in the first person singular of the present active indicative. Those of the first class are conjugated as follows in the pres- ent indicative: duco, I lead ACTIVE PASSIVE Singular diico, / lead dticor, I am led ducis, you lead diiceris, you are led dticit, he leads ducitur, he is led Plural ducimus, we lead ducimur, we are led ducitis, you lead dticiminl, you are led ducunt, they lead dticuntur, they are led 253. One or more forms of the following third conjugation verbs of the same class as duco have appeared in the preceding lessons : disco, -ere, didici, — , learn edo, -ere, edi, esum, eat lego, -ere, legl, lectum, read scrlbo, -ere, scrlpsl, scrlptum, write FIRST LATIN LESSONS 107 READING EXERCISE: BONUS DUX 254. Illa legio vincit, quod ducem bonum habet. Is bene diicit, et mllites hostes non timent. Sed pars copiarum nostrarum habet alium ducem, et hi mllites in periculo sunt. Hostes castra oppugnabunt et occupabunt. Ille dux nunc nuntium mittit, et hic ntintius auxilium postulabit. Auxilium mittere paramus. Sine bono duce milites in perlculo sunt. Bonus dux semper paratus est, et hostes eum timent. Castra in loco inlquo non ponit, neque mllites ejus sine armls sunt. 255. VOCABULARY alius, alia, aliud, another nuntius, -I, m., messenger duco, -ere, duxi, ductum, lead pars, partis, -ium, f., part iniquus, -a, -um, unfavorable, pono, -ere, posui, positum, unjust place, pitch legio, -onis, f., legion vinco, -ere, vici, victum, con- mitto, -ere, misi, missum, send quer, defeat a. The genitive and dative singular of alius are not formed like those of regular adjectives of the first and second declensions. They are not used in the exercises of this book. EXERCISES FOR WRITING 256. 1. Castra nostra in rlpa fluminis poni — (subject "we"). 2. Clves cibum ad mllites mitt — . 3. Cibus a clvibus ad ml- lites mitti — . 4. Quis illam legionem duci — ? 5. Legio nos- tra ducem bonum habe — (has) . ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 257. 1. Find from a dictionary the meaning of alias 1 as an English word. 2. Give two English words from the present 1 The form alias is reaily a Latin adverb which is derived from the adjective alius. 108 FIRST LATIN LESSONS stem of duco and two from the participial stem. 3. What is the literal meaning of particlef 4. What is the difference in meaning between the verbs convince and convict, both of which are derived from vinco? SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Conjugate pono, jubeo, and postulo in the present indicative, active and passive. 2. Give the third person plural, active and passive, of vinco, habeo, and expecto. 3. Conjugate vinco in the perfect indicative, active and passive. LESSON XL THIRD CONJUGATION -10 VERBS, PRESENT INDICATIVE 258. The present indicative of -io verbs of the third con- jugation is as follows: capio, I toke ACTIVE PASSIVE Singular Singular capio, I take capior, I am taken capis, you take caperis, you are taken capit, he takes capitur, he is taken Plural Plural capimus, we take capimur, we are taken capitis, you take capiminl, you are taken capiunt, they take capiuntur, they are taken a. The only forms in which the verbs of this class differ from those of the first class in the present tense are the first person singular and the third person plural. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 109 READING EXERCISE: CENTURIO CUM DUCE BARBARORUM PUGNAT 259. Centurio Romanus gladium et scutum capit et pro castrls procedit. Dux barbarorum quoque procedit. Hi duo pugnant, et centurio ducem barbarorum interficit. Tum mllites Romani centurionem excipiunt cum magnls clamoribus, et imperator ei praemium dat. Gladium et scutum capio et pro castrls procedo. Cum duce barbarorum pugno, et eum interficio. Tum mllites et impe- rator me laudant et mihi praemium datur. Comites mei laetl sunt quod ita laudor. Pater meus quoque laetus erit quod bonus mlles et bonus centurio sum. 260. VOCABULARY capio, -ere, cepi, captum, take, imperator, -oris, m., general capture interficio, -ficere, -feci, -fec- centurio, -onis, m., centurion tum, kill clamor, -oris, m., shout procedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- comes, comitis, m., companion sum, proceed, advance duo, duae, duo, two excipio, -cipere, -cepi, -cep- tum, receive EXERCISES FOR WRITING 261. 1. Mllites gladios et sctita capi — . 2. Romanl mul- tos barbaros in proelio interfici — . 3. Ducem nostrum cum magnls clamoribus excipi — (subject "we"). 4. Centurio a mllitibus cum magnls clamoribus excipi — . 5. Auxilium a Romanis non mitti — . ENGLISH DERIVATTVES FROM LATIN 262. 1. What is a clamorous throng? Find from a diction- ary the derivation of the word count (a title of nobility). 3. What is a dual empire? 4. Find from a dictionary the derivation of emperor. 110 FIRST LATIN LESSONS SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Conjugate interficio and mitto in the present indicative, active and passive. 2. Give the Latin for the following: they make, they see, they place, they send; we receive, we conquer, we order, we demand. LESSON XLI ABLATIVE OF MEANS THE ABLATIVE WITHOUT A PREPOSITION 263. In the preceding lessons the ablative has been used as the object of certain Latin prepositions. Sometimes, how- ever, the ablative is used without a preposition. In the sen- tence Puer saxo vulneratus est, the boy was wounded by the stone, the phrase by the stone is translated by the ablative saxo, without any preposition. In like manner in the sentence Galli gladiis pugnant, the Gauls fight with swords, the ablative gladiis is used without a preposition. THE THTNG BY WHICH, AND THE PERSON BY WHOM OR WITH WHOM 264. The phrases by the stone and with swords in the sentences above denote the means by which or with which an act is done. In the sentences The boy was helped by the man and He walks with a friend the phrases by the man and with a friend are quite different from the preceding phrases. In the first of these sentences by the man denotes the person by whom the act was done, and will be translated a viro ; in the second with a friend denotes the person in company with whom an act is done and will be translated cum amico. MEANS, AGENT, AND ACCOMPANIMENT 265. A word used to express the means with which an act is done, as saxd and gladiis above, is said to be in the ablaHve FIRST LATIN LESSONS 111 of means. A word denoting the person by whom an act is done is said to be in the ablative of agent, and a word denoting the person with whom one is associated in doing an act is said to be in the ablative of accompaniment. The ablative of means has no preposition, the ablative of agent always has a or ab, and the ablative of accompaniment commonly has cum. In the preceding paragraph viro is an ablative of agent and amico an ablative of accompaniment. READING EXERCISE 266. 1. Gladio me defendo et scuto me tego. Jaculum quoque habeo. Jaculum in (at) hostes jacio cum hi non longe absunt. Hostes interdum jaculis graviter vulnerantur aut interficiuntur. In capite meo est galea. Hostes quoque gladios et scuta et galeas habent. Gladii eorum sunt longl, sed gladius meus non longus est. Barbarl saepe longls hastis pugnant. Romani hastas non habent. 2. Barbarl nunc agros Etriiscorum vastant et Etriiscos e patria expellere cupiunt. Etrtiscl pro patria pugnant. Terra Etruscorum a Roma non longe abest, sed Etruscl sunt hostes Romanorum, et saepe cum els bellum gerunt. 267. VOCABULARY cupio, -ere, -Ivi, -Itum, wish graviter, adv., seriously, heav- defendo, -fendere, -fendi, ily -fensum, defend hasta, -ae, f., spear expello, -pellere, -puli, -pul- jacio, -ere, jeci, jactum, throw sum, drive out longus, -a, -um, long gero, -ere, gessi, gestum, bear, tego, -ere, texi, tectum, cover, carry, carry on, wage protect EXERCISES FOR WRITING 268. Translate the following sentences into Latin: 1. The soldier wounds the barbarian with a sword. 2. The leader of the soldiers was killed by a javelin. 3. The Gauls and Ger- 112 FIRST LATIN LESSONS mans fought with spears. 4. The centurion protects his friend with a shield. 5. The soldier's head is protected by a helmet. ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 269. 1. What is an indefensible attitude? 2. What con- nection in meaning can you see between reject and jacio? 3. What is longevity? 4. What is the meaning of cupidityf What connection can you see between the meaning of this word and cupio? SUGGESTED DRILL 1. What is the difference in the form of translation for the phrases with by in the sentences He was wounded by a javelin and H e was wounded by the enemy? 2. Write two English sentences containing phrases with by which would require a preposition if translated into Latin. 3. Write two English sentences containing phrases with by or with which would be translated into Latin without a preposition. THE APPIAN WAY IN THE TIME OF AUGUSTUS FIRST LATIN LESSONS 113 LESSON XLII FOURTH CONJUGATION PRESENT INDICATIVE OF AUDIO 270.- The present active infinitive of the fourth conjugation tnds in -Ire: audid, / hear, audire, to hear. The present indicati ve is as f ollows : audio, I hear ACTIVE PASSIVE Singular audio, I hear audior, I am heard audls, you hear audlris, you are heard audit, he hears audltur, he is heard Plural audimus, we hear audlmur, we are heard audltis, you hear audiminl, you are heard audiunt, they hear audiuntur, they are heard a. In the present indicative of the fourth conjugation, as seen above, the characteristic vowel (I) is long, except in the first person singular, active and passive, the third person singular, active, and the third person plural, active and passive. The third conjugation has the cor- responding vowel short. THE PERFECT SYSTEM OF THE THTRD AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS 271. In the perfect, active and passive, verbs of the third and fourth conjugations are conjugated in the same manner as verbs of the first and second conjugations. The perfect and the participial stems are found from the principal parts, as has already been explained (p. 101), and the tense signs and personal endings are used with the perfect stems in exactly the same manner as with the perfect stems of porto and moneo : 114 FIRST LATIN LESSONS duxi, duxisti, etc. ; ductus sum, ductus es, etc. ; audivi, audivistl, etc; audltus sum, auditus es, etc. READING EXERCISE 272. 1. Sonum multorum pedum audio. Hostes appro- pinquant. Sctita et galeas eorum per tenebras video. Castra nostra expugnare cupiunt, sed arma parata habemus. Non solum pro patria sed etiam pro vlta pugnabimus, et non facile superabimur. Dux noster cum multls mllitibus mox aderit, et hl nos juvabunt. Alil mllites nunc castra a tergo muniunt, et ea pars mox tuta erit. 2. Sonus multorum pedum audltur. Sed castra muniuntur, et mllites Romanl paratl sunt. Mllites sciunt numerum hostium esse magnum. 3. Hostes sonum pedum nostrorum audiunt. Sciita et galeas nostras per tenebras vident. Castra eorum expugnare cupimus, sed arma parata habent, et alil mllites cum duce bono veniunt. 273. VOCABULARY audio, -Ire, -Ivi, -Itum, hear scio, scire, sclvl, scltum, know munio, -Ire, -Ivl, -Itum, fortify sonus, -I, m., sound non solum . . sed etiam, not tenebrae, -arum, f., pl, dark- only . . but also ness pes, pedis, m., foot venio, -Ire, venl, ventum, come EXERCISES FOR WRITING 274. Translate into Latin: 1. We fortify the camp, and we prepare arms. 2. Loud (great) shouts are heard in the forest. 3. The sound of battle is heard in the streets. 4. Your brother comes alone from the house. 5. We come from a city of your allies. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 115 ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 275. 1. What is an auditoriumf 2. Give an adjective which is derived from audio. 3. What are ?nunitionsf 4. What is a pedestalf Give another word from pes. 5. What is the original meaning of sciencef 6. What is a sonorous voice? SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Conjugate munio and cupio in the present indicative, active and passive. 2. Give the Latin for the following: he comes, he has come; he is heard, he is taken; to come, to take; we come, we have come, we take. THEATER OP POMPEII 116 FIRST LATIN LESSONS LESSON XLIII IMPERFECT OF THE THIRD AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS 276. The tense sign of the imperfect indicative in the third and fourth conjugations is -ba-, as in the first and second con- jugations. The imperfect indicative of duco is formed exactly like the same tense of moneo. Verbs of the fourth conjugation have -ie- before the tense sign. ducebam, I was leading diicebar, I was being led audiebam, I was hearing audiebar, I was being heard ACTIVE PASSIVE ACTIVE Singular PASSIVE ducebam ducebar audiebam audiebar dticebas dticebaris audiebas audiebaris ducebat ducebatur audiebat audiebatur Plural ducebamus diicebamur audiebamus audiebamur ducebatis diicebamini audiebatis audiebaminl ducebant ducebantur audiebant audiebantur a. The imperfect of capio and other -id verbs of the third conjugation is exactly like the imperfect of the fourth conjugation: capiebam, capiebas, etc. READING EXERCISE 277. 1. In ripa fltiminis jacebam et aquam spectabam. Flumen celeriter fluebat. Parvus frater meus non longe a ripa in gramine dormiebat. \Mater mea et sorores sub arbore cenam parabant. 2. In ripa fluminis jaceo et aquam specto. Flumen celeriter fluit. Parvus frater meus non longe a ripa in gramine dormit. Mater mea et sorores sub arbore parant cenam. Cena mox FIRST LATIN LESSONS 117 parata erit, et mater mea me vocabit. Tum fratrem ex somno excitabo, et ad cenam properabimus. 3. Frater meus in rlpa fluminis jacebat et aquam spectabat. Aqua celeriter fluebat. Non longe a ripa in gramine dormie- bam. Cena a matre nostra et sororibus nostrls sub arbore parabatur. 278. VOCABULARY arbor, arboris, f., tree jaceo, -ere, -ui, lie celeriter, adv., swiftly somnus, -I, m., sleep dormio, -Ire, -Ivi, -Itum, sleep sub, prep. with acc. or abl., fluo, -ere, fluxi, flow under gramen, graminis, n., grass a. When used in expressions which denote motion sub takes the accusative ; when used in expressions which denote rest or existence it takes the ablative. EXERCISES FOR WRITING 279. 1. In ripa fluminis puer dormieba — . 2. Soni ex silva audieba — . 3. Romanl castra sua muro munieba — . 4. Patriam nostram armls def endeba — (subject"we"). 5. Cen- turio legionem in proelio duceba — . 6. Etrusci cum Romanls bellum gereba — . ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 280. 1. What is meant by arboreal animals? 2. What is a dormant condition? 3. Give a noun which is derived from dormio. 4. What is the relation in meaning between fluid and fluo? 5. What is the literal meaning of subscribef SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Conjugate specto, jaceo, fluo, and venio in the imperfect indica- tive, active voice. 2. Conjugate voco, jubed, cupio, and miinio in the imperfect indicative, passive voice. 3. Decline arbor and gramen. 118 FIRST LATIN LESSONS LESSON XLIV THE REFLEXIVE PRONOUN USE OF THE REFLEXIVE 281. In the sentence He defends himself the object, himself, denotes the same person as the subject of the sentence. A pronoun which is thus used is called a reflexive pronoun. A reflexive pronoun is used in the genitive, dative, accusative, or ablative case to denote the same person as the subject of the sentence in which it stands. REFLEXIVES OF THE THIRD PERSON 282. The reflexive pronoun meaning himself, herself, itself, or themselves is as follows: Singulaj Plural Gen. SUl sui Dat. sibi sibi Acc. se or sese se or sese Abl. se or sese se or sese a. The reflexives for myself, yourself (yourselves) , our- selves, are the same as the words meaning me, you, us, in the different cases given above. Me non laudo, I do not praise myself; Te non laudas, you do not praise yourself. It is possible to tell from the general sense of the sentence whether one of these forms is to be translated as a re- flexive or as a personal pronoun (me, you, etc.) READING EXERCISE 283. 1. Mllites Romanl fortiter se defendunt, sed hostes eos premunt. Nisi auxilium dabitur, mox hostes eos supera- bunt. Mllites putant se in magno perlculo esse. Sed consul perlculum videt, et duas alias legiones mittit. Consul dux bonus est, neque officium suum umquam neglegit. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 119 2. Mllites Romanl fortiter se defendebant, sed hostes eos premebant. Consul dux bonus erat, neque officium neglegebat. Milites perlculum videbant, sed putabant se tiitos esse quod duae aliae legiones veniebant. 3. Numerus noster non est magnus, sed fortiter nos defen- dimus. Putamus nos tiitos esse, quod ducem bonum habemus. 284. VOCABULARY consul, consulis, m., consul premo, -ere, pressi, pressum, neglego, -ere, neglexi, neglec- press, press hard tum, neglect puto, -are, -avi, -atum, think nisi, conj., unless sui, of himself, herself, itself, numerus, -I, m., number themselves officium, -I, n., duty umquam, adv., ever EXERCISES FOR WRITING 285. Translate into Latin: 1. Our allies were defending themselves, but they were demanding our aid. 2. My friend thinks himself to be in danger. 3. The leader of the enemy kills himself. 4. The boy wounds himself with a sword. 5. The boy defends himself bravely, but he is in great danger. ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 286. 1. What is a consul, as a modern government official? What was the nature of the duties of a Roman consul? 2. Give an adjective derived from the past participle of neglego. 3. What is a numeralf 4. What is the meaning of the phrase ex officio. 1 SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Write three English sentences, illustrating the use of the reflexive in the first, second, and third persons (one in each sentence). 2. Con- jugate premo in the perfect indicative, active and passive. 3. Decline together the words for this duty. 1 This phrase when used in English is pronounced ex offishio. 120 FIRST LATIN LESSONS 287. FIFTH REVIEW LESSON VOCABULARY REVIEW, LESSONS XXXVI-XLIV agmen, agminis tenebrae, -arum jaceo, -ere aqua, -ae vallum, -I jacio, -ere arbor, arboris vigil, vigilis mitto, -ere centurio, -onis munio, -Ire clamor, clamoris alius, -a, -ud neglego, -ere comes, comitis idoneus, -a, -um pono, -ere consul, consulis iniquus, -a, -um premo, -ere finis, flnis longus, -a, -um procedo, -ere gramen, graminis ulterior prospecto, -are hasta, -ae duo puto, -are imperator, -oris sul scio, -Ire iter, itineris tego, -ere legio, -onis appello, -are venio, -Ire moenia, -ium audio, -Ire vinco, -ere mons, montis capio, -ere nomen, nominis cupio, -ere celeriter numerus, -I defendo, -ere graviter niintius, -I dormio, -Ire procul officium, -1 duco, -ere umquam pars, partis excipio, -ere pes, pedis expello, -ere nisi porta, -ae fluo, -ere somnus, -I gero, -ere circum sonus, -I interficio, -ere sub WORD STUDY— ADDITIONAL PREFIXES 288. The prepositions ab (from), ad (to, toward), circum (around), trans (across), and some others have about the same meaning when used as prefixes as when used independently. Thus, transporto means carry across or convey across. Some prefixes, however, take on slightly different meanings from those which they commonly have as separate words. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 121 THE PREFIX COM- 289. The preposition cum (with) appears as a prefix in the form com- (by assimilation con-, col-, cor-, co-). Its most frequent meaning as a prefix is together. Thus convenio means come together. Sometimes the force of the prefix almost entirely disappears, leaving the word which it was used to form with almost the same meaning as the original word to which it was added. The word comparo, prepare, differs very little in meaning from the simple verb paro, to which com- was added. Occasionally the meaning of the original word is emphasized by the prefix. The English word corrupt is from a Latin word in which com- (becoming cor-) thus serves to emphasize the meaning of the original word. THE PREPOSITION IN AS A PREFIX 290. The preposition in (in, on) (sometimes becoming by assimilation il-, im-, ir-) appears in many words. Examples of its use are induco, impono. The English words illuminate, illusion, illustrate, illustrious have ill- at the beginning because the prefix in was joined to a word beginning with l, and 11 resulted from the assimilation of n before l. THE INSEPARABLE PREFIX IN- 291. There is also an inseparable prefix in-, meaning not, which is an entirely different word from the preposition given above. It is found in many adjectives, such as immortalis (not mortal), impotens (not powerful), inimicus (not friendly). Its use in English words is illustrated by incomplete, illegal, impossible, irregular. This prefix is used in some English words which have not come directly from Latin. EXERCISE Look up the words beginning with in on one or two pages of your English dictionary, and decide which are formed with the preposition in and which with the inseparable prefix in-. 122 FIRST LATIN LESSONS LESSON XLV THIRD AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS (Continued) THE FUTURE INDICATIVE OF THE THIRD AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS 292. Verbs of the third and fourth conjugation are con- jugated as follows in the future: ACTIVE Singular diicam, I shall lead diices, you will lead diicet, he will lead Plural ducemus, we shall lead ducetis, you will lead ducent, they will lead PASSIVE Singular diicar, I shall be led diiceris, you will be led ducetur, he willbe led Plural ducemur, we shall be led ducemini, you will be led diicentur, they will be led ACTIVE PASSIVE Singular Plural Singular Plural capiam capiemus capiar capiemur capies capietis capieris capiemini capiet capient capietur capientur ACTIVE PASSIVE Singular Plural Singular Plural audiam audiemus audiar audiemur audies audietis audieris audiemini audiet audient audietur audientur TENSE SIGN OF THE FUTURE 293. We have seen that in the first and second conjugations the tense sign of the future is -bi-. In the third and fourth conjugations the future tense sign is -e-, which is replaced by -a- in the first person singular. The e becomes short before the personal endings -t, -nt, and -ntur. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 123 PRESENT INFINITIVES OF THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS 294. ACTIVE PASSIVE I. portare, to carry portarl, to be carried II. monere, to warn moneri, to be warned III. ducere, to lead ducl, to be led capere, to take capl, to be taken IV. audire, to hear audlrl, to be heard a. In the first, second, and fourth conjugations the final e of the active endings (-are, -ere, -Ire) is replaced by l in the passive, while in the third conjugation, the entire ending (-ere) is replaced by -I. READING EXERCISE: LOCUS CASTRORUM 295. Castra nostra non longe ab illo monte ponemus. Castra vallo muniemus, quod hostes non longe absunt. Castella erunt, et vigiles ex castellls spectabunt. Arma parata habe- bimus, et si hostes ad castra venient, eos repellemus. Rex hostium copias suas ducit, et magnum numerum sociorum habet. Hi socii sunt barbarl. Exploratores nostrl in silva latent et iter hostium spectant. Inter castra nostra et hostes est flumen altum, et hostes nullas naves habent. Sed non longe ab hoc loco est pons sublicius in flumine. Mllites nostrl hunc pontem fecerunt, sed postea ex eo loco repulsl sunt, et hostes nunc ad rlpam nostram appropinquant. 296. VOCABULARY castellum, -I, n., fort, redoubt pons, pontis, -ium, m., bridge explorator, -oris, m., scout postea, adv., afterwards facio, -ere, feci, factum, make, repello, -ere, reppuli, repul- do sum, drive back, repel lateo, -ere, -ui, lurk, be con- sublicius, -a, -um, resting on cealed piles; pons sublicius, a pile navis, navis, -ium, f., ship, boat bridge 124 FIRST LATIN LESSONS EXERCISES FOR WRITING 297. 1. Exploratores copias nostras per silvam duc — (will lead). 2. Multi milites in proelio interfici — (will be killed). 3. Sonum proelii ex hoc loco audi — (we shall hear). 4. Ntintius ad oppidum statim mitte — . 5. Legio castra fortiter defend — (will defend), et hostes repell — (will be driven back). 6. Consul perlculum vide — (will see), sed officium suum non negleg — (will not neglect). ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 298. 1. What is a castlef What do you suppose was originally the chief characteristic of such a building? 2. What is latent heat? 3. Give an adjective and a verb which are derived from navis. 4. What is the difference between the meaning of repellent and repulsivef SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Give the third person singular, active voice, of the verbs habeo, facio, and audio in the present, imperfect, and future. 2. Give the third person plural, passive voice, of the verbs laudo, duco, cupio, and munio, in the present, imperfect, and future. 3. Give the present passive infinitives, with their meanings, of laudo, moveo, mitto, munio. ROMAN HELMETS FIRST LATIN LESSONS 125 LESSON XLVI RELATIVE PRONOUN FORMS OF THE RELATIVE PRONOUN 299. The forms of the Latin relative pronoun, meaning who, which, that, or what are as follows: Singular Masc. Fem. Neut. Nom. qui quae quod Gen. cujus cujus cujus Dat. cui cui cui Acc. quem quam quod Abl. quo qua quo Masc. Plural Fem. Neut. qui quae quae quorum quarum quorum quibus quibus quibus quos quas quae quibus quibus quibus a. The genitives cujus, quorum, quarum are trans- lated whose, of whom, or of which, as the sense requires. USE OF THE RELATIVE PRONOUN 300. The relative pronoun is used to connect a subordi- nate clause to some noun or pronoun in the main clause, while the interrogative pronoun, also translated by who, which, or what, introduces a question. In the sentence The man who lives in that house is my uncle, the clause who lives in that house is connected with man by who; in this sentence, therefore, who is a relative pronoun. AGREEMENT OF THE RELATIVE PRONOUN 301. The relative pronoun agrees with its antecedent in gender, number, and person, but its case depends on its use in its own clause. Homo quem vides amicus meus est, the man whom you see is my frienol. 126 FIRST LATIN LESSONS READING EXERCISE: URBS ROMA 302. Roma est magna urbs Italiae. Fliimen Tiberis urbem in duas partes dlvidit. Antlquitus urbs tota erat in fina rlpa fltiminis, et trans flumen erant agri et tecta agricolarum. Sed nunc aedificia in utrisque partibus videmus. Intra mfiros sunt septem colles. Olim Roma erat parvum oppidum, et tinum collem habebat. Is collis, in quo piima urbs erat, nomen Palatium habet. In Palatio erant tecta in quibus reges et multl virl claii habitabant. Magna urbs quam vides est Roma. El qul in ea urbe habitant sunt Romanl. Fliimen quod urbem in duas partes dlvidit est Tiberis. Collis in quo reges et virl clarl tecta habebant est Palatium. Homines quorum agrl et casae antl- quitus trans fliimen erant interdum cum Romanls bellum gerebant. Ille rex cujus mllites priml Romam ceperunt erat barbarus. Sed postea barbarl superatl sunt a Romanls. 303. VOCABULARY antiquitus, adv., long ago, in qui, quae, quod, who, which, former times that divido, -ere, divisl, divisum, septem, seven divide Tiberis, Tiberis, m., the Tiber intra, prep. with acc, within (river) Palatium, -I, n., the Palatine unus, -a, -um, one Hill uterque, utraque, utrumque, primus, -a, -um, first each (o/ twc) a. The genitive and dative of unus and uterque are not formed in accordance with the regular declension of adjectives. They do not appear in the exercises of this book. EXERCISES FOR WRITING 304. Give the form of the Latin relative pronoun for the italicized words in the following exercise, then translate FIRST LATIN LESSONS 127 the sentences into Latin: 1. That city which you see is Rome. 2. The river which divides it into two parts is the Tiber. 3. The town to which Romulus gave a name was small. 4. The man whose house you see is my brother. 5. The messengers whom the general sent have been captured. ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 305. 1. What is meant by antiquityf 2. Give three English derivatives from the participial stem of divido. 3. What are intra-mural athletics? 4. Find from a dictionary the derivation of palace. 5. What is the meaning of quorum as an English word? SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Give the Latin for the following phrases, putting the nouns in the nominative: the boy who, the boy whom, the girl who, the girl whom, the gift which; the soldiers whom, the soldiers of whom, the cities of which; the town in which, the towns in which, the towns which. LESSON XLVII THIRD DECLENSION ADJECTIVES THIRD DECLENSION ADJECTIVES OF TWO ENDINGS 306. We have previously seen that many adjectives are declined like nouns of the first and second declensions. There is also a large group of adjectives which are declined like nouns of the third declension. It is, of course, to be under- stood that an adjective is not necessarily of the same declen- sion as the noun which it modifies. There are three classes of third declension adjectives. Those with two endings in the nominative singular are declined as f ollows : 128 FIRST LATIN LESSONS Singular Plural Masc. and Fem. Neut. Masc. and Fem. Neut. Nom. omnis omne omnes omnia Gen. omnis omnis omnium omnium Dat. omni omni omnibus omnibus Acc. omnem omne omnls, -es omnia Abl. omni omnl omnibus omnibus a. In the masculine and feminine these adjectives are declined like collis, except that the ablative singular ends in -I. The neuter is declined like Insigne. TfflRD DECLENSION ADJECTIVES WITH THREE ENDINGS 17. Singular Masculine Feminine Neuter Nom. acer acris acre Gen. acris acris acris Dat. acrl acrl acrl Acc. acrem acrem acre Abl. acrl acrl Plural acri Nom. acres acres acria Gen. acrium acrium acrium Dat. acribus acribus acribus Acc. acrls, -es acrls, -es acria Abl. acribus acribus acribus a. There are not many adjectives of this class. They differ from those of two endings only in the nominative singular. READING EXERCISE 308. 1. Hl barbarl sunt acres, sed non mllites bonl sunt, quod imperata non faciunt. Mlles bonus non solum fortis est, sed etiam imperata facit. Victoria facilis erit, quod mllites nostrl ducem bonum habent, cujus imperata facient. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 129 2. Omnes qui bene laborant praemia accipient. Pecunia els dabitur, et laudabuntur. El qul male laborant nulla praemia accipient, neque laudabuntur. 3. Frater meus mox in Americam ex Europa perveniet- Quando fratres tui pervenient? Fratres mel jam in America sunt. 309. VOCABULARY accipio, -cipere, -cepi, -ceptum, jam, adv., now, already accept, receive omnis, -e, all acer, acris, acre, fierce, eager pervenio, -venire, -veni, facilis, -e, easy -ventum, arrive fortis, -e, brave quando, adv., when imperatum, -I, N., command victoria, -ae, f., victory EXERCISES FOR WRITING 310. Translate the following sentences into Latin: 1. The brave lieutenant will lead the legion to the enemy's camp. 2. All the boys are working in the fields today. 3. Those victories were not easy. 4. My brother, who came from Europe, gave me a reward. 5. The book which you have is mine. ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 311. 1. Give a noun derived from facilis. 2. What is meant by fortitudef 3. Give the meanings of omnipotent, omniscient, and omnipresent. 4. Complete the following formula: victory : victoria : : misery : x. SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Decline together legatus fortis. 2. Decline together victoria facilis. 3. Give the Latin for the following, putting the nouns in the nominative: the leader whom, the leader whose, the leaders whose; the consul by whom, the consuls by whom, the consul to whom (as indirect object); the ship in which, the ships in which, the ship from which. 130 FIRST LATIN LESSONS LESSON XLVIII THIRD DECLENSION ADJECTIVES OF ONE ENDING 312. Some adjectives of the third declension have the same form in the nominative singular for all genders. f elix, fortunate potens, powerful Singular Masc. and Fem. Neut. Masc. and Fem. Neut. Nom. felix felix potens potens Gen. felicis felicis potentis potentis Dat. felicl fellcl potentl potentl Acc. felicem fellx potentem potens Abl. felicl fellcl Plural potentl, -e potentl, -e Nom. felices fellcia potentes potentia Gen. fellcium felicium potentium potentium Dat. fellcibus fellcibus potentibus potentibus Acc. fellcls, -es fellcia potentls, -es potentia Abl. fellcibus fellcibus potentibus potentibus a. The neuter is given separately because it differs from the masculine and feminine in the accusative sin- gular and in the nominative and accusative plural. READING EXERCISE 313. Is homo erat rex potens. Nunc exul est, et paucos amlcos habet. Longe a patria sua habitat. Clves eum in patria esse non sinunt, et fllil ejus in vincula conjecti sunt. Rex non erat sapiens, et clves sunt fellces quod exul est. Comi- tes ejus eum regem appellant, sed rex sine potentia est. Multl eorum qul olim reges in Europa erant nunc sunt exules. At in patria nostra fuit ntillus rex. In hac terra FIRST LATIN LESSONS 131 populus regit. Gentes Americae felices sunt quod reges neque habent neque desiderant. 314. VOCABULARY at, conj., but potentia, -ae, p., power conjicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jectum, rego, -ere, rexi, rectum, rule throw sapiens, gen., sapientis, wise exul, exulis, m., exile sino, -ere, sivi, situm, allow felix, gen. felicis, happy vinculum, -i, n., chain potens, gen. potentis, powerful EXERCISES FOR WRITING 315. Translate the following sentences into Latin: 1. Your friend is wise, and he gives you good advice (consilium). 2. We have powerful allies, who will give us help. 3. We are happy because we have many friends. 4. Wise men did not expect an easy victory in that war. 5. The consul is the friend of all the citizens who love their (native) country. 6. The boy was brave, but he was not strong. ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 316. 1. Find from a dictionary the source of conjecture. 2. What is meant by felicity? 3. What is a potent argument? 4. What is a regent?' SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Decline together terra felix. 2. Decline together femina sapiens. 3. Give the ablative singular of the following adjectives in all genders: bonus, miser, fortis, omnis. 4. Rewrite the first two scntences of sec- tion 313, changing the subjects to the plural. 132 FIRST LATIN LESSONS LESSON XLIX FOURTH DECLENSION OF NOUNS 317. In the fourth declension the genitive singular ends in -us. The nominative singular ends in -us for the masculine and feminine and in -u for the neuter. Most nouns ending in -us are masculine. exercitus, m., army Singular Endings cornu, n., i horn Endings Nom. exercitus -US Nom. cornu -U Gen. exercitiis -us Gen. corniis -us Dat. exercitul, -ii -Ul, -u Dat. cornu -u Acc. exercitum -um Acc. cornii -u Abl. exercitu -u Plural Abl. cornu -u Nom. exercitus -US Nom. cornua -ua Gen. exercituum -uum Gen. cornuum -uum Dat. exercitibus -ibus Dat. cornibus -ibus Acc. exercitus -us Acc. cornua -ua Abl. exercitibus -ibus Abl. cornibus -ibus a. The dative and ablative plurals of a few masculine and feminine nouns end in -ubus. READING EXERCISE: ROMA DEFENDITUR 318. Rex qul ex urbe expulsus est cum exercitii hostium huc venit (is coming). Urbem capere et multos occldere cupit. Multos in vincula conjicere etiam cupit. Impetum facere nunc parat. Nobiles qul eum ex urbe expulerunt perlculum suum magnum esse sciunt, sed non ignavl sunt, et se defendere parant. Niintil in omnes partes missl sunt, et FIRST LATIN LESSONS 133 vigiles in muro sunt. Rex cum socils suis nunc in conspectii est. Hl mox usque ad ripam ulteriorem fliiminis venient. Omnes cives cum armls convenire incipiunt. Consules adsunt, et omnes pro patria pugnare parati sunt. Fortis Horatius inter clves pugnat. Postea de fortl Horatio audiemus. 319. VOCABULARY conspectus, -us, m., sight nobilis, -e, noble; m. plur., the convenio, -venire, -veni, -ven- nobles tum, assemble occido, -cidere, -cidi, -cisum, exercitus, -us, m., army kill Horatius, -I, m., Horatius usque, adv., all the way, as impetus, -us, m., attack far as incipio, -cipere, -cepi, -cep- tum, begin EXERCISES FOR WRITING 320. Translate the f ollowing sentences into Latin : 1. The consul was the leader of the army which captured the city. 2. The centurion was killed in sight of the legion. 3. The barbarians made many attacks on our camp, but they were repulsed. 4. Our (native) country has always been safe without large armies. 5. But our citizens ought to be pre- pared to defend their (native) country. ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 321. 1. What is a conventionf 2. What is the meaning of impetus as an English word? 3. What is the incipient stage of a f ever? 4. What is the meaning of inceptionf SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Decline together exercitus noster. 2. Decline together cornu longum. 3. Give the ablative singular of murus, conspectus, flumen, insigne. 4. Write the third person singular of occido, active and passive, in all the tenses which have been learned. 134 FIRST LATIN LESSONS LESSON L CONJUGATION OF EO AND ITS COMPOUNDS PRESENT SYSTEM OF EO 322. The irregular verb eo, go, is conjugated in the present system in the indicative as follows: PRESENT IMPERFECT FUTURE Singular Singular Singular eo Ibam Ibo Is Ibas Ibis it Ibat Ibit Plural Plural Plural Imus Ibamus Ibimus Itis Ibatis Ibitis eunt Ibant Ibunt a. The principal parts are eo, Ire, ii or Ivi, itum. The perfect is formed as in regular verbs: ii (Ivi), etc. The second person of the perfect is Isti in the singular and Istis in the plural. The third person singular is iit. COMPOUNDS OF EO 323. There are many compounds of eo, such as exeo, go out, redeo, go back, transeo, go across. They are conjugated like eo, with the syllable ex-, red-, trans-, etc, prefixed. Thus, exeo, exis, exit, etc. READING EXERCISE 324. 1. Puer sero ad tectum redlbat, et solus per silvam Ibat. In omnes partes spectabat, quod perlculum timebat. Erat ntillum perlculum in silva, sed puer erat parvus, et non saepe longe a tecto Ibat sine patre aut matre aut fratribus. Tandem lucem vldit, et currere coepit. Lux in fenestra erat, et FIRST LATIN LESSONS 135 mater puerum expectabat. Mater laeta erat quod puer tiitus redlbat. 2. Copiae Romanorum iter verterunt, et nunc flumen transeunt quod inter agros sociorum suorum et hostes fluit. Sed tamen paucl milites in hoc loco relictl sunt, qui oppida sociorum defendunt. Post proelium totus exercitus huc redibit. 325. VOCABULARY coepi, coepisse, began sero, adv., late, too late cuxr6,-ere,cucurri,cursum, run tamen, adv., still, nevertheless eo, ire, ii (Ivi), itum, go tandem, adv., at length redeo, -ire, -ii -itum, return transeo, -ire, -ii, -itum, cross relinquo, -linquere, -liqui, verto, -ere, verti, versum, turn -lictum, leave a. The verb coepi is commonly used instead of the perfect of incipio. EXERCISES FOR WRITING 326. Translate the following sentences into Latin: 1. I go because my (native) country calls me. 2. We have turned our course (march), and we shall cross the river. 3. All the soldiers who have returned are now in camp. 4. We were going through the forest in the evening with your father. 5. The small boy began to run, because he was afraid (he feared). 6. A few will cross the river which is behind the camp. ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 327. l.What connection in meaning can you see between curro and the noun current (i. e. the current of the river)? 2. What is the meaning of relinquishf 3. Find from a diction- ary the derivation of relic. 4. What is a tandem team? 5. What is meant by goods in transit? 6. What is a new version of a story? 136 FIRST LATIN LESSONS SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Conjugate venio and exeo in the future. 2. Give the third person singular of sedeo in the present, imperfect, future, and perfect tenses. 3. Rewrite the last two sentences of 1, section 324, changing the verbs to the future tense. 4. Name the tense of each verb found in paragraph 2 of section 324. LESSON LI EXPRESSIONS OF TIME THE ABLATIVE OF TIME AT WHICH 328. The time at which or within which an act takes place is regularly expressed in Latin by a noun or pronoun in the ablative case without a preposition. Eo anno pater meus tectum novum aedificavit, my father built a new house that year. a. Commonly these expressions of time have the preposition in or on or at in English: in that year; qn the same day; at the appointeol hour. THE ACCUSATIVE OF DURATION OF TIME 329. In English we sometimes use a noun without a prepo- sition to tell how long an act or a situation continues. Thus, We stayed in the country three days. We may also say We stayed in the country for three days. The expressions three days in the first sentence, and for three days in the second mean exactly the same thing. In Latin a word which is thus used to denote duration of time is put in the accusative without a preposition. Multas horas in Insula mansi, I remained on the island many hours (or for many hours). a. The ablative of time answers the question When? The accusative of duracion answers the question How longf FIRST LATIN LESSONS 137 READING EXERCISE: VIGILIAE CASTRORUM 330. Apud Romanos in bello nox in quattuor vigilias dividebatur. Duae vigiliae ante mediam noctem erant et duae post mediam noctem. Prlma vigilia mllites, qui vigiles appellabantur, circum vallum castrorum disponebantur. Hi in suls locls usque ad flnem prlmae vigiliae manebant, tum ad tabernacula discedebant, et alii vigiles succedebant. Ita castra totam noctem a vigilibus custodiebantur. Prlma hlce mllites e somno excitabantur. Hostes non facile castra Romana nocte expugnabant, quae nullo tempore erant sine vigilibus. Barbarl castra sua ita non custodiebant, et castra eorum interdum ab hostibus noctii oppugnata sunt et capta (sunt) . 331. VOCABULARY apud, prep. with acc, among, quattuor, four with succedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- custodio, -Ire, -Ivi, -Itum, sum, succeed, take the guard place of discedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- tempus, temporis, n., time sum, withdraw, go away vigilia, -ae, f., watch disp6no,-ponere, -posui, -posi- tum, arrange, station EXERCISES FOR WRITING 332. Translate the following sentences into Latin: 1. In the first watch the enemy made an attack on the redoubt. 2. Your sister remained in Europe two years. 3. At daybreak we returned to the town with the army. 4. We walked all night, and we are tired. ENGLISH DERTVATIVES FROM LATIN 333. 1. What is a temporary appointment? 2. What is a custodidnf Find another noun which is derived from 138 FIRST LATIN LESSONS custodio. 3. What two meanings, apparently very different, does the English word succeed have? Give a noun which is derived from the past participle of succedo. 4. What is the meaning of the English word vigilf SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Point out the ablatives and the accusatives in section 330 which ex- press ideas of time. 2. Write an English sentence containing an expression of time at which, and a sentence containing an expression of duration of time. VIEW OF MODERN ROME FROM THE CAPITOLINE HILL FIRST LATIN LESSONS 139 334. SIXTH REVIEW LESSON VOCABULARY REVIEW, LESSONS XLV-LI castellum, -I conspectus, -iis exercitus, -us explorator, -oris exul, exulis imperatum, -I impetus, -us navis, navis pons, pontis potentia, -ae tempus, temporis victoria, -ae vigilia, -ae vinculum, -I acer, acris, acre facilis, -e fellx, gen. felicis fortis, -e nobilis, -e omnis, -e potens, gen. potentis primus, -a, -um sapiens, gen. sapientis sublicius, -a, -um quattuor septem qui, quae, quod unus, -a, -um uterque, -traque, -trumque accipio, -ere coepl conjicio, -ere convemo, -ire curro, -ere custodio, -Ire discedo, -ere dispono, -ere divido, -ere eo, Ire facio, -ere incipio, -ere lateo, -ere occldo, -ere pervenio, -Ire redeo, -Ire rego, -ere relinquo, -ere repello, -ere sino, -ere succedo, -ere transeo, -Ire verto, -ere antlquitus jam postea quando sero tamen tandem usque apud intra at 140 FIRST LATIN LESSONS WORD STUDY: LATIN SUFFDIES 335. A word element consisting of one or more letters or syllables joined to the end of a word is called a suffix. It is usually difficult to give exact meanings to Latin suffixes. Often we can only say that they are used in forming certain classes of words. They differ from prefixes in that they are not usually added to whole words to form new ones. Instead, words with which suffixes are employed are usually altered by the loss or change of one or more letters before the suffix. Thus, civitas is derived from civis, but the ending -tas instead of being added to civis is used with civi — . 336. Among the suffixes which are used in forming nouns are -ia, -tia, -ium, (-t)io, -do, -tas, -tus, -tus (-sus). Examples of their use in forming nouns from other nouns, from adjectives, and from verbs are the following: (From nouns) (From adjeclives) (From verbs) clvitas (clvis) altitudo (altus) adventus (advenio) servitus (servus) amicitia (amicus) imperium (impero) virttis (vir) celeritas (celer) oppugnatio (oppugno) CHANGES IN SPELLING 337. There are numerous English adjectives and nouns which end in -ant or -ent, such as independent, patient, tenant, apparent, constant. Most of these words come from Latin present participles, which have stems ending in -ant, -ent, or -ient. These different endings all became -ant in French, and hence we have some words, as for example tenant, with the ending -ant, although the form of the Latin word from which it comes would lead us to expect the ending -ent. In many cases, however, we have the ending which we should expect from the spelling of the original Latin word. All derivatives of this class which have come from verbs of the first conju- gation end in -ant. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 141 EXERCISE Decide whether derivatives from the verbs constare, militare, vigilare, will end in -ent or -ant. Write English sentences illustrating the use of the words facility, fortitude, relinquish, custodian. LESSON LII THE IMPERATIVE USE OF THE IMPERATTVE 338. The imperative mood is used to express commands. Thus, Close the door; Wait till I come. The verbs close and wait are in the imperative mood. THE IMPERATIVE OF THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS 339. The present active imperative of regular verbs of the four conjugations in Latin is as follows: I II Sing. porta, carry (said to one person) mone Plur. portate, carry (said to more than one) monete III IV Sing. mitte cape audi Plur. mittite capite audite a. The verbs dico, duco, and facio have the irregular forms dic, duc, and fac in the singular of the present active imperative. In the plural they are regular. b. The verb do difTers from other first conjugation verbs in that the a is short in the plural imperative date. The singular, da, is regular. THE IMPERATPVES OF EO AND SUM 340. The imperatives of eo are I (singular), and Ite (plural).. 142 FIRST LATIN LESSONS Compounds of eo form their imperatives like the simple verb. Thus transi, transite, etc. The imperatives of sum are es (singular) and este (plural). READING EXERCISE: ETRUSCI ROMAM CAPERE TEMPTANT 341. "Gladios, mllites, sumite, et in Romanos impetum facite. Nam pontem sublicium frangere cupiunt, qul est inter nos et urbem eorum. Secures habent et his securibus lignum caedunt. Dux eorum est fortis Horatius, qul inter prlmos verbera diira dat. Eum et comites ejus ex ponte pellite. Nollte sinere Romanos pontem ita frangere." Ita dux Etriiscorum dlxit, qui Romam capere et regem Romanum restituere cupiebat. Is rex Romanus erat exul. Romani tum consules habebant, qul exercitum ducebant et urbem regebant. Unus ex hls consulibus tum erat ignavus, neque auxilium dabat. Sed omnes clves fortiter urbem defenderunt. Pons fractus est, et urbs ita servata est. 342. VOCABULARY caedo, -ere, cecidi, caesum, restituo, -ere, restitul, resti- cut tutum, restore dico, -ere, dixi, dictum, say securis, securis, -ium, f., ax durus, -a, -um, hard sumo, -ere, sumpsi, sumptum, frango, -ere, fregi, fractum, take, assume break verbera, -um, n. pl., blows nolite, be unwilling, do not (found also in a few singular pello, -ere, pepuli, pulsum, forms) drive EXERCISES FOR WRITING 343. Translate the f ollowing sentences into Latin : 1. Give your book to the boy who stands behind you. 2. Send money at once, if you are my friend. 3. Soldiers, break down the bridge with axes. 4. Citizens, defend your houses bravely. 5. Warn those men who are in danger. 6. Come at once to \he river, boys. FIRST LATIN LESSONS ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 143 344. 1. What connection in meaning can you see between dico and dictionaryf What is meant by diction? 2. Give a noun which is derived from the past participle of frango. 3. What is the difference between repel and propel? 4. What preposition is combined with sumo to form the word from which assume is derived? 5. What is meant by the expression "to make restitution ,, f SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Give the present active imperatives, singular and plural, of ambuld, jubeo, defendo, cupio, munio. 2. Conjugate defendo in the present and future indicative, active and passive. 3. Explain and illustrate the difference between the use of the accusative and the ablative in expres- sions of time. ENTRANCE TO A ROMAN FORTIFIED CAMP 144 FIRST LATIN LESSONS LESSON LIII CONJUGATION OF POSSUM 345. The verb possum, I am able or I can, is irregular. It is a compound of sum and the adjective potis, able. The present system in the indicative mood is as follows: PRESENT Singular Plural possum, I am able, or I can possumus, we are able, etc. potes, you are able, you can potestis, you are able, etc. potest, he is able, he can possunt, they are able, etc. IMPERFECT Singular Plural poteram, I was able, I could poteramus, we were able, etc. poteras, you were able, etc. poteratis, you were able, etc. poterat, he was able, etc. poterant, they were able, etc. FUTURE Singular Plural potero, I shall be able poterimus, we shall be able poteris, you will be able poteritis, you will be able poterit, he will be able poterunt, they will be able a. The principal parts are possum, posse, potui. The perfect is formed like that of regular verbs: potui, potuisti, etc. READING EXERCISE: CASTRA ROMANA OPPUGNANTUR 346. Hostes castra Romana paene circumvenerunt. Romanl ex castrls effugere non possunt, sed fortiter se de- fendent. Herl duo centuriones ex porta exierunt et in hostes impetum fecerunt. Unus vulneratus in castra sine auxilio FIRST LATIN LESSONS 145 se recipere non poterat. Sed alter hostes reppulit et comitem suum servavit. Signifer, vir fortis, qul erat in vallo, inter- fectus est. Socil auxilium mlserunt, et Romanl eas copias expectant. Sl mox venient, hostes castra non capient. Ro- mani enim ex castrls impetum in hostes facient, et socii a tergo eos oppugnabunt. Hostes pellentur, et castra serva- buntur. 347. VOCABULARY alter, altera, alterum, the paene, adv., almost other possum, posse, potui, am circumvenio, -venire, -veni, able, can -ventum, surround recipio, -cipere, -cepi, -cep- effugio, -fugere, -fugi, escape tum, takeback; se recipere, enim, conj., for (never stands withdraw, retreat first in its clause) signifer, signiferi, m., stand- exeo, -ire, -ii, -itum, go out, ard-bearer go from EXERCISES FOR WRITING 348. Translate the following sentences into Latin: 1. I cannot hear you from this place. 2. We were able to cross the river, but we were not able to capture the camp. 3. The army of the enemy could not escape. 4. The citizens who have arms will be able to defend themselves. 5. Why do you not go? Answer me (indirect object) at once. 6. The sound of the horses' feet in the street can be heard from this place. ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 349. 1. What is an alternative route? 2. Find from a dictionary the meaning of circumvent. 3. What is an exitf 4. What is the meaning of the statement "He was the recipient of much praise"? 5. What is a vulnerable place? 146 FIRST LATIN LESSONS SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Conjugate possum in the perfect, giving the meaning of cach form. 2: Give the third person singular and plural of possum in all the tenses which have been studied. 3. Rewrite the first sentence in section 346, changing the verb to the passive voice. 4. Conjugate exeo in the future indicative. LESSON LIV PERSONAL PRONOUNS THE USE OF PERSONAL PRONOUNS 350. Thus far, the personal pronouns /, you, he, etc, as subjects of the verb, have been indicated in Latin by the personal endings of the verb, -6, -s, -t, etc. But when the importance of the subject is emphasized or a contrast is brought out between subjects which are not in the same person, a personal pronoun in the nominative is used in Latin as in English. The other cases than the nominative are used as we should expect, except that the genitive of the pronouns of the first and second persons is not used to denote possession. The possessive adjectives meus, tuus, noster, vester take the place of the genitive in expressions of possession. The use of the genitive singular is not common. DECLENSION OF EGO AND TU 351. The personal pronouns of the first and second persons, meaning I and you, are declined as follows: Singular Plural Singular Plural Nom. ego nos tu vos Gen. mel nostrum, nostri tui vestrum, vestrl Dat. mihi nobis tibi vobls Acc. me nos te vos Abl. me nobis te vobls FIRST LATIN LESSONS 147 a. The forms nostrum and vestrum are used in phrases meaning part of us, many of us, part of you, and the like. A genitive of this sort is called a genitive of the whole. In the phrase pars militum, the noun militum is a genitive of the whole. b. The forms nostri and vestri are used with nouns which denote action or feeling, to denote the person or thing which stands as object of the action or feeling expressed. They are not employed in the exercises of this book. c. When the ablative forms me, te, nobis, vobis, and also se (Section 281) are used as objects of the preposition cum, they have cum attached as a final syllable: thus, mecum, with me, tecum, with you, nobiscum, with us, etc. PERSONAL PRONOUN OF THE THIRD PERSON 352. As has been previously seen, the demonstrative is, ea, id serves as a personal pronoun of the third person, meaning he, she, it, they, etc. The nominative may be used for emphasis or when it is needed to make the meaning clear. Sometimes the forms of hic and ille are used instead of is as the pronoun of the third person. READING EXERCISE: ROMANUS ET GALLUS 353. 1. (The Roman speaks.) Ego Romanus sum, tu Gallus es. Romani cum Gallls bellum gerunt, et exercitus noster agros Galliae vastat. Sed ego numquam a te injuriam accepl, et nunc mecum in urbe nostra tuto manere potes. Post bellum in patriam tuam redlre poteris, et tecum Ibo. 2. (The Gaul speaks.) Sed uter patriam suam magis amat, is qul in terra hostium ttitus manet, an is qul in bello pugnat et tecta et agros clvium suorum defendit? Ego tecum ttitus esse possum, sed amlcl mel in perlculo sunt, et in terra hostium cum honore manere non possum. Statim redlre et pro patria pugnare cupio. Amlcl mel me ignavum esse putabunt si 148 FIRST LATIN LESSONS in urbe tua manebo. Cum pax inter Galliam et Romam erit, iterum ego et tii amlcl erimus. 354. VOCABULARY an, conj., or numquam, adv., never ego, I pax, pacis, f., peace honor, -oris, m., honor tu, you (of one person) injuria, -ae, f., injury, tuto, adv., safely injustice uter, -tra, -trum, which (of magis, adv., more two)? EXERCISES FOR WRITING 355. Translate the following sentences into Latin: 1. I shall go to (in) Europe; you will remain in America. 2. We are good citizens; you are enemies of the country (not terra). 3. Come with me, and I will show you a beautiful picture. 4. Many of us go to the mountains or (aut) to the sea in summer. 5. We have not been helped by you (plural), and we shall not help you. 6. Who can carry these books? ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 356. 1. What sort of person is an egotistf 2. Can you find another word besides honor which has the same spelling in English and in Latin? 3. Give an adjective which is derived from injuria. 4. Find from a dictionary the meaning of nostrum as an English word. SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Give the Latin for the following: us {direct object), by us, by you (plural), to you (plural, indirect object), to us (indirect object), to me (indi- rect object). 2. Give the first person singular and plural of possum in all the tenses which have been studied. 3. Give the present active imperatives of puto, maneo, and accipio. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 149 LESSON LV PAST PERFECT MEANING OF THE PAST PERFECT 357. The past perfect tense represents an act as completed at some specified or suggested time in the past. The English past perfect has the English auxiliary verb had. Thus, I had carried, you had carried, etc. FORMATION OF THE LATIN PAST PERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE 358. The past perfect indicative active of the Latin verb has the tense sign -era-, which is added to the perfect stem. The endings are used as in the imperfect. The a of the tense sign is short befdre the endings -m, -t, and -nt. Singular portaveram, I had carried monueram, / had warned portaveras, you had carried monueras, you had warned portaverat, he had carried monuerat, he had warned Plural portaveramus, we had carried monueramus, we had warned portaveratis, you had carried monueratis, you had warned portaverant, they had carried monuerant, they had warned THE PAST PERFECT PASSIVE 359. The past perfect in the passive voice is formed by combining the past participle with the imperfect tense of sum. Singular portatus eram, I had been carried monitus eram portatus eras, you had been carried monitus eras portatus erat, he had been carried monitus erat 150 FIRST LATIN LESSONS Plural portatl eramus, we had been carried moniti eramus portatl eratis, you had been carried moniti eratis portatl erant, theij had been carried monitl erant READING EXERCISE: HOSTES REPELLUNTUR 360. Ipse imperator hostium illum locum cum multls mllitibus tenebat. Parvum agmen circum montem miserat, et hoc agmen ad castra nostra appropinquabat. Sol surgere incipiebat, sed vigiles loca sua nondum rellquerant. Mllites nostrl, qul excitatl erant, signa et arma hostium vlderunt, et multl celeriter ad vallum cucurrerunt. Alil portas aperuerunt et in hostes impetum fecerunt. Hostes non diu restiterunt, quod satis magnas copias non habebant. Castra sua petierunt, sed multl in fuga interfectl sunt. 361. VOCABULARY aperio, -Ire, -ul, -tum, open resisto, -sistere, -stiti, resist fuga, -ae, f., flight sol, solis, m., sun ipse, ipsa, ipsum, self surgo, -ere, surrexi, surrec- nondum, adv., not yet tum, rise peto, -ere, -Ivi, -Itum, seek, teneo, -ere, -ui, hold ask f or a. Ipse is declined exactly like ille (section 149) except that the neuter singular ends in -um in the nominative and accusative. EXERCISES FOR WRITING 362. 1. Saepe in eo loco sine perlculo ambulavera — (sub- ject "we"). 2. Ciir pueros non monuera — (subject "you") qul tecum erant? 3. Legio diti restitera — , et multl inter- fectl erant. 4. Quis librum vldit quem in hoc loco rellqu — (subject "I")f 5. Imperator cum exercitu venera — , et urbs tiita erat. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 151 ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 363. 1. What is a petition? What is a partition? 2. What is a solar eclipse? 3. What are surging waves? 4. What is a tenacious memory? SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Conjugate possum in the past perfect indicative. 2. Give the third person singular of peto in the active and passive indicative. 3. Decline together ipse dux. 4. Conjugate surgo in the perfect and past perfect, active voice. LESSON LVI DECLENSION OF IDEM 364. The declension of Idem, same, is as follows: Singular Masculine Feminine Neuter Nom. Idem eadem idem Gen. ejusdem ejusdem ejusdem Dat. eidem eldem eldem Acc. eundem eandem idem Abl. eodem eadem Plural eodem Nom. Idem or eldem eaedem eadem Gen. eorundem earundem eorundem Dat. elsdem or Isdem elsdem or Isdem elsdem or Isdem Acc. eosdem easdem eadem Abl. elsdem or Isdem elsdem or Isdem elsdem or Isdem o. The forms of idem are seen to be for the most part identical with those of is with the syllable -dem added. Before d the final -m is changed to -n. 152 FIRST LATIN LESSONS b. Occasionally Idem is used as a pronoun meaning the same person (neuter, idem, the same thing). But it is commonly used as an adjective in agreement with a noun. READING EXERCISE: ROMULUS ET REMUS 365. 1. Animum attendite, puerl et puellae; fabulam vobis narrabo. Olim duo fratres urbem condere incipiebant. IJnus ex hls fratribus erat Romulus. Frater ejus erat Remus. Uterque nomen suum urbl dare cupiebat, et inter eos erat controversia, quod duo nomina eldem urbl darl non poterant. Denique nomen Roma ex Romulo urbl datum est. Sed Remus erat Iratus et muros urbis irrlsit, quod parvl erant. Tum unus ex comitibus Romull Remum interfecit. 2. Dux meus est Romulus, et nomen ejus huic urbl dabitur. Nunc urbs est parva, sed postea magna et clara erit, et omnes nomen ejus audient. Cum urbs magna erit, magnos mQros habebit; homines tum eos muros non irrldebunt. 366. VOCABULARY animus, -I, m., mind, spirit denique, adv., finally attendo, -tendere, -tendi, Idem, eadem, idem, same -tentum, turn toward; ani- Iratus, -a, -um, angry mum attendere, give atten- irrideo, -ridere, -risi, -risum, tion laugh at condo, -ere, condidi, condi- narro, -are, -avi, -atum, tum, found, establish tell, relate, tell a story controversia, -ae, f., contro- Remus, -I, m., Remus versy Romulus, -I, m., Romulus EXERCISES FOR WRITING 367. Translate the following sentences into Latin: 1. We are citizens of the same town, but we are not friends. 2. These two boys were running to the same place. 3. Letters were given to the same messenger by the lieutenant and the cen- turion. 4. The fields of Gaul were often laid waste by the FIRST LATIN LESSONS 153 same enemies. 5. We shall send the same soldiers again to the enemy's camp. 6. We returned to the same city in the winter, but we did not see the same men and women. ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 368. 1. What is an animated manner? 2. What is a controversial manner? 3. What is meant by an irate parent? 4. What is a tedious narrativef SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Decline together Idem legatus. 2. Decline together eadem urbs. 3. Conjugate condo in the perfect and past perfect, active voice. 4. Con- jugate attendo and irrideo in the future, active voice. VIEW ON THE APPIAN WAY 154 FIRST LATIN LESSONS LESSON LVII FUTURE PERFECT: SYNOPSIS OF VERBS MEANING OF THE FUTURE PERFECT 369. The future perfect tense represents an act as to be completed at some specified or suggested time in the future. Thus, / shall have finished the work in two weeks. The future perfect is used less frequently than the other tenses in English. It is used somewhat more frequently in Latin than in English. FORMATION OF THE FUTURE PERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE 370. The future perfect indicative active of the Latin verb has the tense sign -eri-, which is added to the perfect stem. The personal endings are used as in the present tense. The l of the tense sign disappears before -6 in the first person singular. Singular portavero, I shall have carried monuero portaveris, you will have carried monueris portaverit, he will have carried monuerit Plural portaverimus, we shall have carried monuerimus portaveritis, you will have carried monueritis portaverint, they will have carried monuerint THE FUTURE PERFECT PASSIVE 371. The future perfect in the passive voice is formed by combining the past participle of a verb with the future indica- tive of sum. Singular portatus ero, I shall have been carried monitus ero portatus eris, you will have been carried monitus eris portatus erit, he will have been carried monitus erit FIRST LATIN LESSONS 155 Plural portatl erimus, we shall have been carried moniti erimus portati eritis, you will have been carried monitl eritis portatl erunt, they will have been carried monitl erunt THE SYNOPSIS OF VERBS 372. A group of verb forms made up by taking any one person of a verb in all the tenses of one voice and number is called a synopsis of that verb. The synopsis of porto in the first person singular, active voice, indicative mood, is as follows: Pres. porto Perf. portavl Impf. portabam P. Perf. portaveram Fut. portabo F. Perf. portavero READING EXERCISE: VERBA MlLITUM ANTE PROELIUM 373. Ab omnibus partibus est silentium. Nox est obscura, quod luna non fulget. Hostes adventum nostrum non vide- bunt, et in castra eorum perveniemus antequam arma para- verint. Deinde impetum faciemus et multos capiemus. Hostes fugere non poterunt, quod castra circumveniemus. Cum captlvls quos ceperimus, urbem nostram in triumpho intrabi- mus, et omnes clves nos propter victoriam nostram salutabunt et laudabunt. Laeti urbem et amlcos iterum videbimus. Longe a patria absumus, et paene exules sumus. Haec ante proelium erant verba mllitum. 374. VOCABULARY adventus, -us, m., coming, ar- fulgeo, -ere, fulsi, shine rival intro, -are, -avi, -atum, enter antequam, conj., before silentium, -I, n., silence captivus, -I, m., prisoner triumphus, -I, m., triumph deinde, adv., next verbum, -I, n., word fugio, -ere, fugi, flee 156 FIRST LATIN LESSONS EXERCISES FOR WRITING 376. Translate the following sentences into Latin: 1. We shall be happy, because we shall have seen our native country again. 2. I shall have walked for a long time, and I shall be tired out. 3. When you (shall) have returned, you will be unhappy. 4. The legion will have driven back the enemy, but the danger will remain. 5. The king had fled with a few companions. 6. The Romans often led barbarians in triumph through the streets of Rome. ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 376. 1. Give a noun which is derived from adventus. 2. Complete the following outline of derivation by replac- ing the dash by a Latin verb: captive, captivus, . 3. Give a noun which is derived from fugio. 4. Find from a dictionary the meaning of refulgent. 5. What is a triumphal procession? SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Give the third person plural of laudo in the active voice, in the six tenses which have been studied. 2. Give the third person singular of mitto in the active and passive of the six tenses which have been studied. 3. Conjugate maneo in the perfect and future perfect, active voice. ROMAN SPOONS AND BOWL FIRST LATIN LESSONS 157 LESSON LVIII DATIVE WITH SPECIAL VERBS 377. Most verbs meaning to please, displease, trust, dis- trust, believe, persuade, serve, obey, favor, resist, envy, threaten, pardon, and spare govern the dative. Equus tibi placet, the horse pleases you. a. The verbs pareo and resisto, previously given, are of this class. b. The English equivalents of these verbs take direct objects, but the Latin words did not suggest to the Romans a direct object. Thus persuadere meant make attractive to, and placere meant be pleasing to. READING EXERCISE 378. 1. Animum attendite et audlte, comites. Illum collem capere jussl sumus. Duci nostro parebimus, et statim impetum faciemus. Copiae hostium nobls non diii resistent, quod paucae sunt, et castra eorum non facile defendl possunt. Brevl tempore illl erunt aut captivl aut mortul. 2. Socils nostrls gratias agimus quod auxilium nobls dederunt. Ex maximo bello servatl sumus, et iterum in terra nostra est pax. Niiper patria nostra in magno perlculo erat, sed nunc hostes ex urbibus agrlsque expulsl sunt. Ab omnibus partibus voces eorum audimus qul propter flnem belll laetl sunt. Nunc ipsum nomen belll odimus. 379. VOCABULARY ago, agere, egi, actum, do, mortuus, -a, -um, dead drive nuper, adv., recently brevis, -e, short odi, odisse, hate gratia, -ae, f., favor; gratias -que, conj., and agere, to thank vox, vocis, f., voice maximus, -a, -um, greatest 158 FIRST LATIN LESSONS a. The conjunction -que, meaning and, is joined to the second of the two words which it connects. Thus, collis montesque means the hill and the mountains. A word or syllable which is thus attached to the end of another word is called an enclitic. The preposition cum is used as an enclitic with the ablative forms of ego, tu, qui, and the reflexive sui (Section 351, c). EXERCISES FOR WRITING 380. Translate the following sentences into Latin: 1. Boys, obey your father, and remain at home. 2. The boys obeyed their father and mother and remained at home. 3. We have resisted the enemy, and we have saved the town. 4. I hear the voices of the sentinels who are in f ront of the camp. 5. The consul will lead the prisoners in triumph through the city. 6. The citizens thanked us, and our friends praised us. ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 381. 1. What connection in meaning can you see between action and ago? 2. What is brevityf 3. What is meant by the maximum capacity? 4. What is the meaning of odiumt 5. What is vocal music? SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Give the Latin forfriend in the sentences "He praises his friend" and "He pleases his friend." 2. Write two English sentences contain- ing direct objects which will be translated into Latin by the dative and two containing direct objects which will be translated by the accusative. 3. Write two English sentences containing indirect objects. 4. Write the third person singular of ago, active and passive, in all six tenses. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 159 LESSON LIX FORMS OF QUESTIONS 382. There are three forms of Latin questions aside from those which are introduced by an interrogative pronoun or adverb. The first form has -ne, added to an important word, usually the first word, the second form is introduced by nonne, and the third by num. The translation of these three forms is illustrated by the following: Venitne? has he comef Nonne venit? has he not come (hasrtt he come)? Num venit? he has not come, has hef a. Sometimes -ne is omitted, and a question of the first form indicated merely by the interrogation point. b. In answers "yes" is often expressed by ita (liter- ally, so). Often a question is answered by repeating the verb. Thus, "Venitne?" "Has he come?" "Venit," "He has." The answer "no" may be expressed by non (or minime) or by repeating the verb with a negative. Thus "Adestne?" "Is he present?" "Non adest," "No." READING EXERCISE: PUER IN FLUMEN CADIT 383. 1. Parvus puer in flumen cecidit. In perlculo est, quod flumen altum est. Num puer natare potest? Minime. Funem demittite. Ego in flumen desiliam et eum juvabo. Potesne tu. natare? Ita. Nonne saepe in flumine et lacii nato? Da mihi funem, et puerum servabo. Nunc puer funem prehendit. Trahite, amici, puerum juvate. 2. Omnes natare sclre debent. Slc aut vitam suam ser- 160 FIRST LATIN LESSONS vare aut alios juvare poterunt. Is qui bene natat non timet cum in fhlmen cadit. Sciuntne amlci tul natare? Ita. Nonne nos vldistis in fhimine quod non longe ab oppido nostro abest? Ibi saepe natamus. 384. VOCABULARY cado, -ere, cecidi, fall lacus, -us, m., lake demitto, -mittere, -misi, -mis- minime, adv., least, not at all sum, let down prehendo, -hendere, -hendi, desilio, -ire, -ui, desultum, -hensum, seize, take hold of jump down traho, -ere, traxi, tractum, funis, funis, -ium, m., rope drag, draw, pull EXERCISES FOR WRITING 385. Tell which form of question is illustrated by each of the first four sentences which follow. Translate all the sen- tences into Latin: 1. Do you not see the men and the bridge? 2. The river is not deep, is it? 3. Do the consuls live on the Palatine? 4. Did not our soldiers save your (native) country? 5. Your army resisted the barbarians bravely, but you did not have sufnciently large forces. 6. The soldiers obey the lieutenant, but they hate him. ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN 386. 1. What relation in form can you see between cado and accidentf What Latin preposition is represented by the first syllable of accidentf 2. Find from a dictionary the mean- ing of desultory. 3. What is a prehensile-t&iled monkey? 4. What is a tractorf SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Write English sentences illustrating each class of Latin questions described in the lesson. 2. Give the present active infinitive of each verb in the lesson. 3. Decline the pronouns ego and tu. 4. Decline the relative pronoun. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 161 387. SEVENTH REVIEW LESSON VOCABULARY REVIEW, LESSONS LII-LIX adventus, -tis animus, -I captlvus, -I controversia, -ae fuga, -ae funis, fiinis gratia, -ae honor, honoris injuria, -ae lacus, -us pax, pacis securis, securis signifer, -eri silentium, -I sol, solis triumphus, -I , , enugio, -ere verbera, verberum vox, vocis ego, gen. mel possum, posse Idem, eadem, idem prehendo, -ere ipse, ipsa, ipsum recipio, -ere tu, gen. tui uter, -tra, -trum ago, -ere aperio, -Ire attendo, -ere cado, -ere caedo, -ere circumvenio, -Ire condo, -ere demitto, -ere desilio, -Ire dlco, -ere alter, altera, alterum brevis, -e diirus, -a, -um Iratus, -a, -um exeo, -lre frango, -ere fugio, -ere fulgeo, -ere intro, -are irrldeo, -ere odl resisto, -ere restituo, -ere siimo, -ere surgo, -ere teneo, -ere traho, -ere antequam deinde denique magis minime nondum numquam nuper paene tiito an enim -que maximus, -a, -um pello, -ere mortuus, -a, -um peto, -ere ROMANCE WORDS FROM LATIN 388. We have already seen (Lesson I, page 1) that the Romance languages are of Latin origin. A glance at the following table, giving the numbers from one to ten in Latin and in the modern languages derived from 162 FIRST LATIN LESSONS Latin, will show how close the relation is between these lan- guages and Latin. Latin Italian French Spanish Portuguese Roumanian English iinus uno un uno um duo due deux dos dois tres tre trois tres trez quattuor quattro quatre cuatro quatro qulnque cinque cinq cinco cinco sex sei six seis seis septem sette sept siete sete octo otto huit ocho oito novem nove neuf nueve nove decem dieci dix diez dez a. The French words for the (Je, la, les) are derived from Latin ille. The word for is (est) is spelled in French exactly as in Latin although pronounced differ- ently. un one doi two trei three patru four cinci five sesse six septe seven opt eight noua nine zece ten HGRATIUS Note. — New words occurring in this play and the following plays will be found in the complete Vocabulary, pages 323-352 Personae Porsena: rerc Etruscorum. Sextus Tarquinius : fllius Tarquinil Swperbl. Mamilius: rex Tusculi, socius Por- sennae. Scaena I. Tarquinius Superbus: rex Romano- rum, exul. Vigiles: Etrusci. Duces Mllitum: Etrusci. Scaena II. Valerius 1 Pulvillus/ Horatius Cocles 1 Spurius Lartius \ Titus Herminius consules Romdni. sendtores Romani Vigil Secundus / Cives : Romdni Mllites: Etrusci. SCAENA PRIMA. IN CASTRIS ETRUSCORUM Vesperl. Porsena ante tabernaculum suum stat; a dextra Mamilius; a sinistra Tarquinius Superbus; a tergo Sextus Tarquinius. Ante Porsenam duces mllitum imperata expectant. Longe d dextra stant vigiles; hl Romam prospectant. Por. Bene pugnavistis hodie, O duces, vos et milites Etrusci. Duc. Gratias tibi agimus, rex maxime; pro patria et pro te pugnavimus. Por. Quo nomine hic mons appellatur, ubi jam castra posuimus? Sex. Janiculum vocatur hic mons. Sup. Janiculum habemus; facile erit Romam capere. 163 164 FIRST LATIN LESSONS Por. Quo modo Janiculum cepistl, Mamill? Narra nobls ! Duc. Bene nos duxit Mamilius, O rex maxime! 10 Por. Hoc scio; attendite animum et audlte ! Mam. O rex maxime, Janiculum tenebat Pulvillus consul . cum centum mllitibus; juvenis est et malus dux; male imperat, neque Romanl illl parere volunt. At diti nobls resistebant; neque facile erat illud par- vum agmen de monte pellere. Tandem centum mllites circum montem mlsl; hl a tergo Romanos subito oppugnaverunt. Pulvillus pavidus tergum vertit; cum qulnquaginta hominibus effugit; ceteros occldimus. Ille, tertius in ordine ducum 20 [ducem quendam indicat], prlmus in summum montem pervenit. Hostes illum vulneraverant et signiferum occlderant. Statim ille signum e dextra mortui rapuit et in summo monte posuit. Por. Benefecistl, Mamill; bene fecerunt tui mllites. Tii, dux vulnerate, huc venl! [Dux tertius appropin- quat.] Accipe hoc praemium! [Armillam bracchio VOCATIVE OF NOUNS IN -IUS 389. Proper nouns ending in -ius, and also the common noun filius, form the vocative by replacing the ending -ius of the nominative by -1. Thus, Cornelius, vocative Corneli. DECLENSION OF QUIDAM 390. quldam, a certain Singular Masc. Fem. Neut. Nom. quldam quaedam quiddam (quoddam) Gen. cujusdam cujusdam cujusdam Dat. cuidam cuidam cuidam Acc. quendam quandam quiddam (quoddam) Abl. quodam quadam quodam FIRST LATIN LESSONS 165 circumdat. Tum dux se in ordinem recipit.] Cras Romam oppugnabimus. Duc. [laetls clamoribus.] Cras Romam capiemus. 30 Sup. Cras rex iterum ero Romanorum. Sex. Cras omnes inimlcos occidam. Sup. Cras omnes nobiles in vincula conjiciam. Sex. Vae victls ! nos enim Roma expulerunt. Sup. Ignavi homines regem habere nolebant; poenas cras dabunt. Duc. [murmurant.] Fortes, non ignavl, sunt Romanl. Fortes hostes amamus; ignavos odimus amlcos. Por. Quando et quo modo Romam oppugnabimus? Sex. Statim hoc faciemus; sl enim Romanl pontem subli- 40 cium frangent, neque Tiberim translre neque ur- bem intrare poterimus. . Duc. Nos quidem hodie diti pugnavimus; sine somno mllites non bene pugnabunt. Sup. Vigil! Vigil! Vig. Quid vls, rex? Nom. quldam Gen. quorundam Dat. quibusdam Acc. quosdam Abl. quibusdam Plural quaedam quarundam quibusdam quasdam quibusdam quaedam quorundam quibusdam quaedam quibusdam CONJUGATION OF VOLO 391. The irregular verb volo, I wish, I am willing, has the following principal parts : volo, velle, volui. It is conjugated as follows in the present indicative. Singular Plural NoTE-In the imperfect and volo volumus future indicative volo is conju- vls vultis gated exactly like duco : volebam, vult volunt volebas, etc, volam, voles, etc. 166 FIRST LATIN LESSONS Sup. Quid nunc Romanl faciunt? Vig. Omnes intra moenia se receperunt. Vigiles tamen e moenibus prospectant. Por. Fregeruntne pontem? 50 Vig. Minime, rex maxime! Stat pons. Por. Qualis erit nox? Yig. Obsctira; ntibilare enim coepit, neque ltina fulgebit. Etiam nunc vigiles Romanos videre non possumus; non jam pons in conspectii est; hac nocte caeci erunt vigiles. Por. Bene dlxistis, vigiles. Hoc igitur consilium omnes audlte! Quarta vigilia, dum Romani adhtic dor- miunt, ad pontem silentio appropinquabimus. Antequam illtic pervenerimus, nos neque videre neque audlre vigiles poterunt. Ntilla mora pon- tem translbimus et portam facile rumpemus, dum Romani arma petunt et tota urbe trepidant. Duc. Bonum consilium cepistl, rex maxime! Vincemus. POR. Hoc consilium, duces, mllitibus ntintiate! Deinde usque ad quartam vigiliam dormlte! Duc. Audlmus et parebimus. POR. Vigiles, cum quarta vigilia erit, excitate! e somno nos omnes VlG. Audimus et parebimus. 70 DECLENSION OF ALIQUIS 392 . aliquis, some, someone. Singular Masc. Fem. Neut. Nom. aliquis aliqua aliquid (aliquod) Gen. alicujus alicujus alicujus Dat. alicui alicui alicui Acc. aliquem aliquam aliquid (aliquod) Abl. aliquo aUqua aliquo FIRST LATIN LESSONS 167 SCAENA SECUNDA. ROMAE A sinistrd appdrent moenia urbis; Tiberis praeter moenia fluit; rlpam ulteriorem ad portam urbis jungit pons sublicius. Vigiles e summls moenibus prospectant. In rlpa ulteriore agmen Etruscorum ad pontem sublicium silentio appropinquat, sed adhuc procul abest, cum sol surgere incipit. Prlma luce vigiles hostes vident. Vig. I. Audlsne aliquid? Vig. II. Quam timidus es! Ventus aquam agitat. Vig. I. Pedes hominum audio. Vig. II. Noli hoc credere. Sol mox surget; tum videre poterimus. Vig. I. Aliquid video. Aliquid se movet. Vig. II. Agmen est. Hostes sunt. Vig. I. Surgite, RomanT. Hostes adsunt*. Vigiles. Surgite, Romanl. Hostes adsunt. [Clves armatl portam aperiunt et prbspectant. Valerius et Pulvillus in pontem currunt.] Val. Frangite pontem, clves. 10 Pul. Tempus non dabunt hostes. Eheu, nos prlmos occident. Quid facere possumus? Quo fugere debemus? Plural Nom. aliqul aliquae ahqua Gen. aliquorum aliquarum aliquorum Dat. aliquibus aliquibus aliquibus Acc. aliquos aliquas aliqua Abl. aliquibus aliquibus aliquibus 168 FIRST LATIN LESSONS Val. Sile, ignave ! Ciir heri mllites f rangere pontem non jussistl? Tu enim imperator eras. Hodie ego Romanis impero. [Pulvillus in urbem redit. Multl clves in portd appdrent.] Audlte, clves ! Sl duo vel tres hostibus breve temporis spatium resistere poterunt, ceterl pontem frangent. Ita urbem servare poterimus. 20 Hor. [inter clves appdret.] Quid dlcebat consul? Civ. Si quis hostibus resistet, nos pontem frangere poterimus. Hor. Ego, O consul, pontem defendam. Quis mecum hoc pro patria faciet? Spu. [ex clvibus prodit.] Ego tibi socius ero, fortis Horatl. Hor. Tti bonus eris socius. Tecum bene pugnabo. Tamen sl tres erimus, totum hostium agmen facile repellemus. 30 Tit. [ex clvibus prodit.] Ecce tertius ero. Pro Roma et Romanls cum hls comitibus pugnabo. Val. Vobis ago gratias. Civ. Vobls gratias agimus. [Etruscl appropinquant.] Por. Currite, mllites! Pontem occupate! Val. Properate vos ! currunt enim hostes. [Tres pontem trdnseunt.] Hor. Ego medius stabo; tu, Spurl, a dextra sta, Herminl, tti a sinistra ! [Etrusci ad pontem adveniunt.] Por. Oppugnate, mllites! Illos tres occldite et urbem intrate! 40 Val. Secures sumite, clves! sumite gladios! frangite pontem ! Por. Mamili, mecum mane! Herl satis pugnabas. Sextus contra suam urbem homines diicet. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 169 Val. Da mihi securem, tu! Ita, ita, lignum frangite. [Ipse pontem ferit dum mllites Etruscl pontem oppugnant.] Spu. Cave, Hermini! a sinistra oppugnabunt. Tit. Paratus sum; ecce, undique veniunt. Hor. Diira verbera date ! Non multi eodem tempore nos oppugnare possunt. Pul. [in moenibus appdret.] Venlte, vos, ad moenia! 50 [Multl clves in moenia veniunt.] Sagittas mittite! Jacula conjicite! Sex. Mecum venite, milites! Ego Horatium occidam. Mihi quidem non resistet. Civ. Cujus vocem audimus? Vig. I. Sextus Tarquinius hostes diicit. Civ. Apage, perfide Sexte ! Num audes Romam revenlre? Sex. Mox alia clamabitis, cum vos in vincula conjiciam. Civ. Occlde Sextum, O Horatl! Etiam sl hostes nos vlcerint, gaudebimus, quod perfidus Sextus mor- 60 tuus erit. [Sextus Horatium oppugnat; Spurius et Titus contrd alios pugnant.] Pul. Cavete, sagittaril! Nollte nostros occldere! Ca- vete, j aculatores ! Supra capita nostrorum j acula conjicite! Vig. II. Uter vincet? Ecce noster illum ferit! Civ. Io triumphe! Mortuus est Sextus. Pul. Minime, surgit. Horatl, iterum feri! [Alter Hordtium oppugnat, dum Mamilius Sextum e perlculo trahit.] Civ. Quis auxilium fert? Pul. Mamilius. Civ. Ecce, Sextum e perlculo trahit. 70 Tu etiam noblscum redl! Sine te non redibimus. 170 FIRST LATIN LESSONS Vig. I. Nunc redit; ipse Horatium oppugnabit. Civ. Eheu, non mortuus est Sextus. Val. Auxilium date, clves; ecce, paene fractus est pons. Civ. Io, Spurius hostem occidit; nunc alterum ferit. Vig. II. Eheu ! Horatium vulneravit Mamilius. Civ. Eheu! Spuri, auxilium da! Vig. I. Ecce. Mamilium repellunt. Val. [mdgnd vdce.] Redlte, Romani! paene fractus est pons. Jam, jam redi, Horatl! Civ. Redlte, Romanl ! paene f ractus est pons ! Nos ser- so vavistis; jam vos servate! Hor. Redlte, comites! dum tempus manet, redlte! Spu. Tit. Civ. Redlte, fortes virl! Jam jam cadit pons. Hor. Redite, comites! Vobls hoc impero. Consilium habeo bonum; me hostes non occldent. ^ ' >Paremus. Vale! [Ad portam redeunt.] Civ. Nollte Horatium relinquere! Spu. Ipse imperavit. Paremus. [Spurius et Titus urbem intrant.] Civ. Sero redlbis, Horatl. Cadit pons. 90 Hor. [Scutum ad clves conjicit.] Excipite, cives, sciitum! Non honestum est scutum relinquere. [Gladium in medios hostes conjicit.] Vos, hostes, gladium excipite! Tibi me committo, Tiberis. [Dum pons cadit, Horatius in flumen desilit.] Pul. Quid facit? Vulneratus est; non potest natare. Civ. Ita; flumen transit; ad portam natat. Val. Demittite f unes ! [Clves funem demittunt.] Crv. Fiinem prehendit. Trahite! trahite! Omnes. Trahite! trahite! [Cives Hordtium ex aqua in portam trahunt.] FIRST LATIN LESSONS 171 Val. PUL. fSenatus tibi gratias agit. Civ. Populus Romanus tibi gratias agit. Omnes. Romam servavisti. FINIS FABDLAE. too uu\ tfMIH'-" RUINS OF THE COLISEUM 172 FIRST LATIN LESSONS LESSON LX PRESENT PARTICIPLE FORMATION OF THE PRESENT PARTICIPLE 393. The present active participle of a Latin verb ends in -ns, and is formed on the present stem. The present par- ticiples of regular verbs in the four conjugations are as follows. I II III IV (porto) (moneo) (dtico) (capio) (audio) portans monens ducens capiens audiens carrying warning leading taking hearing a. There is no present passive participle in Latin. DECLENSION OF THE PRESENT PARTICIPLE 394. Like other participles, the present participle agrees in gender, number, and case with the noun or pronoun which it modifies. It is declined as an adjective of the third declension : Singular Plural Masc. and Fem. Neut. Masc. and Fem. Neut. Nom. portans Gen. portantis portantl portantem Dat. Acc. Abl. portans portantis portantl portans portantes portantium portantibus portantls (-es) portante (-1) portante (-1) portantibus portantia portantium portantibus portantia portantibus Singular Nom. monens monens Gen. monentis monentis Dat. monenti monenti Acc monentem monens Plural monentes monentia monentium monentium monentibus monentibus monentls (-es) monentia Abl. monente (-1) monente (-1) monentibus monentibus FIRST LATIN LESSONS 173 a. The use of the Latin present participle must not be confused with the progressive form of the verb (Section 76, a). In the sentence The man is standing in the street the expression is standing is the progressive form of the verb, and will be translated by one Latin word, stat. In the sentence The man standing on the wall is my brother, the word standing is a participle mod- ifying man, and will be translated by the Latin present participle, stans. READING EXERCISE: A SUCCESSFUL HUNT 395. ( Ulysses speaks. 1 ) Per silvam ambulans, magnum cervum vidl. Ventus flabat, et cervus sonitum pedum meorum audire non poterat. Arcum meum cepi et frontem cervi prlma sagitta vulneravl. Deinde alteram sagittam mlsl, et eum interfecl. Nunc cervum umeris mels ad comites porto. Hl murmurant et Iratl sunt, quod cibum non habent. Similes animalibus sunt, quae semper cibum postulant. Nunc in lltore stantes me expectant. Laetl erunt cum me appropin- quantem videbunt. Mox cenam parabimus. Post cenam in silvam redlbo, quod tectum ibi vldl. Sed niilll virl in conspectii erant. Itaque hunc locum explorare cupio. 396. VOCABULARY arcus, -us, m., bow litus, litoris, n., shore cervus, -I, m., deer similis, -e, like, similar flo, flare, flavl, flatum, blow sonitus, -us, m., sound frons, frontis, m., forehead umerus, -I, m., shoulder itaque, conj., and so, therefore a. Frequently a noun or pronoun in the dative is used with similis : similis animali, like an animal. » While returning from Troy, Ulysses, one of the Greek heroes, was driven to the Bhores of a certain island. This reading exercise and those of the three following lessons represent scenes during his stay on the island. 174 FIRST LATIN LESSONS EXERCISES FOR WRITING 397. 1. The leader returned to the shore carrying a deer. 2. We hear the voices of the soldiers demanding food. 3. I saw a deer running through the forest. 4. The consul is the brother of that (ille) man standing on the bridge. 5. We made an attack on the legions crossing the river. ENGLISH DERIVATIVES 398. 1. Find from a dictionary the derivation of arch and archer. 2. What is the original meaning of inflatedf 3. What sort of ornament is a frontletf 4. What is a similef SUGGESTED DRILL 1 . Write the declension of the present participles of duco and capio. 2. Point out all the present participles in section 395, and name the case of each. 3. Give the present active and past passive participles of laudo and video. 4. Decline sonitus. 5. Give a synopsis of flo in the third person singular, active voice. ROMAN OIL VAULT FIRST LATIN LESSONS 175 LESSON LXI THE ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE THE INDEPENDENT PARTICIPIAL PHRASE 399. A phrase consisting of a noun or pronoun and a participle is sometimes used in a sentence without being closely connected with any other word in the sentence. Thus, A new leader having been chosen, we may expect better results. In this sentence the phrase a new leader having been chosen is not directly connected with any word in the rest of the sentence. Such a phrase is said to be independent of the rest of the sentence. THE ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE 400. The case which is used in Latin for such independent constructions is the ablative. In the sentence given above as an example the word for leader would be put in the ablative in Latin and the participle for having been chosen would agree with it in gender, number, and case. This use of the ablative is called the ablative absolute. Duce capto hostes fugerunt. The leader having been captured, the enemy fled. Filiis meis laudatis laetus sum, my sons having been praised, I am happy 401. The participle used in agreement with the noun or pronoun of the ablative absolute may be the past participle, as in the sentences which have been given, or it may be the present participle. Barbaris procedentibus nostri arma parabant, the bar- barians advancing, our men prepared arms. a. In the ablative absolute the past participle de- notes an act taking place before the time of the verb of the clause, but the present participle denotes an act taking place at the same time as that of the verb. 176 FIRST LATIN LESSONS 402. Often an adjective or another noun is used instead of a participle as the second part of the ablative absolute construction. Amico meo invito diutius non manebo, my friend (being) unwilling, I shall not remain longer. Caesare duce milites semper fortiter pugnabant, Caesar (being) leader, the soldiers always fought bravely. a. The participle being, which is often used in trans- lating an ablative absolute of which the second part is an adjective or a noun, has no equivalent in Latin. b. The original force of the ablative in this con- struction may be seen if these phrases are translated with the preposition with. FREE TRANSLATION OF THE ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE 403. In English, independent phrases which correspond to the literal translation of the ablative absolute are not very often used. It is, therefore, frequently necessary to translate the ablative absolute by a clause introduced by when, after, if, since, or although, as the sense of the main clause may suggest. Monte occupato, when the mountain had been seized. Duce capto, after the leader had been captured. a. Various prepositional phrases, also, may be em- ployed in translating this ablative. Gallis invitis, against the will of the Gauls. Caesare consule, in the consulship of Caesar. READING EXERCISE: A DISSATISFIED COMPANY 404. (The sailors speak). Recte ducem nostrum culpamus, qui n5s huc dtixit. Esurlmus, neque cibum invenlre possumus. Certe dux bonus non est, neque dl immortales eum amant. In silvam cum arcu iit, quia cervi in silva sunt, sed cervo FIRST LATIN LESSONS 177 interfecto ipse cibum habebit, et nos esuriemus. Patria nostra relicta, in bello cum eo (homine) pugnavimus, sed nunc nos deseruit. Hoc duce relicto, navem parabimus et ad patriam redlbimus. Ibi amlcl nos expectant, et hi nobis cibum dabunt. Sl tiitl illam terram iterum videbimus, num- quam eam relinquemus. Satis in bello pugnavimus et satis erravimus. 405. VOCABULARY certe, adv., certainly, surely immortalis, -e, immortal culpo, -are, -avi, -atum, blame invenio, -venire, -veni, -ven- desero, -ere, -ui, -tum, desert tum, find deus, -I (nom. pl. di), a god quia, conj., because esurio, -ire, be hungry recte, adv., rightly EXERCISES FOR WRITING 406. 1. Taking the bow (the bow having been taken) the man hurried toward the forest. 2. On seeing the enemy (the enemy having been seen) the soldiers seized (took) their arms. 3. Hearing the sound of battle (abl. absolute), the soldiers ran to the gate of the city. 4. After the capture of the city (the city having been captured), the king was killed. 5. If the gods defend (shall defend) our city, we shall be safe. ENGLISH DERIVATIVES 407. 1. What is a culpable action? 2. From which of the principal parts of desero have our English derivatives come? 3. Find a noun which is connected in derivation with immortalis. 4. What is the original meaning of inventt SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Give the present participles of culpo, desero, invenio. 2. Point out the ablatives absolute in section 404. 3. Conjugate esurio in the future indicative active. 4. Write two English sentences which would require the ablative absolute if translated into Latin. 178 FIRST LATIN LESSONS LESSON LXII QUOTATIONS: INDIRECT DISCOURSE DIRECT AND INDIRECT QUOTATIONS 408. 1. A direct quotation is one which repeats the exact words of the speaker. Thus, He said, "I will come." 2. An indirect quotation is one which repeats the thought but not the exact words of the original speaker. In English an indirect quotation is often introduced by the conjunction that. Thus, He said that he would come. a. Sometimes no conjunction is used. Thus, He said he would come. INDIRECT QUOTATIONS IN LATIN 409. In Latin, a simple sentence when used in an indirect quotation has its verb in the infinitive and its subject in the accusative. No conjunction is used to introduce indirect quotations in Latin. Dicit puerum in silva ambulare, he says that the boy is walking in the forest. INDIRECT DISCOURSE 410. The name indirect discourse is given to the use of the infinitive with subject accusative in indirect quotations, and also to certain other expressions which are not exactly quotations. In such sentences as / heard that you had re- ceived a letter, and Everyone thought that the day would be pleasant, the clauses introduced by that take the same form in Latin as the indirect quotations given above. That is, their verbs will be infinitives and their subjects will stand in the accusative. Indirect discourse is used with verbs of saying, hearing, knowing, thinking, believing, seeing, and the like. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 179 Credo te librum meum habere, I believe (that) you have my book. a. A predicate noun or adjective used with an in- finitive in indirect discourse is in the accusative, to agree with the subject. Arbitramur ducem nostrum fortem esse, we think (that) our leader is brave. READING EXERCISE: THE FAULT-FINDERS REPROVED 411. (The sailor who has been left in charge speaks.) Dico ducem nostrum fidelem esse. Quod cibum non habemus, in silvam iit, ubi credo eum cibum petere. Feris interfectls carnem nobls dabit. Puto vos ignavos esse et nihil sclre. Mare timetis et omnia timetis. Quod esurltis, ducem bonum nostrum culpatis et dlcitis eum vos deseruisse. Vos non deseruit neque deseret. Etiam nunc aliquem video quem esse ducem nostrum credo. Recta ad nos venit, et aliquid grave umerls portat. Habitus ejus ostendit eum esse ducem nostrum. Cervum portat, quem in silva interfecit. Mox cervus in (on) igne ponetur, et vos cibum habebitis. 412. VOCABULARY caro, carnis, f., flesh, meat ignis, ignis, -ium, m., fire fera, -ae, f., wild animal mare, maris, n., the sea fidelis, -e, faithful nihil, indeclinable t N., nothing gravis, -e, heavy recta, adv. f directly habitus, -us, m., appearance, garb EXERCISES FOR WRITING 413. 1. You say that your friends love you. 2. I think you do not have many friends. 3. The sailors believe that their leader wishes to desert them. 4. I say that our leader is faithful. 5. Having killed a deer (a deer having been killed), the leader will return to the shore. 180 FIRST LATIN LESSONS VICTIMS FOR A ROMAN SACRIFICE ENGLISH DERIVATIVES 414. 1. What is a carnivorous animal? 2. Give nouns derived from fidelis and gravis. 3. Find a verb derived from ignis. 4. What are marine animals? 5. What does a nihilist desire in the way of government? SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Why is ducem, of the second line of Section 411, in the accusative case? 2. Give the present active and past active infinitives of dico. 3. Give the present passive and past passive infinitives of mitto. 4. Decline habitus in the singular number. 5. Write two English sentences which, if translated into Latin, would take the construction of indirect discourse. LESSON LXIII NOUNS OF THE FIFTH DECLENSION: IMPERSONAL VERBS THE FIFTH DECLENSION 415. The genitive singular of the fifth declension ends in -ei (after a consonant -ei). The nominative singular always ends in -es. The nouns dies, day, and res, thing, are declined as f ollows : FIRST LATIN LESSONS 181 Singular Plural Singular Plural Endings Nom. dies dies res res -es, -es Gen. diel dierum rei rerum -ei (-ei) -erum Dat. diel diebus rei rebus -ei (-ei) -ebus Acc. diem dies rem res -em, -es Abl. die diebus re rebus -e, -ebus a. Dies is sometimes masculine and sometimes feminine in the singular, but always masculine in the plural. The other nouns of this declension are feminine, except one compound of dies. b. Only dies and res are declined in full. The other nouns of this declension lack some or all of the plural forms. IMPERSONAL VERBS 416. There are a few Latin verbs which have only the third person singular, the infinitives, and (occasionally) the participles. Such verbs are called impersonal. The most important are oportet, it is necessary (or proper), and licet, it is permitted. USE OF OPORTET 417. The impersonal verb oportet is regularly used with an infinitive and an accusative as subject of the infinitive. In English the accusative is often translated as subject of the verb ought, with a dependent infinitive. Oportet nautas fortes esse, the sailors ought to be brave (more literally it is proper that the sailors be brave). ROMAN LAMPS 182 FIRST LATIN LESSONS USE OF LICET 418. With licet a dative is used to denote the person who is permitted to do some act, and the infinitive is used to denote the act permitted. In Eng- lish the dative is often translated as the subject of may or might with a verb representing the in- finitive. Eis redlre licet, they may return (more literally it is permitted them to re- turn). a. Frequently the dat- ive is translated as sub- ject of a form of permit (or allow) with a depend- ent infinitive. The sen- tence above may be translated they are per- mitted to return. THE PYRAMID OF CESTIUS READING EXERCISE: FOOD AT LAST 419. Hic nauta ramos siccos portat, ille (nauta) remum fractum habet, quem in litore invenit. Omnes ignem quam prlmum accendere et cenam parare properant. Nam per omnem diem sine cibo in lltore fuerunt, et nunc laetl ducem appropinquare vident cum cervo, quem umeris portat. Saepe murmuraverunt, dlcentes ducem non esse fidelem, sed hanc rem non esse veram nunc sciunt. Oportet eos ducem laudare, oportet eos ducl gratias agere, qul vltam eorum servavit. Sed multl ex els neque bonl neque fortes sunt. Sl licet els cibum habere, nihil aliud volunt, nihil aliud sciunt. Non vident ducem fortem vltam eorum servavisse. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 183 420. VOCABULARY accendo, -cendere, -cendl, quam primum, as soon as pos- -censum, kindle, light sible. dies, diei, m. or f., day ramus, -1, m., bough, branch licet, licere, licuit, impersonal, remus, -I, m., oar it is permitted res, rei, f., thing oportet, oportere, oportuit, it is siccus, -a, -um, dry proper (or fitting), one ought verus, -a, -um, true EXERCISES FOR WRITING 421. 1. On that day (Section 328) many brave men were killed. 2. I have often heard this fact (thing). 3. You are not permitted (it is not permitted to you) to kindle a fire in this place. 4. You ought to announce this fact (thing) at once. 5. You know that the days are long in summer. ENGLISH DERIVATIVES 422. 1. What is the literal meaning of sine dief How is this phrase used in connection with the meetings of assemblies? 2. What connection can you see between the meaning of licet and licensef 3. Find from a dictionary the meaning of ramify. 4. What is the derivation of realt 5. What is a veracious narrative? SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Give the genitive plural of porta, ramus, dux, ignis, exercitus, dies. Give the ablative singular of these six words. 2. Give the forms of licet in the third person singular, active voice, in the six tenses of the indicative. 3. Write an English sentence which can be translated into Latin with the use of oportet. Tell what would be the case of the subject of this sentence when translated into Latin. 4. With what classes of verbs is indirect discourse used? 184 FIRST LATIN LESSONS LESSON LXIV CARDINAL NUMERALS: DECLENSION OF DUO AND TRES CARDINAL NUMERALS 423. The numerals used in counting or in telling how many persons or objects are meant are called cardinal numerals. The Latin cardinal numerals from one to twenty are as follows: unus, -a, -um, one duo, duae, duo, two tres, tria, three quattuor, four quinque, five sex, six septem, seven octo, eight novem, nine decem, ten undecim, eleven duodecim, twelve tredecim, thirteen quattuordecim, fourteen qulndecim, fifteen sedecim, sixteen septendecim, seventeen duodeviginti, eighteen undevigintl, nineteen viginti, twenty DECLENSION OF DUO AND TRES 424. The numerals duo and tres are declined as follows: Masc. Fem. Neut. Masc. and Fem. Neut. duo duae duo tres tria duorum duarum duorum trium trium duobus duabus duobus tribus tribus duos or duo duas duo tres (tris) tria duobus duabus duobus tribus tribus a. With the exception of unus, duo, and tres, the numerals given above are not declined. The declension of unus is like that of solus, which is given in Section 13 of the Appendix. Tres is declined like the plural of omnis, Section 11, (2), of the Appendix. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 185 ROMAN TABLE 425. READING EXERCISE: CONVERSATION DURING THE FEAST Nauta I. Haec caro dulcis est. N. II. Ita est; gaudeo quod carnem iterum edo. N. III. Quam callidus dux noster est. N. IV. Gaudemus quod tam callidum ducem habemus. N. III. Cervum in silva invenit et frontem ejus sagitta transflxit. N. N. I et II. Da nobls iterum carnem. N. V. Similes suibus estis. Nihil ceterls relinquetis. N. N. I et II. Sed per omnem diem nullum cibum habuimus. Esuriebamus. N. VI. Nos quoque esuriebamus, sed non sues sumus. Non oportet duos aut tres homines totum cervum edere. N. N. VII et VIII. Cras in silvam Ibimus. Inde multos cervos referemus. 186 FIRST LATIN LESSONS N. IX. Vix dux callidus noster unum invenit; certe vos non facile multos invenietis. Dux. Ipse in silvam quam prlmum redlbo, quia tectum ibivldi. Quisinhoctectohabitat? Id sclre cupio. 426. VOCABULARY callidus, -a, -um, shrewd, wise sus, suis, m., p., hog, swine dulcis, -e, sweet, delicious transfigo, -figere, -flxl-, -fix- edo, -ere, 1 edi, esum, eat um, pierce inde, adv. from there vix, adv., scarcely, with diffi- refero, -ferre, rettuli, relatum, culty bring back EXERCISES FOR WRITING 427. 1. My brother has gone to the forest with two com- panions. 2. We crossed the river with three legions. 3. Five sailors remained on the shore. 4. I saw four men who had been in Spain. 5. Our companions ought to return to the ship with our leader. ENGLISH DERIVATIVES 428. 1. What are dulcet tones? 2. Find from a dictionary the meaning of the Italian phrase Dolce far niente. What do you suppose is the origin of the Italian word dolcet 3. What is the origin of the word swine? 4. What is the origin of the words refer and relatef SUGGESTED DRILL 1. Write the declension of dulcis. 2. Decline together duo homines. 3. Decline together duae puellae. 4. Conjugate transfigo in the present indicative passive and the perfect indicative active. 5. Give the accusa- tive singular and the genitive plural of sus. 1 In classical Latin the present active infimtive of this verb is regularly Ssse, and the third person singular of the present active indicative is est. In this book edere and edit are used instead of the classical forms. CIRCE Personae. Ullxes, qul domum iter facit. Eurylochus, quem Ulixes nautis praefecit. Scaena I. Aegyptius Philippus Menexenus Alexander Cresius Ceterl nautae nautae. Scaena II. Naupactous 1 Proxenus > nautae Rhodius Circe: maga. Ancillae quattuor. Minister. Coquus. Servus alius. SCAENA PRIMA. IN LITORE INSULAE. In saxo stat Eurylochus; circum eum vlgintl nautae, alil humi sedent, alil stant; omnes murmurant. Eur. Nollte ducem nostrum culpare! Aeg. At quis nos in Insulam desertam diixit? Cet. Responde, O Euryloche! Nonne Ullxes? Eur. Sane, magnus Ullxes vos hiic diixit; sed nollte illum culpare ! Phi. Ciir non oportet nos illum culpare? DATIVE WITH COMPOUNDS 429. Verbs compounded with ante, ob, prae, and sub fre- quently have a dependent noun or pronoun in the dative case. Legioni praeest, he is in command of the legion. a. If the simple verb from which the compound is formed would take an object, the compound verb may take both the accusative and the dative: Eurylochum nautis praefeci, I placed Eurylochus in command of the sailors. 187 188 FIRST LATIN LESSONS Cet. Responde, O Euryloche. Ctir non oportet nos illum culpare? Eur. Quia di immortales [palmds tollit] nos et illum in haec perlcula addtixerunt. 10 Men. Sl dl Ullxem non amant, non jam noster erit dux. Cet. Recte dlcis; non jam noster erit dux. Ale. [ventrem tangit.] Esurio ; da mihi cibum, Euryloche ! Omnes. Esurlmus; da nobls cibum, Euryloche! Eur. Nonne magnanimus Ullxes in medias silvas iit, quia cibum nobls petere volebat? Cre. Num hoc credis? Nos quidem hoc non credimus. Omnes. Non credimus. Immo vero nos deseruit. Aeg. Sl feras arcti occldet, ipse eas edet. Omnes. Ipse carnem edet avium et bestiarum. 20 Phi. Nihil nobls referet. Hoc pro certo habeo. Omnes. Nihil nobls referet. Hoc pro certo habemus. Eur. O stultl; fidelis est noster dux; credite illl! Men. [qul circum se spectat.] Hominem qul advenit, video. Cet. Hostisne an amlcus venit? Men. Nescio; adhiic procul abest. [Alil nautae nunc stant.] Ale. Ecce, de summo colle descendit. Cet. Quo habitii est? Quae vestlmenta, quae arma portat? b. The dative is sometimes used with compounds of ad, circum, com, in, inter, post, pro, super. If the compounds of ad and in denote motion the accusative with ad or in is regularly used instead of the dative. ABLATIVE OF DESCRIPTION 430. The ablative modified by an adjective is sometimes used to describe a person or thing. Homo magnd virtute, a man of (literally with) great courage. a. The genitive modified by an adjective is also used to describe a person or thing. In many phrases, such as FIRST LATIN LESSONS 189 Cre. Arcum sagittasque fert; recta ad nos venit. Omnes. Ulixes est. 30 Aeg. Quid umeris portat? Phi. Carnem nobls affert. Omnes. O magnanimum Ulixem! O optimum ducem! Ulixis Vox. Cervum sagitta occldl. Cibum vobls affero. Carnem edemus omnes. Omnes. Io, Io! O magnanimum Ullxem! O optimum ducem ! Eur. Ligna petite, nautae! Properate vos ! [Dum Ulixes appropinquat, nautae ligna per lltus petunt et in medio cumulant.] Men. Remum fractum invenl, qul in lltore jacebat. Ale. Siccos ramos affero, qui de arbore ceciderunt. 40 Cre. fGrave est id quod portamus; gubernaculum ferimus Aeg. \ navis nostrae, quod mare in lltus jecit. Pm. Rostrum navis repperi; ecce, Minervae imaginem undae perdiderunt; eam vix possum agnoscere. [Ulixes apparet et cervum humi deponit.] Eur. Salve, Ullxes! Nautae, ignem accendite! Cet. Non possumus ignem accendere. O callidissime om- nium hominum [Ulixi hoc dicunt] } hoc pro nobls fac, quia esurlmus et quam prlmum cenare volumus. Eur. [Dum Ulixes ligna confricat et ignem accendit.] Nunc callidus et magnanimus est is qui nuper pessimus 50 ducum erat et Infldissimus. [Ulixes in saxo considit; nautae in summo igne cervum totum ponunt. Tum circum Ulixem et ignem se disponunt.] the example given above, either the genitive or the abla- tive may be used. But physical traits are usually denoted by the ablative, and measure is always denoted by the genitive. The expression a four-foot wall will be translated murus quattuor pedum (a wall offourfeet). 190 FIRST LATIN LESSONS Uli. Per silvam errabam, cum hunc cervum haud procul vldl — Men. Dulcis est fumus. Uli. Me post arborem celavl — Ale. [sonitum labrls facit.] Dulcem carnem jam gusto. Uli. Ventus adversus flabat; non igitur me olfacere cervus poterat. Cre. Carnem equidem olfacio dulcissimam. Uli. Sagittam arcumque paravl. 60 Aeg. Nos quidem convivium paramus. Uli. Sagitta prlma cervl frontem transflxl. Nonne magna et pulchra sunt cornua, O Euryloche? Phi. Magna et pulchra erit cena. Men. Jam certe tostus est cervus. Licetne mihi statim edere? Omnes. Statim edere volumus. Uli. Edite, comites! Gaudeo quod non jam esurietis. Eur. Vorate, vos qul suibus estis similes; nihil nisi cena cibusque vobls in mentem venit. 70 [Nautae cervum dlvidunt et carnem vorant; interea Ulixes narrat.] THE COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES 431. The comparative and superlative of English adjectives regularly end in -er and -est: long, longer, longest. In Latin the comparative regularly ends in -ior f or the mascu- line and feminine and -ius for the neuter, and the superlative in -issimus, -issima, -issimum, declined like bonus. POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE latus latior, latius latissimus, -a, -um wide wider widest fortis fortior, fortius fortissimus, -a, -um brave braver bravest fellx (gen. felicis) fellcior, fellcius fellcissimus, -a, -um happy happier happiest FIRST LATIN LESSONS 191 Uli. Postquam cervum occldl, circum me spectare coepl. Haud procul inter arbores apparebat tectum domus. Ftimus inde ascendebat. Ale. Sine dubio torrebant carnem. Cet. Caro dulcis est! Libenter iterum carnem gustamus. Cre. Nonne usque ad domum Ivistl, O dux? Uli. Minime; comitum mihi in mentemvenit fames. Ad vos igitur quam primum praedam meam rettull. Aeg. Cras ad illam domum Ibimus. Quid censetis, comites? Cet. Placet ; ad eum locum Ibimus. Men. Fortasse ibi multam carnem et bene tostam in- veniemus. Eur. Glandes saltem in silva invenietis. 80 SCAENA SECUNDA. IN ATRIO CIRCAE. Nemo in dtrio adest; sed per jdnuam quae d dextrd est nunc feminds quae rldent, nunc sues qul edunt audltis. A sinistrd intrant Ulixes et Eurylochus et tres nautae, Naupactous, Proxenus, Rhodius. Nau. Ubi sunt comites nostrl? Pro. Eos qu5s perdidimus, neque video neque audio. Rho. At voces audio. Eur. Sane, feminas quae rldent audls. Nau. Nonne sues audltis, comites, qul edunt? DECLENSION OF COMPARATIVES 432. The comparatives are third declension adjectives, and are declined as f ollows : Singular Plural Masc. and Fem. Neut. Masc. and Fem. Neut. Nom. latior latius latiores latiora Gen. latioris latioris latiorum latiorum Dat. latiorl latiorl latioribus latioribus Acc. latiorem latius latiores, -Is latiora Abl. latiore latiore latioribus latioribus 192 FIRST LATIN LESSONS Pro. Silete, femina nunc cantat. Uli. Circe, maga, pessima feminarum, cantat quia nostros comites perdidit. 90 Rho. Nonne nos etiam perdet? Uli. Priores eam oppugnabimus. Nau. At sl baculum illud agitabit, nonne mortul nos omnes cademus? Uli. Si mihi parebitis et omnia quae nunc imperabo facietis, eam vincemus. Eur. Tibi parebimus, O dux noster, vir callide! Quid imperas? Nautae. Tibi parebimus nos omnes. Uli. Apud hanc feminam nollte edere, nollte bibere. 100 Omnes. Nihil hlc edemus, nihil bibemus. Uli. Etiam sl ego cibum et poculum accipiam, vos nolite idem facere. Rho. Cur hoc tibi licet quod nos facere vetas? Uli. Hunc quem teneo florem Mercurius mihi dedit. Pro. Quo modo te defendere hic flos potest? Uli. Dum hunc florem olf acio, Circe me laedere non poterit. Eur. Silete omnes; aliquem enim audio qul januam aperit. Uli. Mementote id quod imperavl, et parete! [Intrat Circe cum ancillls quattuor.] Cir. Salve, O Ullxes. 110 Anc. I. Salve, O Euryloche. Anc. II. Salve, O Naupactoe. COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES IN -ER 433. Adjectives ending in -er in the positive form the super- lative by adding -rimus, -rima, -rimum to the nominative singular of the masculine instead of using the ending -issimus. pulcher pulchrior, pulchrius pulcherrimus, -a, -um miser miserior, miserius miserrimus, -a, -um FIRST LATIN LESSONS 193 Anc. III. Salve, O Proxene. Anc. IV. Salve, O Rhodl. Uli. Salve, O reglna. Te, quae meum nomen scis, quo modo vocabo? Eur. [ancillae I.] Quo modo nomen meum scls? Nau. [ancillae II.] Quo modo nomen meum scls? Pro. [ancillae III.] Quo modo nomen meum scls? Rho. [ancillae IV.] Quo modo nomen meum scls? 120 Cir. Salvete, omnes advenae! Nomen meum nollte rogare, sed vlnum meum bibite et carnes meas edite. [Manibus plaudit.] [Intrat minister qul qulnque pocula fert.] Min. Adsum, O reglna. Ancillae. Da nobls pocula. [E manibus ministrl quattuor pocula accipiunt. Circe manibus plaudit. Intrat servus qul amphoram fert.] Ser. Adsum, O reglna ! Cir. Appropinqua, serve ! [Dum baculum supra amphoram agitat, venenum in vlnum demittit.] Tibi, O Juppiter, vlnum consecro. Uli. [nautls.] Cavete vlnum. [Servus vlnum in pocula fundit.] Ser. [voce sonora.] Aurea mlrifico complevi pocula vlno. 130 SPECIAL ADJECTIVES IN -LIS 434. The following adjectives in -lis form the superlative by replacing the genitive ending of the positive with -limus: facilis, difficilis, similis, dissimilis, humilis. POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE facilis facilior, -ius facillimus, -a, -um similis similior, -ius simillimus, -a, -um a. Other adjectives in -lis form their superlatives regu- larly with -issimus. 194 FIRST LATIN LESSONS Cir. Mihi da poculum, O minister. Min. [voce sonord.] Te vel 1 callidiorem hoc vlnum reddet, Ullxes. Uli. Tum ero tam callidus quam vulpes. Cir. Hoc tibi promitto. Accipe, O rex. Reglna tibi vlnum offert. Anc. I. Accipe, O Euryloche; ancilla reglnae tibi vlnum offert. Anc. II. Accipe, O Naupactoe; ancilla reglnae tibi vlnum offert. 140 Anc. III. Accipe, O Proxene; ancilla reglnae tibi vlnum offert. Anc. IV. Accipe, O Rhodl ; ancilla reglnae tibi vlnum offert. [Viri d feminis pocula accipiunt. Rhodius se post columnam celat.] Uli. Oculos mihi advertite. [Intered Eurylochus et Naupactous et Proxenus vlnum huml effundunt, sed Rhodius bibit.] Vlnum bibo, gratus quia nos advenas tam benigne excepistl, O reglna. [Florem olfacit, dum vlnum bibit. Omnes Ulixem diu spectant.] Uli. Quid spectatis? Bonum est vlnum quod hospitibus das, O reglna; dl tibi praemium meritum dabunt. Cir. [baculum agitat.] Vulpes eris! Hoc impero. ADJECTIVES COMPARED IRREGULARLY 435. The following important adjectives are compared irregularly : bonus melior, melius optimus, ■ -a, -um malus pejor, pejus pessimus, -a, -um magnus major, majus» maximus, -a, -um multus , pliis plurimus, -a, -um parvus minor, minus minimus, -a, -um 1 Even. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 195 Uli. Quid facis? Quid dlcis? [Ridet.] Eia! Nunc intel- 150 lego; tam callidus sum quam vulpes. Anc. I. Placetne tibi vlnum, Euryloche? Nonne aliquid sentls? Eur. Dulce est hoc vlnum. Anc. II. Et tu, Naupactoe, quid dicis? Nau. Numquam antea tam dulce vlnum bibi. Anc. III. Nonne optimum est vlnum, O Proxene? Pro. Nectar est, dls idoneum, [sibi dicit] sed non ho- minibus. Anc. IV. Tibine gratum est vlnum, O Rhodl? [Rhodius suis sonitum facit et sui similis ex atrio currit, Ulixes nihil videt.] Nau. Vidistlne suem qul ex atrio currebat? 160 Pro. Ubi est Rhodius? Multum timeo. Eur. Ullxl credite. Uli. At aliquid mihi in mentem venit, O reglna. Aliine hlc adsunt apud te hospites? Cir. Multas bestias apud me habeo, sed homines nullos. Uli. Ante hos duos dies 2 comites mel, nautae, ad tuam domum venerunt, quia esuriebant. Cir. Ita est. Illls cibum dedl; homines brevi hinc dis- cesserunt. FORMATION OF ADVERBS 436. Most adverbs are formed from adjectives. Those derived from adjectives of the first and second declensions regularly end in -e. Those derived from adjectives of the third declension regularly end in -ter or -iter. latus, wide late, widely fortis, brave fortiter, bravely audax (gen. audacis), bold audacter, boldly prudens, prudent prudenter, prudently 1 Two days ago. 196 FIRST LATIN LESSONS Ancillae. [rident.] Sues tamen apud nos manent. 170 Natjtae. Quid dicere vultis? Non sues erant comites quos perdidimus, sed virT. [Circe manibus plaudit. Intrat coquus qul carnes in patera fert.] Coq. Adsum, O reglna. Cir. Quid affers? Coq. [voce sonora.] Ambrosiam hospitibus dulcem fellcibus offers. Cir. Bibistis, hospites! Nunc edite! Uli. [nautis.] Cavete carnes. Cir. [baculum supra carnes agitat.] Tibi, O Juppiter, carnes consecro. [Deinde Ulixi offert. Omnes iso carnem manibus accipiunt.] Uli. [subito clamat.] Ubi est Rhodius? [Dum omnes cir- cumspectant, nautae carnes rejiciunt.] Anc. IV. Ex atrio fugit — [parva voce] — stis. [Rident ancil- lae.] Uli. Carnem edo et tibi, O reglna, gratias ago. [Omnes diu spectant.] Cir. [baculum agitat.] Tandem vulpes eris! Hoc impero ego cui nomen est Circe. COMPARISON OF ADVERBS 437. The comparative of an adverb is the same as the neuter comparative of the corresponding adjective. The superlative of an adverb is f ormed by changing the ending -us of the superlative of the corresponding adjective to -e. POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE late (from latus) latius latissime acriter (from acer) acrius acerrime facile (from facilis) facilius facillime FIRST LATIN LESSONS 197 Uli. [magno rlsu.] Te agnosco, femina dls hominibusque Infesta, improba maga. Nihil efficere potes. [Gla- dium stringit.] Te et tuas ancillas occidam, quia tot homines jam perdidistis. Cir. Ignosce mihi, O optime rex! Non iterum homines 190 laedam, si mihi ignosces. Uli. Sl te occidam, hoc pro certo habebo. Eur. Ubi sunt nostri comites? Jube eam, O Ullxes, hoc dlcere. Cir. Sl tibi hoc dlcam, nonne ignoscere vls? Uli. Sl hoc facies, vlves. Cir. [baculum agitat.] O sues, qul comites Ullxis fuistis, este iterum homines ! [Intrant ceterl nautae, qul comites salutant.] Uli. Noll iterum hominem in bestiae formam mutare! Hoc jtira! 200 Cir. Hoc juro. Ancillae [lacrimant.] Hoc jtiramus, quod domina juravit. Uli. Ablte, miserae. [Feminae discedunt; nautae gaudent.] finis fabulae. irregular adverbs 438. The following adverbs are compared irregularly or are from adjectives of irregular comparison.: POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE bene, well melius optime male, badly pejus pessime magnopere, greatly magis maxime multum, much pliis plurimum parum, little minus minime The comparison of adverbs is still further explained in ,he Appendix, Sections 17 and 18. POLYPHEMUS Personae Ulixes. Nautae XII. Polyphemus. Alii Cyclopes. Aries et oves. SCAENA PRIMA. IN ANTRO POLYPHEMI. A dextrd ovilia; d sinistrd calathi cdseo pleni et crdterae lacte plenae; d tergo saxum post quool nautae se celant. Ulixes et nautae antrum Polyphemi intrant. Uli. Ecce! in caverna ingentl sumus. Sine dubio Cyclopis domus est quem ntiper vldimus. Nauta I. Sine dubio ejus caverna est. Tantum monstrum ego numquam vidl. N. II. Homini dissimilis videtur. N. III. Unum modo oculum in media fronte habet. N. IV. Oves et capros in agris pascebat. Omnes. Sine dubio in hoc antro habitat. Uli. Ita: nam hiic spectate, viri; nonne videtis illos calathos caseo plenos? et ovllia in quibus agnl 10 sunt et haedl? et haud procul crateras conspicio lacte plenas. N. V. Certe, avidus est, sl haec omnia edere potest! N. VI. Fortasse nos quoque comedere cupiet, O domine. N. VII. Redlre ad lltus quam prlmum 1 optimum erit. N. VIII. Mihi quoque id optimum videtur. Sed caseum noblscum auferemus et agnos paucos haedosque. Nam cibum non habemus multum in navibus. Uli. Nolo jam redlre, viri. Melius erit hic manere et dona rogare cum Polyphemus redlbit. 20 1 As soon as possible. 198 FIRST LATIN LESSONS 199 N. IX. Temerarius est Ulixes. Nos omnes perlbimus. Uli. Cenam parate, nautae. Cum cenaverimus, forte ille domum redlbit. [Nautae cenam parare incipiunt.] N. X. Heimihi! Quid audio? Ipse appropinquat. N. XI. Fugite, amlci. Vae miserls nobls. Uli. Venlte mecum, virl. In intimam cavernam nos recipiemus. [Virl se post saxum celant, unde Polyphemum spectant.] Adestne ille? Jam jam gregem in cavernam agit. Quid nunc facit? 30 Agnos et haedos extra januam reliquit: sed oves intra cavernam ducit. Ciir tam obsctira caverna fit? Janua jam clausa est, nam saxum magnum ante januam posuit. CONJUGATION OF FIO 439. The verb fio, become, be made, is used as the passive of facio, which has no passive forms of its own in the present, imperfect, and future. It is conjugated as follows in the present, imperfect, and future indicative. N. I. N. II. N. III. N. IV. N. V. N. VI. PRESENT IMPERFECT FUTURE Singidar Plural Singular Plural Singular Plural flo flebam fiebamus flam fiemus f Is flebas flebatis fles fietis fit flunt flebat flebant flet flent a. The principal parts are fio, fieri, factus sum. b. The perfect, past perfect, and future perfect are formed regularly with the past participle factus and the forms of sum. Factus sum, factus eram, factus ero, etc. 200 FIRST LATIN LESSONS N. VII. Quid Cyclops nunc agit? N. VIII. Oves et capras mulget. N. IX. Nonne ignem nunc accendit? Flammae hlcem dant. N. X. Tacete amlci. Nos audiet. 40 Pol. Hem! Quid audio? Quis adest? [viros videt] Ohe! Qul estis, advenae? Unde venistis? N. XI et XII. Hei mihi! Quid nos agere poterimus? Uli. Nollte timere, amici. Ego pro omnibus respon- debo, et fortasse benigne nos tractabit. Graecl sumus, qui Troja venlmus et domum mare transimus. Sed Juppiter, qul nobls Iratus est, ventos et undas nos a via prohibere sinit. Itaque ad tuam Insulam invlti venimus. Sed benignus es, 1 O hospes, nam supplices tui sumus. 50 Sl tu auxilium nobls dederis, dl te remiinera- buntur. Pol. Stultus es, aut procul ab hac terra habitas, sl me talem esse putas. Deos enim nos Cyclopes neque veneramur neque timemus. Gratissima DEPONENT VERBS 440. A deponent verb is one which is passive in form but active in meaning. Its principal parts are passive forms. The endings of the present infinitives of deponent verbs of the four conjugations are as follows: I II III IV -ari -eri -1 -Iri a. Examples of the conjugation of deponent verbs are given in Section 33 of the Appendix. Their forms are exactly the same as those of the passive voice of the model verbs before given, except that deponents have the active form for the future infinitive. Remuneror in line 51 is conjugated like the passive of porto, except that its future infinitive is remuneraturus esse. See Section 340. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 201 autem cena mihi eritis, tu et nautae tui. Duos enim mane et duos vesperl edam donec omnes mortui eritis. [Diws captos occldit et comedit.] SCAENA SECUNDA. IN EODEM LOCO. Ulixes cbnsilium init. Postridie mdne Ulixes et octb nautae in antrb sedent et inter se loquuntur. Polyphemus, qui dubs nautas hodie comedit, exiit. Nautae Omnes. Vae nobis miserls! ad patriam nostram numquam redlbimus. N. V. Crudelior Cyclops est quam fera; duos nostrum herl, duos hodie comedit, et mox omnes ad tinum devorabit. Uli. Nollte desperare, virl; dl nos etiam nunc juvare possunt, et ego ipse consilium inlre incipio. N. VI. Tua consilia nobls non placent; nam propter te amlci nostrl quattuor miserrime perierunt. Omnes. Vlsne Cyclopem, dum noctti dormit, occldere, O domine? Uli. Id facere volo: sed etiam sl eum internciam, nos ex antro per clausam januam effugere non poterimus. Omnes. Quam priidens dominus noster est! Sed quid nos facere jam possumus? Uli. Audlte me. Baculum longum quod Cyclops huml rellquit conspicio. Id acuemus, et in igne adure- mus. Vesperl, cum Polyphemus redierit, vlnum el dabo; nam — ut meministis — optimum vlnum mecum hiic attull. Cum ille somno vlnoque sepultus erit, oculum ejus baculo ardentl extin- guemus. Tum impotens ille et imbecillus flet. Omnes. Sapientissimum consilium est. Omnes te adjuva- bimus. 70 80 202 FIRST LATIN LESSONS Uli. Cras, ubi janua aperta erit, cum ovibus nos quoque exibimus. Slc ad litus et naves tandem effugere poterimus. Omnes. Omnium pnldentissimus dominus noster est. SCAENA TERTIA. IN EODEM LOCO. Polyphemi oculum Graecl extinguunt. Vcsperi: Ulixes et octb nautae Polyphemum expectant. Uli. Paratlne estis, virl? Mox enim redlbit Poly- phemus. Nautae. Ita, paratl sumus. Baculum acutum ardensque habemus. 90 Uli. QuI in oculo Cyclopis baculum mecum contorquere audebunt? Quattuor ad hunc laborem sorte eligere optimum erit. Nautae. Ita vero : id f aciemus. N. VII. Hlc est galea, in quam sortes conjicere possumus. N. VIII. Hlc lapides nonnulll sunt, quos in galeam conjicere possumus. N. IX. Ego galeam tenebo et quatiam. [IV Nautae sortes accipiunt.] Uli. Et ego qulntus ero. Dl sortes optime rexerunt; vos enim quattuor ipse deligere cupiebam. 100 N. X. Aliquem audio qui appropinquat ! Omnes. Sine dubio Cyclops ipse adest. N. XI. Ita, ovium enim balattis audio. Omnes. Post saxum recipiemus nos, donec ille dormiet. THE ACCUSATIVE OF EXTENT 441. The accusative without a preposition is used to express extent in space. Puer quinque milia passuum ambulavit, the boy walked five miles. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 203 [Polyphemus cavernam intrat, oves mulget, duos nauids captos devorat. Ulixes crdteram vino plenam ei offert.] Uli. Ecce, Cyclops, vlnum tibi offero. Carnem homi- num edistl; vlnum nunc bibe : gratissimum est. [Cyclops bibit.] Pol. Da mihi iterum bibere. Vinum tuum jucundum est. Et dic mihi nomen tuum. [Iterum bibit.] Uli. [Secum] Eum fallere optimum erit. Pol. Iterum, advena: vlnum tuum me multum 110 delectat. [Iterum bibit.] Uli. Nomen meum interrogavistl : id non celabo. "Nemo" nomen meum est: "Neminem" mater mea paterque et socil omnes me appellant. Pol. Nemo, pro beneficiis tuls te remunerari cupio. Postremum igitur te devorabo. Uli. [secum] Edepol ! Gratias tibi maximas ago. Post- rema tibi cena ero. [Polyphemus se huml jacit; mox somnus eum opprimit. IV Nautae ex intimd cavernd exeunt.] Nautae. Adestne tempus, domine? Dormitne Cyclops? Uli. Ita, graviter dormit. Nunc, dl patril, adjuvate nos. 120 [Baculum drdens afferunt, et in oculo Polyphemi vehementer contorquent. Ille cldmores horribiles tollit, et per antrum furibundus ruit.] Pol. Vae mihi! Quid factum est? Quis oculum meum extlnxit? Ubinam estis, virl? [Alil Cyclopes extrd cavernam stant.] Alii Cyc. Cur tantos clamores tollis, Polypheme? Nos dormlre prohibuistl ! Quis te laedit, aut quis te occldere temptat? Pol. Nemo me occldit, amlcl. 204 FIRST LATIN LESSONS Alii Cyc. At si nemo in caverna tecum est, Juppiter fortasse te laedit. Tu autem patrl tuo Neptuno supplica. Uli. Ohe virl! dolus meus et nomen simulatum eum fefellerunt! i3G N. VII. Quid f acit ille? Quid f acturus est? Potesne videre? N. VIII. Saxum summovit, et ipse humi ante januam sedet. N. IX. Nos, dum exlmus, rapere cupit. Omnes. Quando fugere temptabimus, O domine? Uli. Prlma hlce, cum oves ad agros exlbunt, nos quoque cum els exlbimus. SCAENA QUARTA. IN EODEM LOC6. In cavernd omnes sedent. Uli. Festlnate viri! Sol mox surget; deinde nos fugam capere poterimus. N. XI. Sed qu5 modo effugiemus, domine? Non intellego. N. XII. Cyclops enim nos, dum exlmus, capiet. 140 Uli. Singuli homines a ternls arietibus ferentur. Tres enim arietes colligabo, quorum medius hominem 442. The English verb has only present and past participles. The Latin verb has also future participles. The futiire active participle of laudo is laudaturus (-a, -um), translated going to praise or about to praise. The future active participle may usually be found by chang- ing the ending -us of the past passive participle to -urus. It is declined like the adjective bonus, and must agree in gender, number, and case with a noun or pronoun, expressed or under- StOOQ. p as t passive participle Future active participle (laudo) laudatus laudaturus (moneo monitus moniturus (duco) ductus ductiirus (capio) captus captiirus (audio) audltus audlturus a. The future participle of sum is futurus. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 205 unum portabit. Slc omnes ad lltus incolumes perveniemus. Agite arietes ad me. N. VII. En callidum consilium! [Ulixes arietes ternos colligat; singull homines sub ternls arietibus ligantur.] N. VIII. Quo modo te ipsum servaturus es? Uli. Videsne hunc ducem gregis? Multo grandior et robustior est quam ceteri. Ejus sub ventre vellus tenebo, et ipse postremus exlbo. N. IX. Ecce, sol surgit! et oves exlre incipiunt. 150 Omnes. Brevl tempore ad lltus perveniemus. [voce parvd.] Vale Polypheme! [Omnes e caverna efferuntur. Ulixes postremus sequitur. Polyphemus arietem detinet.] Pol. Quid, Crasse? Tti postremus hodie exls? Id mlror; nam antehac prlmus mane exlre, prlmus merldie ad rlvos descendere, prlmus vesperl domum redlre solebas. Bonus amlcus domini miseri tul semper fuistl, cujus oculum Nemo extmxit? En hominem improbum! Sed haud impune fllium Neptunl caecum effecit! [Aries tandem alios sequitur. Polyphemus nautas et Ulixem in cavernd frustrd quaerit.] FINIS FABULAE. 443. Frequently the f uture active participle is used with forms of sum. Thus, laudaturus sum, I am going to praise, moniturus est, he is going to warn. 444. Latin verbs have a future active infinitive formed by using the future jactive participle with esse. Thus, laudaturus esse, capturus esse, futurus esse. When a subject in the accusative is used with a future in- finitive (Section 409), the participle of the infinitive must agree with the subject in gender, number, and case. REDITUS ULIXIS Personae. Ulixes, qui Trojd captd domum redit. Telemachus: filius Ulixis. Eumaeus: pdstor. Minerva: dea. Scaena I. Argus: canis Ulixis. Scaena II. Penelope: uxor Ulixis. Antinous : procus. Amphinomus: procus. Alii procl. SCAENA PRIMA. IN LITORE ITHACAE. A sinistrd stat casa Eumael; prope casam jacet Argus, macer, Infirmus. A dextra Ulixes huml dormit. Uli. [se ex somno excitat.] Eheu! Miserrimus hominum sum. Tot pericula enim passus et tot per terras et maria vagatus, ignotam tandem in terram a Phaeacibus allatus sum et hic relictus. [Intrat Minerva speciem vestesque juvenis gerens.] Ecce autem! Juvenis adest; ille fortasse me adjuva- bit. Salve, O amice! Quae terra est haec, quo adveni? Alienus enim sum, neque litus cognosco. Min. Amoena est terra omnibusque arboribus et frtictibus praedita; Ithaca est. 10 Uli. Quid audio? Ithaca enim omnium terrarum mihi est carissima. Cujus etiam est ista casa? Nonne Eumael? Quam felix sum! Quam benignl mihi dl immortales sunt! Vlvitne Eumaeus? Et Laertes pater meus? Narra mihi de uxore. Re- sistitne adhuc Penelope procls meumque reditum expectat? [Minerva suam formam siimit propriam.] Min. Ecce, O patiens Ullxes! Dea sum, et te adjuvabo. Senem squalidum pannosumque te faciam. [In 206 FIRST LATIN LESSONS 207 Uli. senem squdlidum pannosumque Ulixem mutat.] Haec est casa Eumaei, qui semper fidelis te et 20 Penelopam et Telemachum amat. Ille te curabit, dum ego Spartam abeo, unde Telemachum re- diicam. Ille enim te petendl causa ante duos annos ab Ithaca discessit. Cum redierit, tti te revelabis; deinde, illo adjuvante, procos inter- ficies. Vale. O benigna Minerva! nam te agnosco, tibi gratias ago. [Exit Minerva. Eumaeus ex casa egrealitur.] Salve, O pastor! Auxilium tuum precor; longum enim iter perfecl, et multa et diira passus valde 30 esurio. THE GERUND 445. The Latin gerund is a neuter noun of the second de- clension. It has no nominative and is used only in the sin- gular. The gerunds of the four conjugations are as follows: I. II. III. IV. Gen. portandl monendl ducendl audiendi Dat. portando monendo ducendo audiendo Acc. portandum monendum diicendum audiendum Abl. portando monendo ducendo audiendo a. The genitive is translated of carrying, of warning, etc. The ablative without a preposition is translated by carrying or with carrying, etc. The ablative is also used with prepositions. The accusative is used only with prepositions. The dative is not often used. b. It must be remembered that the form in -ing used to translate the Latin gerund is not a present participle but an English gerund, or, as it is sometimes called, a verbal noun. In the sentence I am fond of walking the word walking is not a participle but a gerund (or verbal noun). 208 FIRST LATIN LESSONS Eum. Ego etiam senex et miser sum, sed te adjuvabo; parum tamen cibi habeo, parum opum ex eo die quo Ullxes Trojam discessit; sed id quod habeo tibi dabo. Veni mecum in casam. Uli. Di te servabunt; miser enim ipse miseros adjuvas. [Ad casam appropinquant; Ullxes canem conspicit.] Cujus est hic canis? Eum. Argus vocatur, fidelis UlTxis canis; pridem saga- cissimus in nostra Insula erat et omnium canum validissimus qui feras sequuntur. At absentem 40 dominum deslderat, neque longum vitae spatium, ut credo, ei manet. [Eumaeus casam intrat.] Uli. Arge, Arge, nonne tuum dominum agnoscis? [Canis caput erigit et dominum agnoscit.] Arg. O care domine, quot post annos rediistl! Eheu! Sero venls. Semper te amavi, semper expectavl. Nunc tandem te redeunte gaudeo felixque jam e vlta excedo. Vale! Uli. Vale, fidelis canis, vale! [Argus moritur. Eumaeus ex casa prodit.] Eum. Cur moraris? Uli. Canis mortuus est. 50 Eum. Non rursus ergo dominum suum videbit. Uli. Nonne tu servus Ullxis eras? Eum. Ita eram, sed numquam iterum eum hls oculls videbo. Laertes, pater ejus, aetate gravis mox de vlta discedet. Telemachus procul abest, neque umquam fortasse domum redlbit. Penelope in dies 1 miserior lacrimas semper fundit; non tamen virum desperat. Proci autem improbl illam precantur: "Memoriam Ullxis depone et alterum virum e nobls elige." Illa tamen recusat neque 60 1 Day by day. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 209 cuiquam ex els nubere vult, qul opes domini nostrl edendo bibendoque vastant, et qul dlcere audent — O audaciam [impudentem — "Sl Tele- machus redlbit, eum occldemus." Uli. Et mater Ullxis vlvitne adhuc? Eum. Eheu ! Noll de ea loqul : mortua enim est. Uli. [lacrimds dissimulat.] At quid tu putas? Redlbitne Ullxes annon? Eum. Numquam : certe mortuus est. Uli. Non vera dlcis; ipse enim eum vldl, dum in Insula 70 Creta erro. Vlvus mox domum redlbit. Quid audio? Aliquis appropinquat — amlcus, ut vide- tur, non enim ululant canes. [Intrat Telemachus.] Eum. Salve, O Telemache! quam fellx sum! Saepe enim mecum dlxl: "Telemachum reductum numquam videbo." Tel. Et tu, salve, O fidelis Eumaee! Quid novl de Ullxe mihi dlces? Equidem enim nihil de eo audlvl. Eum. Heu! Heu! Neque ego. Hic senex tamen, ut dlcit, eum in Insula Creta vldit; noll autem el credere; so non enim credibilem f abulam narrat. Ego autem magno cum gaudio ad atrium curram tuum redi- tum nuntiandl causa. Tu hlc mane et cum sene cibo vlnoque vlres renova! DECLENSION OF QUISQUAM 446. quisquam, anyone Masculine and Feminine Neuter Nom. quisquam quicquam (quidquam) Gen. cujusquam cujusquam Dat. cuiquam cuiquam Acc. quemquam quicquam (quidquam) Abl. quoquam quoquam {Plural lacking) 210 FIRST LATIN LESSONS [Eumaeus exit. Apparet Minerva, quam solus Ulixes videt et audit.] Tel. [mortuum Argum conspicit.] Mortuus jacet Argus, qui dominum suum iterum videndl causa tot annos vlxit. Frustra ad summam senectutem diiravistl. Min. Nunc, O Ullxes, tempus est! Te fllio revela. Con- silio capto, omnes procos interficies. Te igitur 90 ex sene rursus in juvenem mtitabo. Fortis es! Vale! [Minerva Ullxem in juvenem mutat et exit.] Tel. [se vertit.] Eia tu, quis es, qul modo senex, modo juvenis fls? Certe Proteus vel alius deorum im- mortalium. Uli. Non deus sum, ml flll! Nonne patrem agnovistl? Tel. Non credo; mortuus enim est pater meus neque iterum eum videbo. Uli. Nequaquam mortuus, sed vlvus domum redil. Minerva ipsa me mutavit. 100 Tel. O pater carissime ! [se amplectuntur.] Quam gratus mihi redls, quam procls odiosus ! At unde venls? quo modo hiic venistl? Ciir ita moratus es? Narra mihi, te precor. ORDINAL NUMERALS 447. Ordinal numerals are used to number objects in order, as in a row or series, as first, second, third, etc. The first twenty Latin ordinals are as follows: prlmus qulntus secundus sextus tertius septimus quartus octavus FIRST LATIN LESSONS 211 Uli. Mox tibi et omnibus perlcula mea narrabo. Nunc autem tempus est dellberare; ego et tu soll procos interficiemus. Tel. At enim multi sunt ; quid.nos tam paucl possumus? Uli. Veni mecum ad atrium. Crede dls; Minerva et Juppiter nobls auxilium dabunt. 110 [Ulixes iterum in senem mendicum mutdtur et cum Telemacho exit.] SCAENA SECUNDA. IN ATRIO ULIXIS A tergo sedet Penelope, quae telam lente texit. Ab utraque manu accumbunt proci; alii edunt, alii bibunt. Prope Penelopam in muro pendet arcus Ulixis. Intrat d sinistrd Eumaeus. Eum. Audlte, O reglna et prlncipes, Telemachus enim ad Ithacam rediit, et mox ad atrium adveniet. Pen. Quid novl de Ullxe refert? Eum. Eheu! Non illum vldit; nihil de illo audlvit. Sed noll tamen lacrimare, cara domina; gaudere enim nunc melius erit, quod fllius tuus salvus rediit. Pen. Haud tamen lacrimas retinere possum, quia nunc post reditum Telemachl necesse est mihi virum ex procls eligere. nonus quintus decimus decimus sextus decimus undecimus septimus decimus duodecimus duodevlcesimus tertius decimus undevlcesimus quartus decimus ' vlcesimus a. The ordinals are declined as adjectives of the first and second declensions. Thus, primus, prima, primum, etc. Compound ordinals, such as tertius decimus, have both parts deciined. 212 FIRST LATIN LESSONS Etjm. Crede autem dls, O reglna! Etiam nunc fortasse 120 Ullxes redlbit. [Exit Eumaeus a sinistra.] Ant. Quam molestus nobls est Telemachus! Pro. Sine dubio ex atrio nos fugabit. Ant. Quid censetis, amlcl mel? Nonne eum occldere debemus? Pro. Verum dlcis, O Antinoe; eum occldemus. Amph. Nollte, O amlcl, sanguinem effundere. Hoc enim facere semper nefas est, et nos poenas dabimus. Pen. Quam generosus es, O Amphinome! Tii enim solus me adjuvas. 13C Pro. Consilium capiemus; interficietur Telemachus. Pen. O crudeles, O ingratl vos quibus Ullxes bene f aciebat ! Nonne estis memores? Tuum enim patrem, O Antinoe, a populo e regno expulsum Ullxes non solum protexit sed etiam restituit. Nunc autem non satis est tibi illlus atrium spoliare et uxorem contumelia afficere, sed cupis etiam fllium ipsum occldere. [Intrat a sinistra Telemachus.] Tel. Salve, O mater mea! Pen. Salve, O care flll! [se amplectuntur.] Narra mihi hc de erroribus tuls. Quid novl audlvistl? Tel. Eheu! Quamquam multos homines de patre rogavl, nemo tamen eum aut vlvum aut mortuum vlderat. Menelaus autem semper iterabat : ^NolI metuere; Ulixes enim redlbit et procos occldet." Pen. Quam fellx ero, sl hoc flet. Nunc enim, ut promlsl, necesse est mihi odioso cuidam nubere. [Intrat Ulixes speciem senis mendld gerens, cum Eumaeo.] Tel. Veni, O senex, accipe panem ! Uli. Maximas tibi gratias ago, O benigne juvenis. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 213 Amph. Quis est ille? Semper mendlcis bene facere fas est. 150 Venl, O mendlce, panem accipe ! Uli. Dl te servabunt, O princeps, quisquis es. Ant. [Eumaeo.] Expelle hunc impudentem! [Ulixi.] Heus tii, quare alienum atrium invocatus intras? nisi exlbis te feriam. Uli. O optime, misericordiam precor. Ipse enim olim tam dlves eram quam tu, et miserls hominibus semper benignus. Ant. Vapulabis, impudentissime ! Apage! Uli. Superbus es. Cave autem; mors enim numquam 160 procul abest. Ant. Accipe plagas. [Ulixem ferit.] Amph. Noll ferlre senem, O Antinoe; fortasse enim deus est dissimulatus et nos piiniet. Pen. O crudelem hominem! Quando Ulixes redlbit! Tel. Cave, Antinoe; tii mox mortuus huml jacebis. Ant. Nunc tempus est edere et bibere; hac nocte enim, quia Telemachus jam rediit, Penelope virum e nobls eliget. Quis nostrum, O cara reglna, gra- tissimus tibi esse videtur? 170 Pen. Amatores dona offerre debent, non spoliare. Pro. Ecce! Dona tibi offerimus. Quis optimum dat? [Quisque dona ante Penelopam offert.] Pen. Omnia pariter splendida sunt; sed superest vobis DECLENSION OF QUISQUE Neuter quidque cujusque cuique quidque quoque 448. quisque, each Masculine Feminine Nom. quisque quaeque Gen. cujusque cujusque Dat. cuique cuique Acc. quemque quamque Abl. quoque quaque (Plural rare) 214 FIRST LATIN LESSONS nunc novissimum certamen. In atrio pendet arens Ullxis. Quis vestrum eum flectere, nervum aptare, sagittam per circulos duodecim mittere potest? Omnibus quidem temptare licet, neque recusabitis. Deinde ei tandem nubam qui id facere poterit quod vir meus haud difficulter faciebat. Incipite! Eumaee, deme arcum, ner- iso vum, sagittam! [Exit Penelope d tergo.] Pro. Heu! Heu! Haud facile erit nobls hoc facere, qul edendo, bibendo, dormiendo, tam debiles factl sumus. Ant. Fortes este! Necesse est temptare; nisi tempta- bimus, Achaei ita dlcent: "Ubi est virtus eorum qui Penelopam in matrimonium ducere volunt?" Nec frustra equidem, ut puto, temptabo. Heus, Eumaee, da mihi arcum. [Antinous condtur nervum arcul aptdre; ne flectere quidem arcum potest. Dum ceterl procl temptant, Ullxes Eumaeum retrahit.] Uli. Noli exclamare; sed audi quod dlcam. Ullxes in 190 hoc atrio adest; ego enim sum Ullxes. Nonne credis? Specta igitur signum quod in crtire semper habeo. Eum. O care domine ! signum enim haud dubium agnosco. Fugam pete, precor; nisi fugies, proci mox te occldent. Uli. Noli timere, sed auxilium mihi da. Refer mihi arcum meum; ego enim solus eum flectere possum et sagittas per circulos mittere. Si modo arcum manibus mels tenebo, leto merito procos mox 200 piiniam. Eum. [proco qul arcum jam tenet.] Redde mihi arcum; mendlcus enim temptare vult. Pro. Quam rldiculus est ille mendlcus! Nugas aufer' FIRST LATIN LESSONS 215 Ant. Si mendlcus poterit, Achael ita dlcent: "Senex validior est quam Penelopae amatores." Tel. Meus est arcus; redde mihi; etiam mendlco licet vlres ostendere. [Ulixes arcum accipit et flectere incipit.] Pro. Quam apte arcum tractat ! Quam validos monstrat lacertos! Solus arcum flectere potest. Ecce! 2ic nunc nervo sagittam aptat. Quam perlte arcum intendit! Nunc mittitur sagitta. Edepol, omnes per circulos volavit. Uli. Jam alio cursu sagittas mittam. Ego sum Ullxes. Mors tibi adest, Antinoe odiose! [Antinoum sagittd transfigit.] Slc morieminl omnes procl, qul tam diti meum atrium foedavistis. Pro. Eheu! Mortuus est Antinous. Quo modo effugere poterimus? [Procz fugere conantur.] Uli. Eumaee, claude januam! [Eumaeus januam claudit.] 220 Amph. [ante pedes Ulixis se jacit.] Mihi quidem ignosce, O Ullxes! ego enim semper te amo et odl procos. Uli. Ciir meo in atrio mansistl? Morieris, stulte! [Am- phinomum transfigit.] Telemache, ml flll, et Eu» maee, state prope me et auxilium date! Nos tres illos sceleratos interficiemus. [Telemachus Eumaeusque arma rapiunt et se Ulixi socios jungunt.] O dl benignl, renovate mihi vlres, membra mea robusta reddite! [Intrat Minerva militi similis } arma et tela gerens. Prope Ulixem adstat.] Min. Fortis es, O Ullxes! Fortiina fortibus favet. Ego pro te pugnabo. 230 [Procos singulos occidunt; omnes mortui humi jacent; intrat Penelope et Ulixem agnoscit.] FINIS FABULAE EXERCISES FOR WRITING PAGES 163-164 1. The sentinels stand in front of the tents of the Etruscans. 2. Ro- mans, fight for your country and for your friends. 3. Senator, remain in the city and warn the citizens. 4. Soldiers, obey, and resist the Etruscans. 5. Attack the enemy suddenly from the rear. 6. Fifty men escaped, and the others were killed. PAGES 165-166 1. All our weapons are now prepared. 2. We love brave friends, and we fear brave enemies. 3. The sentinels roused all the Etruscans. 4. The king himself speaks; hear and obey. 5. The city is no longer in sight, but we can see the bridge. 6. On the right stands an Etruscan, on the left a Roman. PAGES 167-168] 1. At daybreak we shall approach in silence. 2. We wish to break down the bridge, but time is not given. 3. Three brave Romans appear on the bridge. 4. The city will be defended by Horatius and his brave companions. 5. The citizens will take axes and break down the bridge. 6. A soldier gives an ax to the consul, Valerius. PAGES 169-170 1. The enemy are led by Sextus, the son of the king. 2. The voice of Sextus is heard, and the Etruscans appear on the bank of the river. 3. We ourselves shall attack the faithless Sextus. 4. The archers will kill many Etruscans. 5. Horatius has a good plan, and the enemy will not kill him. 6. Throw your shields to the citizens. 7. I shall jump into the river and swim to the gate of the city. PAGES 187-188 1. The gods, by whom our leader is not loved, have brought us into these dangers. 2. The sailors who stand about Eurylochus murmur. 3. The leader will give food to the sailors, who are hungry. 4. I shall kill animals with the bow which I carry. 5. Your leader, who is faith- ful, will not desert you. 6. The men whom you see are sailors. 7. The deer was killed by an arrow of Ulysses. 216 FIRST LATIN LESSONS 217 PAGES 189-191 1. Lay down these branches on the ground. 2. Ulysses, who was wandering through the forest, saw a deer. 3. The forehead of the deer was pierced by an arrow. 4. The deer had large and beautiful horns. 5. The woman whom you see is Circe. 6. The sailors are seen through the door which is at the left. 7. Perhaps our companions will be found in the halls. PAGES 192-193 1. The voices of women are heard through the door. 2. The woman who was singing was an enchantress. 3. The flower which was given by Mercury will defend me. 4. Open the door which is at the lef t. 5. Men, do not drink the wine which Circe has given you. 6. The jar which the servant brings (ferre) is full. 7. The golden cups were received by the companions of Ulysses. PAGES 194-197 1. Rhodius, who had concealed himself behind a column, drank the wine. 2. All the maids were watching Ulysses and his friends. 3. The wine is delicious (sweet), and it will please you. 4. You see no guests here, but you see beasts. 5. We did not throw away the cups which you gave us. 6. We do not see Rhodius, who drank the wine. 7. You have changed Rhodius into the form of a beast — I am certain of this. PAGES 198-199 1. The sailors see a large cavern, which is the home of Polyphemus. 2. The sheep and goats sleep in the cave at night. 3. Without doubt Ulysses is smaller than this monster. 4. It is best to return to the sea at once. 5. The sailors, who were preparing dinner, saw the monster. 6. These Greeks flee because I am approaching. 7. I shall drive the sheep into the cave, but I shall leave the lambs outside the door. PAGES 200-201 1. The Cyclops, who is a cruel monster, will eat us all. 2. Ulysses was sitting in the middle of the cave and talking with the sailors. 3. The plan which I have formed is a good one (is good). 4. In the morning the Cyclops will go out from the cave with his flock. 5. My plan does not please the sailors, because they fear Polyphemus. 6. Four sailors have perished, and their friends wish to flee. 7. The wine which I have brought is very good. 218 FIRST LATIN LESSONS PAGES 202-204 1. Polyphemus's eye will be put out by the Greeks with a sharp staff. 2. I cannot twist this staff without help. 3. The gods themselves have chosen the best men. 4. I have asked your name; do not conceal it. 5. The Cyclops will eat nobody tomorrow. 6. Friends, why do you stand outside the door of the cavern? 7. Neptune, who is my father, does not help me. PAGE 205 1. At daybreak we shall all take flight. 2. We shall drive the sheep to our leader, who will tie them together. 3. This ram, which has a large fleece, will carry our leader. 4. Farewell, friends, whom we shall not see again. 5. You seek us in vain, because you are blind. PAGES 206-207 1. Troy has been captured, and we are returning home. 2. Eumaeus, who was in the cottage, did not see Minerva. 3. We are the most un- fortunate of all the Greeks. 4. The suitors are now happy, and they do not expect your return. 5. The immortal gods will help you, because you have been faithful. 6. Minerva will go away to Sparta, where Menelaus lives. PAGES 208-210 1. Eumaeus was an old man who had always been faithful to his master. 2. Ulysses had loved this dog, and he recognized him at once. 3. My husband is far away, but I do not despair of him. 4. The servant eats and drinks in the cottage with his sons. 5. My friends will soon return home alive. 6. I have seen an old man who was in this island. 7. The story which you tell is not credible. PAGES 211-212 1. I have been changed from a young man into an old man by Minerva. 2. Where is my father, and why has he delayed thus? 3. The suitors saw a beggar, who entered with Telemachus. 4. Hear, O queen, I have seen your son, Telemachus. 5. The people drove your father from his kingdom, but I restored him. 6. What news has Telemachus heard about his father? 7. Your son will not be killed by the cruel suitors. 8. My father is alive, but he has not been seen by Menelaus. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 219 PAGES 213-215 1. I have received bread from you, and I will help you. 2. We will drive this impudent man out of (from) the hall. 3. The gods will punish you (singular) because you have been cruel. 4. I offer you a splendid gift, which you do not accept. 5. Dear friend, you see your master here in the hall. 6. The suitor who was holding the bow was not able to bend it. 7. The old man to whom I have given the bow will now show his strength. PAGE 215 1. The door had been closed, and the suitors could not flee. 2. Ulysses will pierce Amphinomus also with an arrow. 3. Telemachus stood near his father and helped him. 4. The gods are kind; for they have restored my strength. 5. The suitors are being killed one by one, and soon they will all lie dead on the ground. MEDICUS Personae. Titus: puer Romdnus, duodecim Lticius \ Titi frdtres, geminl, annos ndtus. Publius / septem annos ndti. Octavia: Titimdter. Medicus. SCAENA. IN CUBICULO PUERORUM. A sinistrd stat latus lectulus; ibi dormiunt tres pueri, Titus et Lucius et Publius. A dextrd est fenestra, d tergo jdnua. Gallus extrd cantat et pueros e somno excitat. Tit. Quota hora est? Luc. [ad fenestram currit.] Prima fere hora est. Sol mox surget. Tit. O me miserum! Pensum meum non fecl. Quid Orbilius dioet? Pub. Immo vero, quid faciet Orbilius? Tit. Jam ferulam sentio. Ad ludum Ire non audeo. Luc. Gaudeo quia nondum ad ludum Imus, ego et Publius. Tit. Quales fratres estis! Quia vapulabo, gaudetis. Luc. et Pub. [saltant et cantant.] Titus vapulabit; Titus 10 vapulabit. Tit. [Irdtus.] Vos etiam vapulabitis. [Frdtres loculis ferit.] Luc. et Pub. [lacrimant.] Lacrimamus, quia Titus vapu- labit. Lacrimamus, quia Titus vapulabit. Tit. Quia vos vapulavistis, lacrimatis. Iterum autem lacrimabitis, nisi bonum consilium mihi invenietis; nam ego vapulare hodie nolo. Pub. Consilium habeo. 220 FIRST LATIN LESSONS 221 Tit. et Luc. Dlc nobls. Pub. Manete; cogito. 20 Tit. Festlna, Publl; O me miserum, vapulabo. Luc. Fortasse malum Piiblius habet consilium; tum vapu- labis, Tite. Tit. Nisi statim consilium narrabis, iterum idem accipies. [Loculos silmit.] Pub. Cogitavl. Audite consilium. Vesperl apud Quln- tum cenabas. Tit. Illud jam sclmus. Pub. Bene, ibi nimis edistl. Tit. Quid dlcere vls? Semper nimis edo; tu quoque et Liicius. 30 Pub. Sane, at tu hodie aegrotas, quia nimis vesperl edistl. Tit. At non aegroto, ml frater! Luc. O stulte, nonne intellegis? Hodie aegrum simulabis. Tit. Intellego. Euge, Publi! bonum consilium invenisti! Tti, Lucl, 1 ad matrem; illl de morbo meo aliquid narra! [Exit Lucius.] Publl, in aquam hunc pannum merge! Festlna! nam matrem audio; panno meos oculos preme! Heu! heu! quantum doleo ! [Octdvia intrat cum Lucio.] Oct. Hercle ! Quam aeger es ! Quid habes, ml f 111? 40 Tit. Multum doleo. Nunc calidus sum, nunc frlgidus. Oct. O care flll, medicum arcessam. Quis medicum venlre jubebit? Luc. Ego medicum arcessam, mea mater. Pub. Et ego cum Lucio Ibo. Oct. Ite, parvull, et medicamentum ferre medicum jubete. Luc. Acerbum medicamentum secum feret medicus. Pub. Acerbum medicamentum. [Exeunt gemini.] Tit. Ut sitio, mater carissima! 222 FIRST LATIN LESSONS Oct. Miselle puer! Aquam frlgidam tibi dabo. Bibe! 50 [Titus bibit.] Tit. Mater, nunc frigidus sum. Ecce! membra mea tremunt. Oct. En, vestlmentls te tegam. Tit. Mater, nimis calidus sum. Oct. Eheu! Qui morbus te tenet? Quando medicus veniet? Tit. Aliquis januam pulsat. [Medicus cum pueris intrat.] Med. Salve, domina! Quis aeger est? Oct. Salve, medice! Fllius meus aegrotat. Med. Salve, puer! Aegerne es? [Titus annuit.] Luc. et Pub. Ita, medice, valde aeger est. 60 Med. Num edere potes? [Titus annuit.] Luc. et Pub. Minime; nihil edere potest. Med. Ostende mihi linguam tuam. Hem! Quid herl edistl? Tit. Nescio, medice. Luc. Scio equidem. Pub. Et ego. Luc. Apud Qulntum vesperl cenabat. Pub. Nimis edit — porcum. Luc. Et poma. Pub. Et Hba. 7c Luc. Et alia multa. Oct. Minime mlrum, si hodie aegrotas. Med. Minime mlrum est. Medicamentum tibi parabo. [Medicus medicamentum parat.] Luc. Quale medicamentum paras? Pub. Acerbumne est annon? Med. Acerbum est. Luc. et Pub. Acerbum est medicamentum. Acerbum est medicamentum. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 223 Med. Da mihi poculum, domina! [Fundit.] Nunc bibe, puer! [Titus medicdmentum gustat.] 80 Tit. Nolo bibere. Tale poculum numquam bibam. Oct. Ohe, puer improbe! Quo modo aegrotare desines, nisi medicamentum bibes? Lic. et Pub. Titus bibere non vult. Titus bibere non vult. Med. Necesse est bibere. Luc. et Pub. Acerbum est. Gaudemus, quia acerbum est medicamentum. Tit. Aliquis mox vapulabit. [Geminl audiunt et silent.] Oct. Statim bibe; sln minus, patrem vocabo. 90 Tit. Nolo. [Exit Octavia.] Patris Vox. Tite, audisne me? Tit. Ita, mi pater. Patris Vox. Nonne medicamentum bibere vis? Tit. Sane, ml pater, bibere volo. [Dum bibit, Octavia intrat.] Oct. Medicamentum bibit Titus. Med. Bene ; deinde tranquille dormies. Mox validus iterum eris et robustus. Vale, domina; valete, puerl. Omnes. Vale, medice. [Exit Medicus.] Tit. Jam validior sum. Licetne mihi surgere, mater? 100 Oct. Non licet, O stulte. Totum diem in lectulo jacebis. Et ego prope te manebo. Tit. Non necesse est tibi, carissima mater, prope me manere. Oct. Meus es fllius. Prope te manebo, dum aegrotas. Luc. et Pub. Licetne nobls in horto ludere? Oct. Ablte, geminl, et in horto ludite. Luc. et Pub. Titus in lectulo manebit, totum diem in lectulo manebit. [Exeunt Lucius et Pilblius. Titus pugnum agitat.] FINIS FABULAE. 224 FIRST LATIN LESSONS America Samuel F. Smith Henry Carey tPt** — r j 1 — h — =t= =£=\ 1. Te 2. Tu -J— i ca - n - tor e m j o, s • 1. Pa - u - -t—i^ tri - a, ni - cus, -•- -•- —%— Can U - -•- — *— - di - nus JL — % da, a- /5»V 1 m € * • 1 (gfc-^ f p ._T^ L ■ U W *M= — 1 9 F-= !■ 1 V 1 i *=t n ^l i — * li - be - ra; Te re vum De - us! Lau - do fe - ret Por - tus et li - bens. Pa - tri - a $ n 1 y i ' i' 1 I 1 /h f J ! 1 J J J irh ^ • • ■ ■ s ■ 9 J . ■ \\) «■ » • .- 1 9 ex - lu - -•-• ul - ce - -•- um at, f Et Li - f tu ■ be -•- ■ mu - lus se - ■ ra ful - ge ■ •*- -•-• -•- num; at, '•v L • i- L L P e;., m L p ^b M i r j 1 i . § ■ i^ i i i J e £S 1 s BEBSE^ 13 :<2: l I I I Li - be - ra mon - ti - um Vox re - so - net. Vis tu - a mu - ni - at, Om - ni - po-tens! n.r- n i I r The Latin version is by Professor Georgre D. Kellogrg, and is printed by permission. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 225 Integer Vitae 1 Horatius, B.C. 65-8 m Fr. F. Flemming, c. 1811 ■I 1 1 m E£ 3EtES Sk- 1. In te - ger vi - tae sce - le ris - que M&> 2. Si - ve per Syr - tis i - ter aes - tu- 3. Nam - que me sil - va lu - pus in Sa- 4. Qua - le por - ten - tum ne - que mi - li- ^. .+ +. J2. -&. . ... ... M. 1 :p: --&■ £ fa^fc fe* te=t t=v- M -S: m -9 «- pu - rus Non e - get Mau - ris ja - cu - lis ne- o - sas, Si - ve f ac - tu - rus per in - hos - pi- bi - na, Dum me - am can - to La - la - gen et ta - ris Dau - ni - as la - tis a - lit aes - cu- i &c=t tefc s^ *=3 33 que ar-cu ta - lem ul - tra le - tis, &- w^ m I Nec ve - ne - na Cau - ca - sum vel Ter - mi - num cu Nec Ju - bae tel *—t- £ * tis quae ris lus -&. gra - vi - da sa- lo - ca f a - bu- va - gor ex - pe- ge - ne-rat, le- ! (1) For English translation see page 229. 226 FIRST LATIN LESSONS 3= ti^ 3 I i^J 122 ^ iS^- git lo di o I tis, sus tis, num J^j S£ Fus - ce, Lam - bit Fu - git A - - ri — s» •— pha Hy in da re das er nu - tra, pes. mem. trix. ii -j2- rsz: :^: Jz 5 Pone me pigris ubi nulla campis Arbor aestiva recreatur aura, Quod latus mundi nebulae malusque Juppiter urget; 6 Pone sub curru nimium propinqui Solis, in terra domibus negata; Dulce ridentem Lalagen amabo, Dulce loquentem. Gammer GURTON.English Henricus Drury, Latin Horner Jacculo 1 Old Nursery Tune t>=±: tfft ■rt—rr—fr %=& m EffiE , f Hor - ner Jac - cu ' \ Vo - rans, ceu se - ri lo se - dit in an - g as a - ge - ret fe - ri u - lo, \ i - as, / ^S Crus tum dul ce et a - ma bi le: ffi3

■ / j' j> }\\ In - quit et u num ex - tra - hens pru - "Hor-ner, quam f u - e - ris no - bi - le pu - e Se£ num - ris i i Ex - em - plar i (1) For English words see pagre 229. mi ta bi le. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 227 Author unknown 17th or 18th cent. ** Adeste Fideles 1 (PORTUGUESE HYMN) John Reading, d. 1692 J=v i£* 2± ^ 1. Ad - es - te, fi - de 2. X Can - tet nunc I 3. £ Er - go qui na I I - les, Lae-ti tri - um- - O! - tus Cho - rus an- Di ^=J ho- £.- _£2. ± 1 y- m $=* § -f»— t *■ phan - tes, Ve - ni - te, ve - ni - te in ge - lo - rum, Can - tet nunc au - la cae- di - er - na, Je - - - su, ti - - bi sit ■f«- T 1 ^ 1 =P=* pftj* ■ ""^ —i 4- _i —4 , fe T i^-J. -fr- *- A \ - •' -* » -8 — - — *^-15 i \--& P 4-r- Beth - le - hem; Na - tum vi - de - te les - - ti - um, Glo - ri - a, glo - ri-a glo - - ri - a: Pa - tris ae - ter - ni m$-£— ' -T" -£*- V 1 ■s- t — r — t — -1 =fh ^T f, , P=t2 — =t= ^ • i 1 (1) For Eng-lish words see page 229. 228 FIRST LATIN LESSONS m^mm t= \-\ 1 I : M -I J- Re - gem an - ge - lo - rum: Ve - ni - te a - do- In ex - cel - sis De - o! Ve - ni - te a - do- Ver - bum ca - ro fac - tum! Ve - ni - te a - do- * - *■ _ -J- - J- J -J- *■ #=* £=£ _ 1 U^m l=± S _i re - mus, ve - ni - te a - do J- J- i i i j J re - mus, ve- J _ |_ _H ni - te ad - o ir re mus Do mi - num. i J- i f .=• — 9 — 0- . r Domina Maria 1 Gammer Gurton, English Henricus Drury, Latin I Old Nursery Melody # # •— £=£ 4 1 i> — y> : s=fc O me - a Ma - ri To - ta con-tra - ri - a, £==_ $=t3=t 3 _=£ £=. Quid ti - bi cres - cit in hor - to? Tes - tae et cro - ta - li i I _* «3: _! -ft— fi-j : :__: j__ «* Sunt mi - hi flos - cu - li, Cum hy - a - cin - thi - no ser - to. (1) For English words see page 2X0. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 229 ENGLISH WORDS OF THE LATIN SONGS INTEGER VITAE The man upright in life and free from guilt, needs not, O Fuscus, Moorish darts nor bow nor quiver loaded with envenomed arrows, whether his journey is to be over the boiling Syrtis or through the inhospitable Caucasus or in the places washed by the Hydaspes, famed in story. For while in the Sabine woods I was singing of my Lalage, and carefree was wandering beyond bounds, a wolf fled from me though I was unarmed. No such monster does the warlike Daunia nourish in its oak forest, nor does the land of Juba, that desert nurse of lions, produce the like. Place me where on the lifeless plains no tree is warmed to new life by the sum- mer breeze, a region over which hang clouds and a gloomy sky; place me beneath the course of the sun as it draws too near the earth, in a land devoid of human dwellings; still will I love Lalage with her sweet smile and her sweet words. LITTLE JACK HORNER Little Jack Horner Sat in a corner, Eating a Christmas pie. He put in his thumb And pulled out a plum, And cried, "What a good boy am I!" O COME, ALL YE FAITHFUL 1 O come, all ye faithful, joyfully triumphant; To Bethlehem hasten now with glad accord. Lo! in a manger lies the King of angels, O come, let us adore Him, Christ the Lord. Raise, raise, choirs of angels, songs of loudest triumph; Through heaven's high arches be your praises poured. Now to our God be glory in the highest; O come, let us adore Him, Christ the Lord. 1 The words of this hymn are based upon the Latin hymn Adeste Fideles, but they are not an exact translation. 230 FIRST LATIN LESSONS Amen, Lord, we bless Thee, born for our salvation; O Jesus, forever be Thy name adored; Word of the Father, late in flesh appearing, O come, let us adore Him, Christ the Lord. MISTRESS MARY Mistress Mary, Quite contrary, How does your garden grow? With silver bells And cockle-shells And hyacinths all of a row. APPENDIX THE DERIVATION OF LATIN WORDS 1. Many Latin words are derived from other Latin words by the use of syllables or letters placed at the beginning or at the end of these words. A syllable placed at the beginning of a word is called a Prefix; a syllable placed at the end is called a Suffix. Words formed with a particular prefix or suffix regularly have special meanings given them by the prefix or suffix with which they are formed. But occasion- ally changes of meaning take place, so that it is not always easy to see the relation between the meaning of a word and that of the word from which it is derived. The use of some of the most important prefixes and suffixes is as follows: (1) Nouns ending in -tor (occasionally -sor) indicate the person who does the act expressed by the verb from which they are derived: victor, a conqueror, from vinco. a. Such nouns may be formed from moneo, capio, duco, audio, and many other verbs. b. These nouns in -tor and -sor are masculine. There is a corresponding feminine form, ending in -trix: victrix, adiutrix, administratrix. (2) Names of qualities are formed from adjective stems, with the endings -tas and -tudo, and from adjective or noun stems with the ending -tus. These nouns are all feminine: Hbertas, freedom, from liber. magnitudo, greatness, from magnus. virtus, manliness, courage, from vir. 231 232 FIRST LATIN LESSONS a. Nouns with the ending -tas may be formed from gravis, heavy, levis, light, nobilis, well-known, noble. Some of these words came to be used as collective nouns, indicating a group of persons possessing the quality named: nobilitas, originally celebrity, came to mean the prominent persons of a state. b. Nouns with the ending -tudo may be formed from latus, broad, altus, high, fortis, brave. c. Other nouns formed like virtus are servitus, slavery, from servus; senectus, old age, from senex (old). (3) Nouns formed with the ending -lus (-ulus, -ellus, -illus) are diminutives; that is, they indicate a small object. The ending is really an adjective ending, but most of the words thus derived have come to be used as nouns: fHiolus, a little son, from filius. regulus, a petty king, chieftain from rex (stem reg-). a. Nouns ending in -r change the final r to 1 when -lus is added: libellus, a little book, from liber; agellus, a little field, from ager. (4) Adjectives ending in -osus are formed from nouns, and mean full of or abounding in that which is named by the nouns from which they are derived: periculosus, full of danger, dangerous, from periculum. annosus, full of years, *aged, from annus. a. An adjective meaning abounding in space may be derived from spatium. (5) Adjectives ending in -ilis, -alis, -arius, are formed from nouns and mean, originally, belonging to, connected with, etc, that which is denoted by the noun from which they are derived. hostilis, hostile, from hostis. mortalis, mortal, from mors. legionarius, legionary, from legio. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 233 (6) There are also certain syllables used as prefixes with special meanings. a. The syllable re- or red- means back or again: redire, to come back. rescribere, to write in reply. b. Sometimes the prefix seems to have lost its force, leaving no appreciable difference between the simple verb and the derivative: manere, remanere. (7) The syllable in- prefixed to adjectives means not: injustus, not just. indignus, not worthy. a. In English derivatives from these words the prefix usually becomes un-: unjust, uncommon. But sometimes it keeps its original form: incapable, incorrect. b. The Latin preposition in, meaning in, on, or against, used to form compound verbs, is a different word. (8) The syllable per- used with adjectives and adverbs means very: perfacilis, very easy. permulti, very many. a. per when used with verbs means through or else serves to emphasize the meaning of the verb: perrumpere, to break through. perfrui, to enjoy thoroughly. (9) The syllable dis- or di- used with verbs means apart: discedere, to go apart. dimittere, to send apart or away. (10) Most prepositions are used as prefixes to form com- pound verbs, usually with their original meaning. Sometimes, however, they serve merely to emphasize. educere, to lead out. transeo, to go across. 234 FIRST LATIN LESSONS THE FORMATION OF ENGLISH WORDS FROM LATIN TERMINATIONS DERIVED FROM LATIN 2. As has already been stated (Lesson I), certain changes in spelling have occurred in many of the Latin words which have been taken into English. These changes in many instances have affected the endings and have given us English terminations which appear in a large number of words of difTerent groups. These English terminations are not derived from the nominative ending of the Latin word, but for convenience the Latin nominative is given in the lists of words which follow, to indicate the general classes to which the nouns belong. Some of the most important of these terminations are as follows: NOUN ENDINGS (1) -ty from -tas (gen. -tatis) liberty from libertas; dignity from dignitas; humanity from humanitas. (2) -y, -ce, -cy from -ia or -tia. victory from victoria; infamy from infamia; temperance from temperantia; eloquence from eloquentia; constancy from con- stantia; frequency from frequentia. a. Some words ending in -y or -e are derived from words in -ium: subsidy from subsidium; study from studium; vestige from vestigium; edifice from aedificium. (3) -tude from -tudo (gen. -tudinis). multitude from multitudo, altitude from altitudo. (4) -tor from -tor (gen. -toris). The words orator, victor, dictator, etc, have the same form in Latin as in English. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 235 (5) -ion from -io (gen. -ionis). nation from natio; occasion from occasio; station from statio. (6) -ure from -ura. nature from natura; stature from statura; culture from cultura. (7) -ment from -mentum. ornament from ornamentum; document from documentum; monument from monumentum. ADJECTIVE ENDINGS (8) -il, -ile from -ilis. civil from civilis; hostile from hosrHis; servile from servilis. (9) -aZ from -alis. immortal from immortalis; mural from muralis; triumphal from triumphalis. (10) -ar from -aris. consular from consularis; familiar from familiaris; singular from singularis. (11) -ari/ from -arius. legionary from legionarius; mercenary from mercenarius; necessary from necessarius. (12) -os6, -ows from -osus. bellicose from bellicosus; copious from copiosus; seditious from seditiosus. (13) -an (-anc) from -anus. Roman from Romanus; veteran from veteranus; human (also humane) from humanus. (14) -^a 7 from -idus. /iorna 7 from horridus; /ngfid from frigidus; paZZ^a 7 from pallidus. (15) -en^ from -ens (gen. -entis). frequent from frequens; patient from patiens; innocent from innocens; sz7en^ from silens. a. These Latin forms in -ens are mainly participles. 236 FIRST LATIN LESSONS (16) -ior (-or) from -ior. exterior, interior, junior, senior, superior, inferior, major, minor. These are comparative adjectives, and are taken from Latin without change of form. VERB ENDING (17) -ate from participial forms in -atum. create from creo (creatum); demonstrate from demonstro (demonstratum) ; migrate from migro (migratum); narrate from narro (narratum). Note. Some English words which are formed with the endings given above are not derived directly from the Latin forms which they most closely resemble. When these endings had come to be used extensively in English, they were some- times employed in the formation of new words from other English words. But the endings were originally derived from che Latin. PREFIXES 3. The use of Latin prepositions as prefixes in the forma- tion of other words is very important. Many words formed with these prefixes have been taken into English, and the prefixes are sometimes used with English words to form new words. The spelling of these prepositions was sometimes changed because of the first letter of the word with which they were used. Thus adficio, from ad and facio became afficio, hence we have affect from the past participle affectus. In like manner occur is derived from occurro, which is the compound of ob and curro. The most important prepositions used as prefixes in English derivatives are the following: (1) a, ab (abs), away from, from. avert, absent. (2) ad (sometimes becoming ac, af, ag, al, ap, ar), to. adhere, acquire, affable, aggression, allusion, approve. arrogant. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 237 (3) ante, before. antecedent. (4) circum, around. circumnavigate. (5) cum, as a prefix appearing as com (sometimes becom- ing con, col, cor, co), with. composition, contract, collect, correct, cooperate. (6) contra, against contradict. (7) de, from, down, about. depend, decline, describe. (8) ex, e, out, out of, from. expose, elect, evade. (9) extra, beyond. extraordinary, extradition. (10) in (sometimes becoming il, im, ir), in, into. invade, illusion, immigrant, irrigate. (11) inter, intro, between, among. intervene, intermission, introduction. (12) ob (sometimes becoming oc, of, op), against. observe, occur, offer, oppress. (13) per, through. pervade, perforate. (14) post, after. postpone, postscript. (15) prae (in English derivatives regularly pre), before. prefix, predict, precede. (16) pro, before, for, in favor of. proceed, profess. (17) sub (sometimes becoming suc, suf, sup); under. submit, succeed, suffer, support. (18) super, above. superintend, superfluous. (19) trans (sometimes becoming tra), beyond. transport, transition, traverse. 238 FIRST LATIN LESSONS a. In addition to the prepositions which have been given above, there are a few Latin prefixes which are never used as separate words. The most important of these are the following: (1) di-, dis-, apari, not. distract, dissimilar, discontent. (2) in- (a different word from the preposition), not. inevitable, incompetent. (3) re-, red, back, again. retract, redemption. (4) se-, apart. secede, seclude. FAMILIAR LATIN PHRASES The following list of phrases includes quotations from Latin which are frequently found in English literature, and also a number of mottoes and phrases which are in common use: Ad astra per aspera, To the stars through difficulties (motto of Kansas). Ad utrumque paratus, Prepared for either event. Alter ego est amlcus, A friend is one's second self. Aurl sacra fames, Accursed greed for gold. E pluribus unum, One (formed) from many (motto of the United States). Ex animo, Sincerely. Esse quam videri, To be rather than to seem. Fdta viam invenient, The fates will find a way. Fere libenter homines id quod volunt credunt, Men usually believe willingly that which they wish. Flat lux, Let there be light. Flat iustitia, Let justice be done. Fortes fortuna iuvat, Fortune favors the brave. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 239 Homo sum, humdni nihil d me alienum puto, I am a man, and I regard nothing as foreign to me which has to do with humanity. Horribile dictu, Horrible to relate. In hbc signb vinces, In this sign you shall conquer. Labbrdre est brare, To labor is to pray. Labor omnia vincit, Toil conquers all things. Mens sdna in corpore sanb, A sound mind in a sound body. Mens sibi cbnscia recti, A mind conscious in itself (to itself) of right. Mirdbile dictu, Wonderful to say. Montdnl semper liberi, Mountaineers are always freemen (motto of West Virginia). Ndn prbgredi est regredi Not to go forward is to go backward. Nbn sibi sed omnibus, Not for one's self but for all. Pdce tud, With your permission. Possunt quia posse videntur, They can because they think they can. Quod erat demonstrandum (abbr. Q. E. D.), Which was to be proved. Semper pardtus, Always ready. Sic itur ad astra, Thus one rises to fame (to the stars). Sic semper tyrannis, Ever thus to tyrants (motto of Virginia). Sic trdnsit glbria mundi, Thus passes away the glory of the world. Sine die, Without a day (said of an assembly which adjourns without a date fixed for meeting again). Tempora mutantur et nos mutamur in illis, The times change and we change with them (in them). Vincit qui patitur, He conquers who endures. Vincit qui se vincit, He conquers who conquers himself. 240 FIRST LATIN LESSONS VOCABULARY FOR ORAL EXERCISES 4. The following vocabulary of grammatical terms, together with a few additional words, is given for the con- venience of teachers who may wish to use Latin in giving directions for the work of the class room. future, futurum noun, nomen adjective, adjectivum pronoun, pronomen verb, verbum, adverb, adverbium preposition, praepositio conjunction, conjunctio interjection, interjectio case, cdsus nominative, nominativus genitive, genitlvus dative, dailvus accusative, accusdtivus ablative, abldtivus vocative, vocdtivus gender, genus masculine, masculinum feminine, femininum neuter, neutrum person, persona first, prima second, secunda third, tertia number, numerus singular, singuldris plural, plurdlis tense, tempus present, praesens imperfect, imperfectum perfect, perfectum past perfect, praeteritum perfectum future perfect, futurum perfectum voice, vox active, activa passive, passiva mood, modus indicative, indicdtivus imperative, imperdtivus infinitive, infinitivus subjunctive, subjunctivus deponent, devonens transitive, transitivum intransitive. intransitivum impersonal, impersonale conjugation, conjugdtio declension, declindtio blackboard, tabula, -ae paper, charta chalk, creta pencil, stilus question, interrogdtio answer, responsum decline, declino conjugate, conjugo FIRST LATIN LESSONS 241 SUMMARY OF DECLENSIONS AND CONJUGATIONS NOUNS FIRST DECLENSION, a-stems Singular Plural Nom. rosa Gen. rosae Dat. rosae Acc. rosam Abl. rosa rosae rosarum rosis rosas rosis SECOND DECLENSION, o-stems Singular N. amlcus puer ager vir templum G. amici puerl agrl virl templl D. amlco puero agro viro templo Ac. amlcum puerum agrum virum templum Ab. amlco puero agro viro templo Plural N. amici puerl agrl - viri templa G. amlcorum puerorum agrorum virorum templorum D. amlcls puerls agrls virls templls Ac. amlcos pueros agros viros templa Ab. amlcls puerls agrls virls templls Note. — The vocative singular of -us nouns ends in amice. -e: 242 FIRST LATIN LESSONS 7. THIRD DECLENSION (1) CONSONANT STEMS Singular N. lex mlles frater homo G. legis mllitis fratris hominis D. legl mllitl fratrl hominl Ac. legem mllitem fratrem hominem Ab. lege mllite Plural fratre homine N. leges mllites fratres homines G. legum mllitum fratrum hominum D. legibus mllitibus fratribus hominibus Ac. leges mllites fratres homines Ab. legibus mllitibus fratribus hominibus Note. — Some masculine and feminine nouns have a nomi- native ending -s. If the stem ends in -c or -g, the combi- nation of the final -c or -g of the stem with -s gives -x: dux, nominative from the stem duc- ; lex, nominative f rom the stem leg-. If the stem ends in -d or -t the final consonant is dropped before -s: laus, nominative from the stem laud-. If the vowel i stands before the final consonant of the stem it is frequently changed to e in the nominative: princeps, nomina- tive from the stem princip-; mfles, nominative from the stem milit-. Nouns with stems ending in -tr have the nominative ending in -ter: frater from the stem fratr-; mater from the stem matr. Nouns with stems ending in -din and -gin replace -in of the stem by -o in the nominative: virgo from the stem virgin- ; multitudo f rom the stem multitudin-. The nominative homo is formed by replacing -in of the stem in the same manner. FIRST LATIN LESSONS 243 Singular N. fiumen caput corpus iter G. fliiminis capitis corporis itineris D. flumini capiti corporl itinerl Ac. flumen caput corpus iter Ab. fiumine capite Plural corpore itinere N. flumina capita corpora itinera G. fluminum capitum corporum itinerum D. fliiminibus capitibus corporibus itineribus Ac. flumina capita corpora itinera Ab. fluminibus capitibus corporibus itineribus Note. — Nouns which have -in as the stem ending change i of the stem to e in the nominative: flumen from the stem flumin-. A few other nouns likewise change the vowel before the final consonant of the stem in forming the nominative: caput from the stem capit-. Neuter nouns with stems ending in -er or -or regularly have the nominative in -us: corpus from the stem corpor-. The nominative iter has the stem itiner-. (2) I-STEMS AND MIXED STEMS N. collis Singular caedes nox G. collis caedis noctis D. colll caedl noctl Ac. collem caedem noctem Ab. colle caede Plural nocte N. colles caedes noctes G. collium caedium noctium D. collibus caedibus noctibus Ac. collls (-es) caedls (-es) noctls (-es) Ab. collibus caedibus noctibus 244 FIRST LATIN LESSONS Singular N. Insigne exemplar animal G. Insignis exemplaris animalis D. Insignl exemplarl animall Ac. Insigne exemplar animal Ab. Insigni exemplarl Plural animall N. Insignia exemplaria animalia G. Insignium exemplarium animalium D. Insignibus exemplaribus animalibus Ac. Insignia exemplaria animalia Ab. Insignibus exempl-aribus animalibus (3) IRREGULAR NOUNS Singular Plural Singular Plural N. vis vlres bos boves G. — vlrium bovis boum D. — vlribus bovl bubus or bobus Ac. vim vlrls or -es bovem boves Ab. vl vlribus bove bubus or bobus 8. FOURTH DECLENSION, u-stems Singular Plural Singular Plural N. exercitus exercittis cornii cornua G. exercitfis exercituum cornus cornuum D. exercitul or -u exercitibus cornii cornibus Ac. exercitum exercittis cornu cornua Ab. exercitu exercitibus cornu cornibus 9. FIFTH DECLENSION, e-stems Singular Plural Singular Plural N. dies dies res res G. diel dierum rel rerum D. diel diebus rel rebus Ac. diem dies rem res Ab. die diebus re rebus 10. FIRST LATIN LESSONS ADJECTIVES FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS (1) bonus, good 245 Singular Plural Masc. Fem. Neut. Masc. Fem. Neut. N. bonus bona bonum bonl bonae bona G. boni bonae boni bonorum bonarum bonorum D. bono bonae bono bonls bonls bonls Ac. bonum bonam bonum bonos bonas bona Ab. bono bona bono bonls bonls bonls (2) miser, unhappy Singular N. miser misera miserum G. miseri miserae miserl D. misero miserae misero Ac. miserum miseram miserum Ab. misero misera Plural misero N. miseri miserae misera G. miserorum miserarum miserorum D. miserls miserls miserls Ac. miseros miseras misera Ab. miserls miserls (3) pulcher, beautiful Singular miserls N. pulcher pulchra pulchrum G. pulchrl pulchrae pulchrl D. pulchro pulchrae pulchro Ac. pulchrum pulchram pulchrum Ab. pulchro pulchra pulchro 246 FIRST LATIN LESSONS N. pulchrl G. pulchrorum D. pulchrls Ac. pulchros Ab. pulchrls Plural pulchrae pulchrarum pulchrTs pulchras pulchrTs pulchra pulchrorum pulchris pulchra pulchris 11. THIRD DECLENSION (1) THREE TERMINATIONS— (I-STEMS) acer, sharp Masc. Singula Fem. r Neut. Plural Masc. Fem. Neut. N. acer acris acre acres acres acria G. acris acris acris acrium acrium acrium D. acrl acri acrl acribus acribus acribus Ac. acrem acren l acre acris, -es acrls,-es acria Ab. acrl acrl acrl acribus acribus acribus (2) TWO TERMINATIONS— (i-STEMS) Singular Masc. and Fem. omnis, all Plural Neut. Masc. and Fem. Neut. N. omnis omne omnes omnia G. omnis omnis omnium omnium D. omnl omnl omnibus omnibus Ac. omnem omne omnls or -es omnia Ab. omnl omnl (3) ONE omnibus TERMINATION omnibus felix, fortunate potens, powerful Singular Masc. and Fem. Neut. Masc. and Fem. Neut. N. fellx fellx potens potens G. fellcis fellcis potentis potentis D. fellcl fellcl potentl potentl Ac. fellcem fellx potentem potens Ab. fellcl fellcl potentl, -e potentl -e FIRST LATIN LESSONS 247 Plural N. felices G. fellcium D. fellcibus Ac. fellcls, -es Ab. fellcibus 12. fellcia fellcium fellcibus fellcia fellcibus potentes potentium potentibus potentls, -es potentibus PRESENT PARTICIPLES Singular Masc. and Fem. Neut. N. portans G. portantis D. portantl Ac. portantem portans portantis portantl portans Plural Masc. and Fem. portantes portantium portantibus portantls, -es Ab. portante (-1) portante (-1) portantibus potentia potentium potentibus potentia potentibus Neut. portantia portantium portantibus portantia portantibus 13. IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES alius unus solus totus ullus nullus N. solus sola solum i G. sollus solius sollus i D. soll soll soll I Ac. solum solam solum Ab. solo sola solo i alter neuter uter alter altera alterum alterlus alterlus alterlus alterl alterl alterl alterum alteram alterum altero altera altero (The plurals are like those of bonus and miser.) 14. REGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES Positive Comparative Superlative latus latior, latius latissimus, -a, -um fortis fortior, fortius fortissimus, -a, -um fellx fellcior, fellcius fellcissimus, -a, -um miser miserior, miserius miserrimus, -a, -um facilis facilior, facilius faciliimus, -a, -um 248 FIRST LATIN LESSONS 15. IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES Positive Comparative Superlative bonus melior, melius optimus, -a, -um malus pejor, pejus pessimus, -a, -um magnus major, majus maximus, -a, -um parvus mmor, minus minimus, -a, -um multus — , plus plurimus, -a, -um 16. DECLENSION OF COMPARATIVES Singula latior, b r roader Plural Masc. and Fem. Neut. Masc. and Fem. Neut. N. latior G. latioris D. latiorl Ac. latiorem Ab. latiore latius latioris latiorl latius latiore latiores latiorum latioribus latiores latioribus latiora latiorum latioribus latiora latioribus Singula; r plus, more Plural Masc. and Fem. Neut. Masc. and Fem. Neut. N pltis pluris pltis phlres pltirium pliiribus plurls or -es pliiribus plura pliirium pliiribus plura pluribus IV . c u. Ab. 17. REGULAR COMPARISON OF ADVERBS Positive Comparative Superlative late latius latissime fortiter fortius fortissime acriter acrius acerrime facile facilius facillime FIRST LATIN LESSONS 249 18. IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADVERBS bene melius optime male pejus pessime magnopere magis maxime multum plus plurimum parum mmus minime prope propius proxime saepe saepius saepissime diu diutius diiitissime 19. NUMERALS Roman Numerals Cardinal Ordinal I. finus, -a, -um prlmus, -a, -um II. duo, -ae, -o secundus or alter III. tres, tria tertius IV. quattuor quartus V. quinque qulntus VI. sex sextus VII. septem septimus VIII. octo octavus IX. novem nonus X. decem decimus XI. undecim undecimus XII. duodecim duodecimus XIII. tredecim tertius decimus XIV. quattuordecim quartus decimus XV. quindecim qulntus decimus XVI. sedecim sextus decimus XVII. septendecim septimus decimus XVIII. duodevlginti duodevicesimus XIX. undevlgintl undevlcesimus XX. vlgintl vlcesimus XXI. unus et vlginti (vlgintl unus) vlcesimus prlmus XXVIII duodetriginta duodetrlcesimus XXIX. undetrtginta iindetrlcesimus 250 FIRST LATIN LESSONS XXX. trlginta trlcesimus XL. quadraginta quadragesimus L. qulnquaginta qulnquagesimas LX. sexaginta sexagesimus LXX. septuaginta septuagesimus LXXX. octoginta octogesimus XC. nonaginta nonagesimus C. centum centesimus CI. centum (et) unus centesimus (et) prlmus CC. ducentl, -ae, -a ducentesimus CCC. trecentl trecentesimus CCCC. quadringentl quadringentesimus D. qulngentl qulngentesimus DC. sescentl sescentesimus DCC. septingentl septingentesimus DCCC. octingentl octingentesimus DCCCC. nongentl nongentesimus M. mllle mlllesimus MM. duo mllia bis mlllesimus a. DECLENSION OF DUO, TRES, and MILIA duo, two Masc. Fem. Neut. N. duo duae duo G. duorum duarum duorum D. duobus duabus duobus Ac. duos, duo duas duo Ab. duobus duabus duobus tres, three milia, n., thousands Masc. and Fem. Neut. Neut. N. tres tria mllia G. trium trium milium D. tribus tribus milibus Ac. tres, trls tria mllia Ab. tribus tribus mllibus FIRST LATIN LESSONS ' 251 PRONOUNS 20. PERSONAL PRONOUNS First person, ego, I Second person, tu, you (thou) Singular Plural Singular Plural N. ego nos tu VOS G. mel fnostrum tul fvestrum \nostrI \vestrl D. mihi nobls tibi vobis Ac. me nos te vos Ab. me nobls te vobls a. There is no personal pronoun of the third person. Its place is taken either by a demonstrative pronoun (usually is, he, ea, she, id, it), or, if the antecedent is the subject of the sentence or clause, by the reflexive pro- nouns. 21. REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS G. D. Ac. Ab. First person, Second person, Third person, mei, tui, sui, of myself of yourself of himself, etc. Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. mel nostrl tul vestrl sul sul mihi nobls tibi vobls sibi sibi me nos te vos se (sese) se (sese) me nobls te vobls se (sese) se (sese) 22. POSSESSIVES Singular Istpers. meus, -a, -um, my 2d pers. tuus, -a, -um, your (of one person) , ' fsuus, -a, -um, his, her, its (reflexive) ' [ejus (gen. sing. of is) his, etc. (not reflexive) 252 FIRST LATIN LESSONS Plural lst pers. noster, -tra, -trum, our 2d pers. vester, -tra, -trum, your (of more than one person) {suus, -a, -um, their (reflexive) eorum, earum, eorum (gen. plur. of is) iheir (not reflexive) ( 23. DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS (i) hic , this Singulai . Plural Masc. Fem. Neut. Masc. Fem. Neut. N. hic haec hoc hl hae haec G. hujus hujus hujus horum harum horum D. huic huic huic his hls hls Ac. hunc hanc hoc hos has haec Ab. hoc hac Singular hoc (2) ille. hls , that hls Plural hls Masc. Fem. Neut. Masc. Fem. Neut. N. ille illa illud illl illae illa G. illlus illius illlus illorum illarum illorum D. illl illl illi illls illfc illls Ac. illum illam illud illos illas illa Ab. illo illa illo illls illls illls (3) is, this. , that, he, she, it Singular Plural Masc. Fem. Neut. Masc. Fem. Neut. N. is ea id il, el eae ea G. ejus ejus ejus eorum earum eorum D. ei ei el ils, els ils, els ils, els Ac. eum eam id eos eas ea Ab. eo •_ ea eo ils, els ils, els ils, els FIRST LATIN LESSONS 253 24. THE IDENTIFYING PRONOUN Idem, Ihe same Singular Masc. Fem. Neut. N. Idem eadem idem G. ejusdem ejusdem ejusdem D. eidem eldem eldem Ac. eundem eandem idem Ab. eodem eadem Plural eodem N. Idem or gidem eaedem eadem G. eorundem earundem eorundem D. Isdem or eisdem Isdem or eisdem Isdem or elsdem Ac. eosdem easdem eadem Ab. Isdem or elsdem Isdem or elsdem Isdem or elsdem 25. THE INTENSIVE PRONOUN ipse, self i Singular Plural Masc. Fem. Neut. Masc. Fem. Neut. N. ipse ipsa ipsum ipsl ipsae ipsa G. ipslus ipsius ipslus ipsorurn ipsarum ipsorum D. ipsl ipsl ipsl ipsls ipsls ipsls Ac. ipsum ipsam ipsum ipsos ipsas ipsa Ab. ipso ipsa ipso ipsls ipsis ipsls 26. THE RELATF ^E PRONOUN qui, who Singular Plural Masc. Fem. Neut. Masc. Fem. Neut. N. qul quae quod qul quae quae G. cujus cujus cujus quorum quarum quorum D. cui cui cui quibus quibus quibus Ac. quem quam quod quos quas quae Ab. quo qua quo quibus quibus quibus 254 FIRST LATIN LESSONS 27. THE INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN AND ADJECTIVE Singular Plural Masc. Fem. Neut, Masc. Fem. Neut. N. quis quae quid or quod qui quae quae G. cujus cujus cujus quorum quarum quorum D. cui cui cui quibus quibus quibus Ac. quem quam quid or quod quos quas quae Ab. quo qua quo quibus quibus quibus a. In the nominative singular masculine the adjective form is sometimes qui. In the nominative and accusative singular neuter it is always quod. 28. INDEFINITE PRONOUNS (1) quisque, each Singular Masc. Fem. Neut. N. quisque quaeque quidque, quodque G. cujusque cujusque cujusque D. cuique cuique cuique Ac. quemque quamque quidque, quodque Ab. quoque quaque quoque (The plural is rare) (2) quisquam, anyone Singular Masc. and Fem. Neut. N. quisquam quicquam (quidquam) G. cujusquam cujusquan L D. cuiquam cuiquam Ac. quemquam quicquam (quidquam) Ab. quoquam quoquam (Plural lacking) FIRST LATIN LESSONS (3) quidam, a certain 255 Singular Masc. Fem. Neut. N. quldam quaedam quiddam (quoddam) G. cuiusdam cujusdam cujusdam D. cuidam cuidam cuidam Ac. quendam quandam quiddam (quoddam) Ab. quodam quadam Plural quodam N. quidam quaedam quaedam G. quorundam quarundam . quorundam D. quibusdam quibusdam quibusdam Ac. quosdam quasdam quaedam Ab. quibusdam quibusdam (4) aliquis, some Singular quibusdam Masc. Fem. Neut. N. aliquis (aliqul) aliqua aliquid (aliquod) G. alicujus alicujus alicujus D. alicui alicui alicui Ac. aliquem aliquam aliquid (aliquod) Ab. aliquo aliqua • Plural aliquo N. aliqul aliquae aliqua G. aliquorum aliquarum aliquorum D. aliquibus aliquibus aliquibus Ac. aliquos aliquas aliqua Ab. aliquibus aliquibus aliquibus 256 FIRST LATIN LESSONS VERBS 29. FIRST CONJUGATION Principal parts: porto, portare, portavi, portatum ACTIVE VOICE INDICATIVE PRESENT Singular Plural porto, I carry portamus, we carry portas, you carry portatis, you carry portat, he carries portant, they carry IMPERFECT Singular Plural portabam, I was carrying portabamus, we were carrying portabas, you were carrying portabatis, you were carrying portabat, he was carrying portabant, they were carrying FUTURE Singular Plural portabo, I shall carry portabimus, we shall carry portabis, you will carry portabitis, you will carry portabit, he will carry portabunt, they will carry PERFECT Singular Plural portavi, / have carried, I carried portavimus, we have carried, etc. portavisti, you have carried, etc . port a vistis, you have carried, etc . portavit, he has carried, etc. portaverunt, -ere, they have carried, etc. PAST PERFECT Singular Plural portaveram, I had carried portaveramus, we had carried portaveras, you had carried portaveratis, you had carried portaverat, he had carried portaverant, they had carried FIRST LATIN LESSONS 257 FUTURE PERFECT Singular portavero, I shall have carried portaveris, you will have carried portaverit, he will have carried Plural portaverimus, we shall have carried portaveritis, you will have carried portaverint, they will have carried IMPERATIVE PRESENT Sing. porta, carry (thou) Plur. portate, carry (ye) INFINITrTES Pres. portare, to carry Past portavisse, to have carried Fut. portaturus esse, to be about to carry PARTICIPLES Pres. portans, carrying Fut. portaturus, about to carry GERUND G. portahdl, of carrying D. portando, to (for) carrying Ac. portandum, carrying Ab. portando from, by carrying 30. PASSIVE VOICE INDICATrVE PRESENT Singular Plural portor, / am carried portamur, we are carried portaris, -re, you are carried portaminl, you are carried portatur, he is carried portantur, they are carried 258 FIRST LATIN LESSONS IMPERFECT Singular portabar, I was (being) camed portabaris, -re, you were (being) carried portabatur, he was (being) carried Plural portabamur, we were (being) carried portabamini, you were (being) carried portabantur, they were (being) carried FUTURE Singular portabor, I shall be carried portaberis, -re, you will be carried portabitur, he will be carried Plural portabimur, we shall be carried portabiminl, you will be carried portabuntur, they will be carried PERFECT Singular portatus sum, I have been carried portatus es, you have been carried portatus est, he has been carried Plural portatl sumus, we have been carried portati estis, you have been carried portatl sunt, they have been carried PAST PERFECT Singular portatus eram, I had been carried portatus eras, you had been carried portatus erat, he had been carried FIRST LATIN LESSONS Plural portatl eramus, we had been carried portatl eratis, you had been carried portati erant, they had been carried FUTURE PERFECT Singular portatus ero, / shall have been carried portatus eris, you will have been carried portatus erit, he will have been carried Plural portatl erimus, we shall have been carried portatl eritis, you will have been carried portatl erunt, they will have been carried INFINITIVES Pres. amarl, to be loved Past amatus esse, to have been loved Fut. amatum Iri, to be about to be loved PARTICIPLE Past portatus, having been carried 259 ROMAN BUCKLES 260 FIRST LATIN LESSONS 31. SECOND, THIRD, AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS moneo, monere, monui, monitum duco, ducere, duxi, ductum capio, capere, cepi, captum audio, audire, audivi, auditum ACTIVE VOICE INDICATIVE PRESENT moneo dtico capio audio mones diicis capis audis monet ducit capit audit monemus ducimus capimus audimus monetis dticitis capitis audltis monent ducunt capiunt audiunt IMPERFECT monebam ducebam capiebam audiebam monebas dficebas capiebas audiebas monebat dticebat capiebat audiebat monebamus diicebamus capiebamus audiebamus monebatis diicebatis capiebatis audiebatis monebant ducebant capiebant audiebant FUTURE monebo diicam capiam audiam monebis diices capies audies monebit ducet capiet audiet monebimus ducemus capiemus audiemus monebitis ducetis capietis audietis monebunt diicent capient audient FIRST LATIN LESSONS 261 monueram, etc. monuero, etc. PERFECT duxi, etc. cepl, etc. PAST PERFECT dtixeram, etc. ceperam, etc. FUTURE PERFECT dtixero, etc. cepero, etc. IMPERATrVE PRESENT audlvl, etc. audiveram, etc. audlvero, etc. mone duc 1 cape audl monete diicite capite audite PARTICIPLES PRESENT monens ducens capiens FUTURE audiens moniturus ductiirus capttirus INFINITrVES PRESENT audittirus monere dticere capere PAST audlre monuisse duxisse cepisse FUTURE audlvisse moniturus esse ducturus esse capttirus esse GERUND audlttirus esse monendi dticendi capiendl audiendl monendo ducendo capiendo audiendo etc. etc. page 141. etc. etc. 1 See section 339, a. 262 FIRST LATIN LESSONS PASSIVE VOICE 32. INDICATIVE PRESENT moneor ducor capior audior moneris, -re diiceris, -re caperis, -re audlris, -re monetur ducitur capitur audltur monemur ducimur capimur audlmur moneminl duciminl capiminl audlminl monentur diicuntur capiuntur audiuntur IMPERFECT monebar dticebar capiebar audiebar monebaris, -re diicebaris, -re capiebaris, -re audiebaris, -re monebatur ducebatur capiebatur audiebatur monebamur diicebamur capiebamur audiebamur monebamini diicebamini capiebaminl audiebaminl monebantur diicebantur capiebantur audiebantur FUTURE monebor diicar capiar audiar moneberis, -re diiceris, -re capieris, -re audieris, -re monebitur diicetur capietur audietur monebimur ducemur capiemur audiemur monebimini diiceminl capieminl audieminl monebuntur diicentur capientur audientur PERFECT monitus sum ductus sum captus sum audltus sum PAST PERFECT monitus eram ductus eram captus eram audltus eram FUTURE PERFECT monitus ero ductus ero captus ero audltus ero monitus FIRST LATIN LESSONS PARTICIPLE PAST ductus captus 263 auditus monen diicl INFINITrVES PRESENT capl audiri PERFECT monitus esse ductus esse captus esse audltus esse FUTURE monitum Irl ductum Irl captum Iri audltum Irl 33. DEPONENT VERBS I. conor, conari, conatus sum II. polliceor, polliceri, pollicitus sum III. sequor, sequi, secutus sum IV. potior, potiri, potitus sum conor conaris, -re conatur conamur conaminl conantur conabar INDICATIVE PRESENT II. polliceor polliceris, -re pollicetur pollicemur polliceminl pollicentur III. sequor sequeris, -re sequitur sequimur sequiminl sequuntur IMPERFECT pollicebar sequebar IV. potior potlris, -re potltur potlmur potiminl potiuntur potiebar 264 FIRST LATIN LESSONS FUTURE conabor pollicebor sequar PERFECT potiar conatus sum pollicitus sum secutus sum PAST PERFECT potitus sum conatus eram pollicitus eram secutus eram FUTURE PERFECT potltus eram conatus ero pollicitus ero secutus ero INFINITIVES PRESENT potltus ero conari polliceri sequl PAST potlri conatus esse pollicitus esse secutus esse FUTURE potltus esse conaturus esse pollicitiirus esse secuturus esse potiturus esse PARTICn>LES PRESENT conans pollicens sequens potiens PAST conatus pollicitus secutus potltus FUTURE ACTIVE conaturus polliciturus secuturus potlturus GERUND conandi, etc. pollicendl, etc. sequendi, etc. potiendi, etc. FIRST LATIN LESSONS IRREGULAR VERBS 34. CONJUGATION OF SUM Principal parts: sum, esse, fui, futurus INDICATIVE PRESENT Plural sumus, we are 265 Singular sum, I am es, you are est, he, she, it is estis, you are sunt, they are IMPERFECT eram, I was eras, you were erat, he, she, it was ero, I shall be eris, you will be erit, he, she, it will be eramus, we were eratis, you were erant, they were FUTURE erimus, we shall be eritis, you will be erunt, they will be PERFECT ful, I have been, I was fuimus, we have been, we were fuistl, you have been, you were fuistis, you have been, you, were fuit, he, she, it has been, was fuerunt or -ere, they have been, etc. PAST PERFECT fueram, I had been fueras, you had been fuerat, he, she, it had been fueramus, we had been fueratis, you had been fuerant, they had been FUTURE PERFECT fuero / shall have been fuerimus, we shall have been fueris, you will have been fueritis, you will have been fuerit, he, she, it will have been fuerint, they will have been 266 FIRST LATIN LESSONS IMPERATIVE PRESENT Singular Plural 2d pers. es, be (thou) este, be (ye) PARTICIPLE Fut. futurus, about to be INFINITIVES Pres. esse, to be Past fuisse, to have been Fut. futiirus esse or fore, to be about to be 35. CONJUGATION OF POSSUM Principal parts: possum, posse, potui INDICATIVE PRESENT PERFECT Singular Plural Singular Plural possum possumus potui potuimus potes potestis potuisti potuistis potest possunt potuit potuerunt IMPERFECT PAST ] PERFECT poteram poteramus potueram potueramus poteras poteratis potueras potueratis poterat poterant potuerat potuerant FUTURE FUTURE PERFECT potero poterimus potuero potuerimus poteris poteritis potueris potueritis poterit poterunt potuerit potuerint INFINITIVES Pres. posse Past potuisse FIRST LATIN LESSONS 36. CONJUGATION OF FERO Principal parts: fero, ferre, tuli, latum INDICATIVE PRESENT Active Passive 267 fero fers fert ferebam feram tuli tuleram tulero ferimus feror fertis ferris, -re ferunt fertur IMPERFECT ferebamus ferebar FUTURE feremus ferar PERFECT tulimus latus sum PAST PERFECT tuleramus latus eram FUTURE PERFECT tulerimus latus ero ferimur ferimini feruntur ferebamur feremur latl sumus lati eramus lati erimus IMPERATIVE PRESENT 2d pers. fer INFINITIVES Active Pres. ferre Past tulisse Fut. laturus esse ferte Passive ferri latus esse latum Iri 268 FIRST LATIN LESSONS PARTICIPLES Active Passive Pres. ferens Past latus Fut. laturus GERUND ferendl, etc. 37. CONJUGATION OF EO Principal parts: eo, ire, ii or Ivi, itum INDICATIVE PRESENT PERFECT Singular Plural Singular Plural eo Imus ii iimus Is Itis Istl (iistl) Istis (iistis) it eunt iit ierunt IMPERFECT PAST PERFECT Ibam Ibamus ieram ieramus Ibas Ibatis ieras ieratis Ibat Ibant ierat ierant FUTURE FUTURE PERFECT ibo Ibimus iero ierimus ibis Ibitis ieris ieritis lbit Ibunt ierit ierint a. Forms are sometimes found in the perfect system with the stem Iv-, as Ivi, Iveram, etc. IMPERATrVE Pres., 2d pers. I, ite, INFINITIVES FIRST LATIN LESSONS PAXTICIPLES 269 Pres. Past Fut. lre iisse or Isse iturus esse Pres. iens (gen. euntis) Fut. iturus 38. PRESENT Singular Plural flo — fls — fit fiunt GERUND eundl, etc. CONJUGATION OF FIO Principal parts: fio, fieri, factus sum INDICATIVE PERFECT Singular Plural factus sum facti sumus factus es factus est factl estis f actl sunt IMPERFECT flebam flebas flebat flebamus flebatis flebant PAST PERFECT factus eram factl eramus factus eras factl eratis factus erat factl erant FUTURE FUTURE PERFECT fiam fles flet flemus fletis flent factus ero factus eris factus erit Pres., 2d pers. fl, INFINITIVES Pres. fierl Past factus esse Fut. factum Irl IMPERATrVE flte factl erimus facti eritis factl erunt PARTICIPLE Perf. factus 270 FIRST LATIN LESSONS 39. PRESENT Singular Plural volo volumus vis vultis vult volunt CONJUGATION OF VOLO volo, velle, volui, be willing INDICATIVE PERFECT Singular Plural volul voluimus voluisti voluistis voluit voluerunt IMPERFECT volebam volebamus volebas volebatis volebat volebant PAST PERFECT volueram volueramus volueras volueratis voluerat voluerant FUTURE FUTURE PERFECT volam volemus voluero voluerimus voles voletis volueris volueritis volet volent voluerit voluerint INFINITIVES PARTICIPLE Pres. velle Pres. volens Past voluisse FIRST LATIN LESSONS 271 REVIEW OF SYNTAX AGREEMENT 40. (1) Adjectives and participles agree with their nouns in gender, number, and case. (2) A relative pronoun agrees with its antecedent in gender and number, but its case depends on its use in its own clause. (3) A noun in apposition is put in the same case as the word which it explains. (4) A verb agrees with its subject in person and number. CASES THE NOMINATIVE 41. (1) The nominative is the case of the subject or predicate. THE GENITIVE 42. (1) The genitive is the case of the possessor. (Genitive of Possession.) (2) With words denoting a part, a dependent genitive is used to denote the whole of that to which the part belongs. (Genitive of the Whole, or Partitive Genitive.) (3) The genitive, modified by an adjective, may be used to describe a person or thing. (Genitive of Description.) THE DATIVE 43. (1) The indirect object is put in the dative case. (Dative of Indirect Object.) (2) The dative is used in dependence on adjectives mean- ing kind, friendly, pleasing, dear, useful, near, and some others. (Dative with Adjectives.) (3) Most verbs meaning to please, displease, trust, distrust, believe, persuade, serve, obey, favor, resist, envy, threaten, pardon, and spare govern the dative. (Dative with Special Verbs.) (4) Verbs compounded with ante, ob, prae, and sub, fre- quently have a dependent noun or pronoun in the dative. 272 FIRST LATIN LESSONS This construction is sometimes found also with compounds of ad, circum, com-, in, inter, post, pro, and super. (Dative with Compounds.) THE ACCUSATIVE 44. (1) The direct object of a verb is in the accusative case. (Accusative as Direct Object.) (2) A noun which is used to tell how long an act or a situation continues is put in the accusative. (Accusative of Duration of Time.) (3) The accusative without a preposition is used to express extent in space. (Accusative of Extent of Space.) (4) Certain prepositions have their obiects in the accusative. (Accusative with Prepositions.) THE ABLATIVE 45. (1) Verbs meaning to separate, remove, deprive of, be absent, and the like, take the ablative of separation, often with ab, de, or ex. (Ablative of Separation.) (2) With passive verbs, the noun or pronoun which denotes the person by whom the act is done is put in the ablative with a or ab. (Ablative of Agent.) (3) The ablative with in denotes the place where something is or where some act occurs. (Ablative of Place.) (4) The time at which or within which an act takes place is regularly expressed in Latin by a noun or pronoun in the ablative case without a preposition. (Ablative of Time.) (5) The ablative with the preposition cum is used to denote the person with whom one is associated in doing an act. (Ablative of Accompaniment.) (6) The ablative, frequently with the preposition cum, is used to express manner. (Ablative of Manner.) (7) A word which is used to denote the means employed in accomplishing an act is put in the ablative without a preposition. (Ablative of Means.) FIRST LATIN LESSONS 273 (8) A noun or pronoun in the ablative, together with an adjective, a participle, or another noun in agreement, may be used to denote some circumstance or event loosely connected with the rest of the sentence. (Ablative Absolute.) (9) The measure or degree of difference is expressed by the ablative. (Ablative of Degree of Difference.) (10) The ablative without a preposition is used to indicate in what respect a statement is true. (Ablative of Respect or Specification.) (11) The ablative modified by an adjective may be used to describe a person or thing. (Ablative of Description.) (12) The ablative is used to express cause. (Ablative of Cause.) (13) Utor, fruor, fungor, potior, and vescor take their objects in the ablative. (Ablative with Certain Deponents.) THE VOCATIVE 46. The vocative denotes the person addressed. MOODS THE INDICATIVE 47. The indicative is used in statements of fact and in questions which imply as answer a statement of fact. THE IMPERATIVE 48. The imperative is used to express commands. THE INFINITIVE 49. (1) The infinitive is sometimes used to complete the meaning of another verb, by denoting an action of the subject of the verb on which it depends. (Complementary Infinitive.) (2) The infinitive with subject accusative is used with words of saying, hearing, knowing, thinking, believing, seeing, and the like. (Indirect Discourse.) THE GERUND 50. The gerund is a verbal noun, used only in four cases and in the singular number. The cases in which it is used are the genitive, dative, accusative, and ablative. SUPPLEMENTARY LATIN READINGS I. THE STORY OF PERSEUS The stories of Perseus and of Hercules which follow are also included in A Junior Latin Reader of the series to which First Latin Lessons belongs. The pur- pose of presenting this material in both books is to meet the needs of different types of schools and also of classes of varying degrees of ability. Teachers who do not desire to use this material with first-year classes will find it more convenient to have it available in the second-year book, especially in schools which provide f ree textbooks and in which second-year pupils must give up first-year books at the end of the year. PERSEUS Perseus and his mother were set adrift on the sea by Acrisius, king of Argos, the grandfather of Perseus, because an oracle had declared that Acrisius would some day perish at the hands of his grandson. Jupiter, however, saved the mother and child, bringing them to the island of Seriphus, where they were kindly received by Polydectes, the king. When Perseus reached manhood he was ordered by Polydectes to bring him the head of Medusa, an undertaking which was likely to prove fatal. But Apollo and Minerva directed him on his journey and gave him a special equipment for his task. With the aid thus afforded, he accomplished the perilous exploit in safety and escaped from the companions of Medusa, who sought to kill him. On his way back he rescued Andromeda, daughter of Cepheus, the king of the Ethiopians, who was about to be devoured by a sea monster. He married Andromeda and soon after returned with her to the island from which he had been sent by the crafty Polydectes. Find- ing that his mother had taken refuge from the king, he turned the latter into stone through the magic power of the head of Medusa. Afterwards, while taking part in athletic games he accidentally killed his grandfather, Acrisius, thus fulfiUing the oracle which Acrisius had vainly sought to escape. THE STORY OF PERSEUS 1. Set Adrift Haec narrantur a poetls de Perseo. Perseus fllius erat Jovis, maximi deorum. Avus ejus Acrisius appellabatur. Acrisius volebat Perseum, nepotem suum, necare; nam propter oraculum puerum timebat. Comprehendit igitur Perseum, adhtic Infantem, et cum matre in arca lignea inclusit. Tum arcam ipsam in mare conjecit. Danae, Persel mater, magno- pere territa est; tempestas enim magna mare turbabat. Per- seus autem in sinu. matris dormiebat. 2. Cast on an Island Juppiter tamen haec omnia vldit et fllium suum servare constituit. Fecit igitur mare tranquillum et arcam ad Insu- lam Serlphum perduxit. Hujus Insulae Polydectes tum rex erat. Postquam arca ad lltus appulsa est, Danae in harena quietem capiebat. Post breve tempus a piscatore quodam reperta est et ad domum regis Polydectis adducta est. Ille matrem et puerum benigne excepit et sedem tiitam in flnibus 1. Haec, these things, or these stories. 2. Acrisius : predicate nominative af ter the passive of a verb of calling. 6. Danae: a Greek name, with genitive ending in -es, accusative in -en. 7. enim: always stands after one or more words of its sentence; the same is true of autem, line 8. 11. Seriphum: in apposition with insulam. We usually say in English "the island of," "the city of," etc. 12. Postquam: with postquam and ubi the perfect is the tense most fre- quently employed. In translation, with the English equivalents "after" or "when," we sometimes employ the past perfect tense, sometimes the 13. piscatore quodam: the forms of quldam sometimes precede and sometimes follow the word they modify. 277 278 SUPPLEMENTARY LATIN READINGS JUPITER PERSEUS 279 suis dedit. Danae hoc donum libenter accepit et pro tanto beneficio regl gratias egit. 3. Perseus Sent on His Travels Perseus igitur multos annos ibi habitavit et cum matre sua vltam egit beatam. At Polydectes Danaen magnopere amabat atque eam in matrimonium diicere volebat. Hoc 20 tamen consilium Perseo minime gratum erat. Polydectes igitur Perseum dlmittere constituit. Tum juvenem ad se vocavit et haec dlxit: "Turpe est vltam hanc ignavam agere; jam diidum tti adulescens es; quousque hlc manebis? Tem- pus est arma capere et virtutem praestare. Hinc abl et 25 caput Medusae mihi refer." 4. Perseus Gets His Outfit Perseus, ubi haec audlvit, ex Insula discessit et, postquam ad continentem venit, Medusam quaeslvit. Diu frustra 16. dedit: iis, dative of indirect object, is to be understood. 18. annos: accusative of duration of time. 21. Perseo: dependent on gratum. 23. haec dixit, spoke as follows. agere: subject of est; an infinitive used as a noun is in the neuter gender; hence the predicate adjective, turpe, is neuter. 24. jam dudum es, you have long been; with jam dudum a present tense is translated by an English present perfect, an imperfect by an English past perfect; jam dudum eras would mean you had long been. 25. abi: imperative of abeo. What is the imperative of eo? 26. refer: the verb fero has as its present imperative in the singular number the form fer. Its compounds have the same irregularity. 27. Perseus, ubi: in Latin, when the verbs of a principal and a subor- dinate clause denote acts by the same person or thing, the noun or pronoun used to denote the subject frequently stands before the subordinate clause. haec: the neuter plural of hic, used without a noun (literally these things) , may often be translated this. 1. Decline the demonstrative hic. 2. In section 1 point out a prep- osition governing the accusative. 3. Give the principal parts of video, ago, dico, do. 4. Give the meaning of gratias ago. 5. Give the genitive singular and nominative plural of tempus. 6. Explain the derivation and the meaning of the English word "habitation." 280 SUPPLEMENTARY LATIN READINGS quaerebat; nam naturam loci ignorabat. Tandem Apollo et 3a Minerva viam demonstraverunt. Prlmum ad Graeas, sorores Medusae, pervenit. Ab his talaria et galeam magicam ac- cepit. Apollo autem et Minerva falcem et speculum de- derunt. Tum postquam talaria pedibus induit, in aera as- cendit. Diu per aera volabat; tandem tamen ad eum locum 35 venit ubi Medusa cum ceterls Gorgonibus habitabat. Gor- gones autem monstra erant specie horribili; capita enim earum serpentibus omnino contecta erant; mantis etiam ex aere factae erant. 5. The Gorgon's Head Res erat difficillima abscidere caput Gorgonis; ejus enim O) conspectti homines in saxum vertebantur. Propter hanc cau- sam Minerva illud speculum dederat. Perseus igitur tergum vertit, et in speculum Inspiciebat; hoc modo ad locum venit ubi Medusa dormiebat. Tum falce sua caput ejus uno ictu abscldit. Ceterae Gorgones statim e somno excitatae sunt 45 et, ubi rem vlderunt, Ira commotae sunt. Arma rapuerunt, et Perseum occldere volebant; ille autem, dum fugit, galeam magicam induit et, ubi hoc fecit, statim e conspectu earum evasit. 31. galeam magicam: this rendered the wearer invisible. 33. pedibus, on hisfeet; dative, governed by the compound verb induit. aera: this form is an accusative singular. The word aer is a Greek noun carried over into Latin; it keeps its Greek accusative ending. 36. specie horribili, of horrible aspect, ablative of description. 37. aere: from aes. 40. vertebantur : the Latin imperf ect of ten expresses repeated or custo- mary action. 42. speculum: ancient mirrors consisted of polished metal plates. hoc modo, in this way; the ablative case, sometimes with the preposition cum and sometimes, as here, without cum, is used to express the manner in which an action is done. 46. dum fugit, while he fled, while fleeing; a clause with dum meaning while takes the present indicative, regardless of the tense of the principal verb. PERSEUS 281 MINERVA 282 SUPPLEMENTARY LATIN READINGS 6. The Sea Serpent Post haec Perseus in flnes Aethiopum venit. Ibi Cepheus quldam illo tempore regnabat. Hic Neptunum, maris deum, olim offenderat. Neptiinus autem monstrum saevissimum mlserat. Hoc cotldie e marl veniebat et homines devorabat. Ob hanc causam pavor animos omnium occupaverat. Cepheus igitur oraculum dei Hammonis consuluit, atque a deo jussus est flliam monstro tradere. Ejus autem fllia, nomine An- 49. Cepheus quidam, a certain Cepheus, or a man named Cepheus. 50. tempore: ablative of time. Hic: a pronoun, referring to Cepheus. 53. omnium, of all (i.e., men); the masculine plural of omnes often means all men, or everybody; the neuter plural often means all things, or everything. 64. oraculum: the word may mean the seat of an oracle, as here, or the reply given by an oracle. The consultation of oracles sprang from the belief that information and advice could be obtained from certain divini- ties. Oracles were usually given by oral utterances of a priest or priestess in a state of real or pretended frenzy, or by signs. The temple (with its oracle) of the Egyptian god Hammon stood in an oasis of the Libyan desert. 55. monstro: indirect object of tradere. nomine: ablative of respect. VOCABULARY REVIEW adulescens turpis fugio etiam beneficium tiitus occido frustra conspectus perduco igitur domus quldam pervenio jam juvenis quaero libenter lltus adduco refero magnopere mare ago reperio minime sedes appello (-are) servo olim tempestas commoveo trado omnlno vlta comprehendo verto tamen conjicio volo (velle) tandem brevis constituo ceteri dlmitto cotldie dum tantus excipio diii PERSEUS 283 dromeda, virgo formosissima erat. Cepheus, ubi haec audl- vit, magnum dolorem percepit. Volebat tamen cives suos e tanto perlculo extrahere, atque ob eam causam constituit imperata Hammonis facere. 7. A Human Sacrifice Tum rex diem certam dixit et omnia paravit. Ubi ea dies venit, Andromeda ad lltus deducta est et in conspectu omnium ad rupem alligata est. Omnes fatum ejus deplo- rabant, nec lacrimas tenebant. At subito, dum monstrum expectant, Perseus accurrit, et, ubi lacrimas vldit, causam doloris quaerit. Illi rem totam exponunt et puellam demon- strant. Dum haec geruntur, fremitus terribilis audltur; simul monstrum, horribill specie, procul conspicitur. Ejus con- spectus timorem maximum omnibus injecit. At monstrum magna celeritate ad lltus contendit, jamque ad locum appro- pinquabat ubi puella stabat. 56. Cepheus, ubi: the order of words is explained in the note on Per- seus, ubi, line 27. 60. diem: in the plural, dies is always masculine, in the singular some- times masculine, sometimes feminine. omnia, all things, everything; or with pardvit, made all preparations; see note on line 53. 63. nec . . . tenebant, and did not restrain; neque is regularly used in Latin for and not. dum . . . expectant, while they were awaiting; for the present tense with dum, see note on line 46. 64. accurrit: for vivid effect a past event or situation may be repre- sented as present. The present in this use is called the historical present; it may often be translated by the English past. Several other exam- ples occur in this section. 67. specie: the case use is the same as in line 36. 68. timorem . . . omnibus injecit, inspired all with the greatest fear; literally, threw the greatest fear into all; omnibus is a dative governed by a compound verb, like pedibus in line 33. 69. magna celeritate: another example of the ablative denoting manner, like hoc modo, line 42. 284 SUPPLEMENTARY LATIN READINGS 8. The Rescue At Perseus, ubi haec vldit, gladium suum rapuit, et, post- quam talaria induit, in aera sublatus est. Tum desuper in monstrum impetum subito fecit et gladio suo collum ejus graviter vulneravit. Monstrum, ubi sensit vulnus, fremitum 75 horribilem edidit et sine mora totum corpus sub aquam mersit. Perseus, dum circum litus volat, reditum ejus ex- pectabat; mare autem interea undique sanguine Inficitur. Post breve tempus belua rtirsus caput sustulit; mox tamen a Perseo ictti graviore vulnerata est. Tum iterum se sub 80 undas mersit, neque postea vlsa est. 9. The Reward of Valor Perseus, postquam in lltus descendit, prlmum talaria exuit; tum ad riipem venit ubi Andromeda vlncta erat. Ea autem omnem spem salutis deposuerat et, ubi Perseus adiit, terrore paene exanimata erat. Ille vincula statim solvit et puellam 85 patrl reddidit. Cepheus ob hanc rem maximo gaudio affectus est. Meritam gratiam pro tanto beneficio Perseo rettulit; praeterea Andromedam ipsam el in matrimonium dedit. Ille libenter hoc donum accepit et puellam duxit. Paucos annos cum uxore sua in ea regione habitavit, et in magno honore erat 90 apud omnes Aethiopes. Magnopere tamen cupiebat matrem 72. sublatus est: perfect passive of tollo. in (monstrum), on. 80. neque: translate as in line 63. 83. terrore, with terror; the ablative denotes cause. 86. Meritam gratiam rettulit, made a deserved requital, or repaid the favor as it deserved. pro, in return for. 88. puellam duxit, married the girl. Duco has reference to that part of the ceremony in which the bridegroom led the bride to his own house. 1. Decline the demonstrative is. 2. In section 4 point out three prep- ositions governing the accusative. 3. Give the principal parts of venio, accipio, quaero, discedo. 4. Give the meaning of ob eam causam. 5. De- cline res. 6. Find the derivation and the meaning of "aerial." PERSEUS 285 suam riirsus videre. Tandem igitur cum uxore e regno Cephei discessit. 10. TURNED ^O STONE Postquam Perseus ad Insulam navem appulit, se ad locum contulit ubi mater olim habitaverat. At domum invenit vacuam et omnlno desertam. Tres dies per totam Insulam 95 matrem quaerebat; tandem quarto die ad templum Dianae pervenit. Huc Danae refiigerat, quod Polydectem timebat. Perseus, ubi haec cognovit, Ira magna commotus est; ad regiam Polydectis sine mora contendit et, ubi eo venit, statim in atrium irrupit. Polydectes magno timore affectus est, et 100 fugere volebat. Dum tamen ille fugit, Perseus caput Me- dusae monstravit; ille autem, simul atque hoc vldit, in saxum versus est. 11. The Oracle Fulfilled Post haec Perseus cum uxore sua ad urbem Acrisil rediit. Ille autem, ubi Perseum vldit, magno terrore affectus est. 105 Nam propter oraculum istud nepotem suum adhtic timebat. In Thessaham igitur ad urbem Larissam statim refugit; frustra tamen, neque enim fatum suum vltavit. Post paucos annos rex Larissae ludos magnos fecit; ntintios in omnes 93. se . . . contulit, betook himself, proceeded. 97. quod: not a relative pronoun. 99. eo: an adverb. 100. magno timore affectus est, was very badhj frighiened. What is it literally? 102. simul atque, as soon as; the same rule as to the tense of the verb applies to this phrase as to postquam and ubi; see note on line 12. 106. istud: this word is declined like ille, and usually means that or that of yours. Here the force is, that oracle of which you know. 107. Larissam, of Larissa; an appositive translated like Serlphum, line 11. 108. neque: translate as if non. 109. ludos fecit, gave games. in omnes partes, in all directions. 286 SUPPLEMENTARY LATIN READINGS 10 partes dlmlserat et diem edlxerat. Multi ex omnibus urbibus Graeciae ad ludos convenerunt. Ipse Perseus inter alios certamen discorum iniit. At, dum discum conjicit, avum suum casu occldit; Acrisius enim inter spectatores ejus cer- taminis forte stabat. 112. discorum: the discus was a flat piece of stone or metal. 113. casu, by chance, accidentally; the ablative of casus without a prepo- sition is often used in this meaning. 1. Conjugate video and quaero in the future active. 2. Decline the demonstrative ille. 3. What case is dies in line 95, and why used? 4. What are the meanings of volo, velle, and volo, volare? 5. What is the meaning of magno terrore affectus? 6. Who was the mother of Perseus? 7. Why did Perseus need the mirror when he slew Medusa? 8. What was the name of the maiden whom Perseus rescued from the sea-monster 9 9. How did Acrisius meet his death? VOCABULARY REVIEW lterum mox paene postea praeterea procul simul subito ubi undique apud post propter casus appropinquo redeo celeritas cognosco sentio certamen confero solvo clvis conspicio terreo impetus convenio timeo mora cupio tollo saltis deduco spes depono eo vinculum expono forte gero graviter gravis injicio huc pauci invenio ibi totus reddo interea II. THE STORY OF HERCULES HERCULES Hercules was a Greek hero, celebrated for his feats of strength. While only an infant he strangled two serpents which had been sent by Juno to destroy him. In his boyhood he devoted himself to athletic pursuits, and in a fit of anger he slew the Centaur who was his teacher of music. Having been seized by the King of Egypt as a victim for sacrifice, he killed the king, as well as the priest who was about to sacrifice him. His next exploit was to cut off the ears of the envoys of the Minyae who had come to Thebes to demand tribute, thus causing a war, in which the Thebans under the leader- ship of Hercules were victorious. While in a state of temporary madness he slew his children, and thereupon was ordered by the oracle at Delphi to give himself up to the service of Eurystheus, King of Tiryns. At his command he performed the celebrated Twelve Labors, as f ollows : 1. Slaying the Nemean lion. 2. Slaying the Hydra of Lerna. 3. Capturing the Cerynian stag. 4. Captur- ing the boar of Erymanthus. 5. Cleaning the Augean stables. 6. Killing the birds of Stymphalus. 7. Capturing the Cretan bull. 8. Capturing the horses of Diomede. 9. Obtaining the girdle of Hippolyte. 10. Bringing the oxen of Geryon from the island of Erythia. 11. Procuring the golden apples of the Hesperides. 12. Bringing Cerberus from the lower world. In connection with these labors he also performed numerous other exploits. His death came from the putting on of a poisoned robe which had been dipped in the blood of the Centaur, Nessus. After his death he was taken by Jupiter to Olympus. THE STORY OF HERCULES 1. The Infant Prodigy Hercules, Alcmenae fllius, olim in Graecia habitabat. Hic dicitur omnium hominum validissimus fuisse. At Jfino, re- glna deorum, Alcmenam oderat, et Herculem, adhuc Infantem, necare voluit. Mlsit igitur duas serpentes saevissimas; hae media nocte in cubiculum Alcmenae venerunt, ubi Hercules cum fratre suo dormiebat. Nec tamen in cunis, sed in sctito magno cubabant. Serpentes jam appropinquaverant et sciitum movebant; itaque pueri e somno excitatT sunt. 2. Hercules and the Serpents Iphicles, frater Herculis, magna voce exclamavit; at Her- cules ipse, puer fortissimus, haudquaquam territus est. Par- vls manibus serpentes statim prehendit et colla earum magna vl compressit. Tali modo serpentes a puero interfectae sunt. Alcmena autem, mater puerorum, clamorem audlverat et marltum suum e somno excitaverat. Ille liimen accendit et gladium suum rapuit; tum ad pueros properabat, sed, ubi ad locum venit, rem mlram vldit; Hercules enim rldebat et serpentes mortuas monstrabat. 1. Hic dicitur fuisse, he is said to have been. 3. oderat, hated; this verb has only the tenses formed on the perfect stem; the perfect, however, is translated as a present, the past perfect as an imperfect, and the future perfect as a future. 5. media nocte, in the middle of the night. 289 290 SUPPLEMENTARY LATIN READINGS HERCULES 291 3. The Music Lesson Hercules a puero corpus suum dlligenter exercebat. Mag- nam partem diei in palaestra consiimebat; didicit etiam arcum intendere et tela conjicere. Hls exercitationibus vlres 20 ejus confirmatae sunt. In musica etiam a Lino Centauro erudiebatur. (Centaurl autem equl erant, sed caput hominis habebant.) Huic tamen artl minus dlligenter studebat. Hic Linus Herculem olim culpabat, quod parum studiosus erat. Tum puer Iratus citharam subito rapuit et summls vlribus 25 caput magistrl Infellcis percussit. Ille ictii prostratus est, et paulo post e vlta excessit, neque quisquam postea id officium suscipere voluit. 4. Hercules Escapes from Being Sacrificed De Hercule haec etiam inter alia narrantur. Olim, dum iter facit, in flnes Aegyptiorum venit; ibi rex quldam, nomine 30 Biislris, illo tempore regnabat; hic autem, vir crudelissimus, homines immolare consueverat. Herculem igitur corripuit et in vincula conjecit. Tum nuntios dlmlsit et diem sacrificio edixit. Mox ea dies appetivit, et omnia rlte parata sunt. 18. a puero, from boyhood; literally, from a boy. 19. palaestra: the name given by the Greeks to the place in which instruction and training were given in wrestling and boxing. 23. Huic arti . . . studebat, he devoted himself to this art; studeo takes the dative. 25. summis viribus, with all his might. 26. Ille, he {i.e., Linus); ille is here used as a pronourf. 27. paulo post, a little later. id officium: i.e. f the task of instructing Hercules in music. 29. haec inter alia, ihese stories among others. 31. vir: in apposition with hic. 32. consueverat, was accustomed; consuesco means become accustomed; its perfect tense therefore means has become accustomed, i.e., is accustomed; likewise the past perfect consueverat means had become accustomed, i.e., was accustomed. 33. sacrificio, for the sacrifice, dative. 292 SUPPLEMENTARY LATIN READINGS 35 Manus Herculis catenls ferreis vlnctae sunt, et mola salsa in caput ejus Inspersa est. Mos enim erat apud antlquos salem et far capitibus victimarum imponere. Jam victima ad aram stabat; jam sacerdos cultrum siimpserat. Subito tamen Her- cules magno conatii vincula perrupit. Tum ictti sacerdotem 40 prostravit, altero regem ipsum occidit. 5. Ear-Cropping Hercules, jam adulescens, urbem Thebas incolebat. Rex Thebarum, vir ignavus, Creon appellabatur. Minyae, gens bellicosissima, Thebanls flnitiml erant. Legati autem a Mi- nyls ad Thebanos quotannls veniebant et centum boves postu- 45 labant. Thebanl enim olim a Minyls superati erant; tributa igitur regl Minyarum quotannls pendebant. At Hercules clves suos hoc stlpendio llberare constituit. Legatos igitur comprehendit atque aures eorum abscldit. Legatl autem apud omnes gentes sacrl habentur. 6. Defeat of the Minyae 50 Erglnus, rex Minyarum, ob haec vehementer Iratus erat, et cum omnibus copils in flnes Thebanorum contendit. Creon adventum ejus per exploratores cognovit; ipse tamen pugnare noluit; nam magno timore affectus est. Thebanl igitur Her- 37. capitibus : dative governed by a compound verb. 40. altero: ictu is to be supplied. 43. Thebanls: dative, depending on the adjective/IniftraL 44. veniebant: the imperfect denoting repeated action; they came every year. • 47. cives suos, his fellow-citizens. stipendio, from tribute. 49. habentur, are regarded; the passive forms of habeo often have this meaning. 53. magno timore affectus est: see note on Perseus, 100. 1. Dechne omnis. 2. Compare validus and saevus. 3. Giye the princi- pal parts of moveo, terreo, comprimo, rapio. 4. Give the genitive singular and the nominative plural of caput and nomen. 5. What English preposi- tions are most frequently used in translating the Latin ablative case? 6. Find the derivation and meaning of "culpable." HERCULES 293 culem imperatorem creaverunt. Ille nuntios in omnes partes dlmlsit et copias coegit. Tum proximo die cum magno ex- 55 ercitii profectus est. Locum idoneum delegit et aciem In- stmxit. Tum Thebani e superiore loco impetum in hostes fecerunt. Illl autem impetum sustinere non potuerunt, itaque acies hostium pulsa est atque in fugam conversa. 7. Madness and Murder Post hoc proelium Hercules copias suas ad urbem redtixit. 60 Omnes Thebanl propter victoriam maxime gaudebant. Creon autem magnls honoribus Herculem decoravit, atque flliam suam el in matrimonium dedit. Hercules cum uxore sua vltam beatam agebat; sed post paucos annos subito in furo- rem incidit atque llberos suos ipse sua manti occldit. Post 65 breve tempus ad sanitatem reductus est, et propter hoc facinus magno dolore affectus est; mox ex urbe effugit et in silvas se recepit. Nolebant enim clves sermonem cum eo habere. 8. Hercules Consults the Oracle Hercules magnopere cupiebat tantum scelus expiare. Con- 70 stituit igitur ad oraculum Delphicum Ire; hoc enim oraculum 57. in, 07i. 59. conversa: supply est; the other forms of sum are also sometimes omitted in the perfect passive. 61. gaudebant: the principal parts of this verb are gaudeo, gaudere, gavlsus sum; the present, imperfect, and future tenses are active in form, the perfect, past perfect, and future perfect are passive. All, however, are active in meaning. Such a verb is called semi-deponent. 64. in furorem incidit, become insane. 65. ipse sua, his own; but the two Latin words are more emphatic than the English translation. 68. se recepit, betook himself, withdrew. sermonem habere, to associate, literally, to have conversation. 71. oraculum Delphicum: the most famous oracle of antiquity, at Delphi, in Greece. 294 SUPPLEMENTARY LATIN READINGS erat omnium celeberrimum. Ibi templum erat Apollinis, plurimis donls ornatum. Hoc in templo sedebat femina quae- dam, nomine Pythia, et consilium dabat ils qul ad oraculum 75 veniebant. Haec autem femina ab ipso Apolline docebatur, et voluntatem dei hominibus eniintiabat. Hercules igitur, qul Apollinem praecipue colebat, huc venit. Tum rem totam exposuit neque scelus celavit. 9. The Oracle's Reply Ubi Hercules flnem fecit, Pythia diu tacebat. Tandem 80 tamen jussit eum ad urbem Tlryntha Ire et Eurysthel regis omnia imperata facere. Hercules, ubi haec audlvit, ad urbem illam contendit et Eurystheo regl se in servitiitem tradidit. 72. omnium: supply ordculorum. 73. donis: presented by states and by individuals. Hoc in templo: a preposition of one syllable may stand between a noun and a modifier. 80. Tiryntha: a word of Greek origin, retaining its Greek accusative form. Proper names must always be translated by the nominative. 82. in servitutem, in slavery. VOCABULARY REVIEW adventus proximus gaudeo suscipio gens summus impero sustineo iter talis incido taceo mos Instruo officium quisquam interficio ita scelus nolo maxime servitus cogo odl quotannls vls colo pello vehementer voluntas conficio proficiscor vix consiimo recipio alter deligo sedeo itaque finitimus disco studeo idoneus doceo siimo HERCULES 295 Duodecim annos in servitute Eurysthel tenebatur, et duode- cim labores, quos ille imperaverat, confecit. Hoc enim iino modo tantum scelus expiari potuit. De hls laboribus plurima 85 a poetis scripta sunt. Multa tamen quae poetae narrant vix credibilia sunt. 10. First Labor — Slaying the Nemean Lion Prlmum ab Eurystheo jussus est Hercules leonem occldere, qul illo tempore vallem Nemaeam reddebat Infestam. In silvas igitur quas leo incolebat statim se contulit. Mox 90 feram vldit, et arcum quem secum attulerat intendit; ejus tamen pellem, quae densissima erat, trajicere non potuit. Tum clava magna, quam semper gerebat, leonem percussit. Frus- tra tamen, neque enim hoc modo eum occldere potuit. Tum demum collum monstrl bracchils suls complexus est et fauces 95 ejus summls vlribus compressit. Hoc modo leo brevi tem- pore exanimatus est; nulla enim resplrandl facultas el daba- tur. Tum Hercules cadaver ad oppidum in umerls rettulit, et pellem, quam detraxerat, postea pro veste gerebat. Omnes autem qui eam regionem incolebant, ubi famam de morte 100 leonis acceperunt, vehementer gaudebant et Herculem magno in honore habebant. 11. Second Labor — Slaying the Lernaean Hydra Post haec jussus est ab Eurystheo Hydram necare. Hoc autem monstrum erat quod novem capita habebat. Her- 85. plurima, a great many things. 89. reddebat, rendered. 91. secum: the preposition cum is regularly attached as an enclitic to a personal, a reflexive, or a relative pronoun. 94. neque, not, as in Perseus, 108. 97. respirandi facultas, chance of breathing, chance to breathe; respirandi is a gerund. 99. pro veste, as a garment. 103. Hoc: although the reference is to Hijdram, a feminine noun, the demonstrative, in accordance with Latin usage, takes the gender of the predicate noun monstrum. 296 SUPPLEMENTARY LATIN READINGS 105 cules igitur cum amico Iolao profectus est ad paludem Ler- naeam, quam Hydra incolebat. Mox monstrum invenit et, quamquam res erat magni periculi, collum ejus laeva pre- hendit. Tum dextra capita novem abscldere coepit. Quotiens tamen hoc fecerat, nova capita exoriebantur. Diii frtistra 110 laboravit; tandem hoc conatfi destitit; constituit deinde ar- bores succidere et ignem accendere. Hoc celeriter fecit, et, postquam ligna ignem comprehenderunt, face ardente colla adussit, unde capita exoriebantur. Nec tamen sine magno labore haec fecit. Auxilium enim Hydrae tulit cancer ingens, ii5 qui, dum Hercules capita abscldit, crtira ejus mordebat. Postquam monstrum tali modo interfecit, sagittas suas san- guine ejus imbuit itaque mortiferas reddidit. 12. Third Labor — Capture of the Cerynian Stag Postquam Eurystheo caedes Hydrae nuntiata est, magnus timor animum ejus occupavit. Jussit igitur Herculem cervum 120 quendam ad se referre; noluit enim virum tantae audaciae in 107. res: while the word "thing" furnishes a starting-point in getting at the meaning of res, a more exact translation should always be given if possible — e.g., fact, affair, circumstance; here, task would be a good translation. magni periculi, (one) of great danger; a descriptive genitive in the predi- cate. 109. exoriebantur, grew out, or would grow out; imperfect, denoting repeated action. 110. hoc conatii, from this undertaking; an ablative thus used is called an ablative of separation. 112. comprehenderunt, caught. 113. unde, from which. 117. reddidit: supply as object eds, referring to sagittas. 120. tantae audaciae: genitive of description. 1. Decline impetus. 2. Conjugate Instruo in the perfect active. 3. Give the principal parts of possum, pello, deligo, occldo. 4. Give the genitive singular of scelus, voluntds, flnis, leb. 5. What case is el in line 97, and why used? 6. Find the derivation and meaning of "tacitly." HERCULES 297 urbe retinere. Hic autem cervus, cujus cornua aurea fuisse traduntur, incredibill fuit celeritate. Hercules igitur prlmum vestlgia ejus in silvls animadvertit. Deinde, ubi cervum ipsum vldit, summls vlribus currere coepit. Usque ad ves- perum cucurrit, neque nocturnum tempus sibi ad quietem 125 rellquit. Frustra tamen, nullo enim modo praedam consequl poterat. Tandem, postquam totum annum cucurrerat (ita traditur), cervum cursu exanimatum cepit et vlvum ad Eurystheum rettulit. 13. Fourth Labor — The Erymanthian Boar Post haec jussus est Hercules aprum quendam capere, qul 130 illo tempore agros Erymanthios vastabat et incolas hujus regionis magnopere terrebat. Hercules rem suscepit et in Arcadiam profectus est. Postquam in silvam paulum pro- gressus est, apro occurrit. Ille autem, simul atque Herculem vldit, statim refugit et, timore perterritus, in altam fossam 13» se projecit. Hercules igitur laqueum quem attulerat injecit et summa cum difficultate aprum e fossa extraxit. Ille, etsi multum reluctabatur, nullo modo se liberare potuit, et ab Hercule ad Eurystheum vlvus relatus est. 14. Hercules at the Centaur's Cave De quarto labore, quem supra narravimus, haec etiam 140 traduntur. Hercules, dum iter in Arcadiam facit, ad eam 121. fuisse traduntur, are said to have been. 122. incredibili celeritate, of incredible swiftness; ablative of description; either the ablative or the genitive of description may stand in the predicate. 125. sibi: dative after rellquit, but may be omitted in translation. ad, for. 127. ita traditur, so the story goes. 132. rem: see note on line 107. 134. apro: dative governed by occurrit, which is a compound of ob and curro. 136. injecit: supply el (dative with a compound verb). 140. narravimus: the plural as used by the writer to refer to himself was formerly common in English also, in newspaper editorials. 298 SUPPLEMENTARY LATIN READINGS regionem venit quam Centaurl incolebant. Mox, quod nox jam appetebat, ad antrum devertit, in quo Centaurus quldam, nomine Pholus, habitabat. 145 Ille Herculem benigne excepit et cenam paravit. At Her- cules, postquam cenavit, vlnum a Pholo postulavit. Erat autem in antro magna amphora, vlno optimo repleta, quam Centaurl ibi deposuerant. Pholus hoc vlnum dare nolebat, quod reliquos Centauros timebat; nullum tamen vlnum prae- 150 ter hoc in antro habebat. "Hoc vlnum," inquit, "mihi com- missum est. Sl igitur hoc dabo, Centaurl me interficient." Hercules tamen eum irrlsit, et ipse cyathum vlni ex amphora hausit. 15. The Fight with the Centaurs Simul atque amphora aperta est, odor jucundissimus un- 155 dique diffusus est; vlnum enim suavissimum erat. Centauri notum odorem senserunt et omnes ad locum convenerunt. Ubi ad antrum pervenerunt, magnopere Irati erant, quod Herculem bibentem vlderunt. Tum arma rapuerunt, et Pho- lum interficere volebant. Hercules tamen in aditu antri 160 constitit, et impetum eorum fortissime sustinebat. Faces ardentes in eos conjecit; multos etiam sagittls suls vulneravit. Hae autem sagittae eaedem erant quae sanguine Hydrae olim . imbtitae erant. Omnes igitur quos ille sagittls vulneraverat 143. jam, now, or by this time; nunc means now in the sense of at the present time. 146. Erat, there was. Latin has no word corresponding to there in the sense here used. The position of a verb at the beginning of a sentence, however, often gives the same effect. 150. inquit: this verb is regularly used with direct quotations and stands after one or more words of a quotation; it corresponds to the English "I said," "he said." It is defective, that is, it lacks some forms of person, tense, and mood. 153. hausit, drew. 160. constitit: from consisto. 161. fn, at, the usual meaning of in with words meaning to throw. HERCULES 299 veneno statim absiimptl sunt; reliqui autem, ubi hoc vlderunt, terga verterunt et fuga salutem petierunt. 163 16. The Fate of Pholus Postquam reliqul ftigerunt, Pholus ex antro egressus est, et corpora spectabat eorum qul sagittls interfectl erant. Mag- nopere autem mlratus est, quod tam levi vulnere exanimati erant, et causam ejus rel quaerebat. Adiit igitur locum ubi cadaver cujusdam Centaurl jacebat et sagittam e vulnere ito traxit. Haec tamen, slve casti slve consilio deorum, e mani- bus ejus lapsa est et pedem leviter vulneravit. Ille extemplo dolorem gravem per omnia membra sensit, et* post breve tempus vl venenl exanimatus est. Mox Hercules, qui re- liquos Centauros secutus erat, ad antrum rediit, et magno 175 cum dolore Pholum mortuum vldit. Multis cum lacrimls corpus amlcl ad sepulttiram dedit; tum, postquam alterum cyathum vlnl hausit, somno se dedit. 17. Fifth Labor — Cleansing the Augean Stables Deinde Eurystheus Hercull hunc laborem graviorem im- posuit. Augeas quldam, qul illo tempore regnum in Elide iso obtinebat, tria mllia boum habebat. Hl in stabulo ingentis magnitiidinis includebantur. Stabuium autem illuvie ac squalore obsitum erat; neque enim ad hoc tempus umquam purgatum erat. Hoc jussus est Hercules intra spatium tinlus 164. reliqul, the others. 165. fuga, infiight; the ablative denotes means, however. 171. sive . . . deorum, either by chance or by design of the gods. 179. Herculi, upon Hercules; the dative is governed by the compound verb imposuit. 181. tria mflia boum, three thousand cattle; it must be kept in mind that the singular mille is usually an adjective, while the plural milia is always a noun used with a dependent genitive. Boum is the genitive plural of bos. 183. neque umquam, never. 300 SUPPLEMENTARY LATIN READINGS 185 diel purgare. Ille, etsi res erat multae operae, negotium sus- cepit. Prlmum, magno labore fossam duodevlgintl pedum fecit, per quam fluminis aquam de montibus ad murum stabull perduxit. Tum, postquam murum perriipit, aquam in stabulum immlsit et tall modo, contra oplnionem omnium, 100 opus confecit. 18. Sixth Labor — The Birds of Stymphalus Post paucos dies Hercules ad oppidum Stymphalum iter fecit; jusserat enim eum Eurystheus aves Stymphalides 185. erat multae operae, was one of great labor; another genitive of description standing in the predicate, as in line 107. 186. duodeviginti pedum: the genitive of description with numerals is regularly employed to express measure. The reference is to width. 1. Give the principal parts of jubeo, refero, trado, curro. 2. Decline in full the phrase illud tempus. 3. What form is bibentem, line 158? 4. Give the ablative singular of fossa, antrum, nomen, aditus, dies. 5. Where was Arcadia? 6. Give the derivation and meaning of the English word "vim". VOCABULARY REVIEW aditus levis fero celeriter bracchium notus jaceo deinde cornii novus mlror fortiter cursus nullus obtineo supra facultas reliquus perterreo umquam mors vlvus peto unde negotium progredior opus aperio projicio etsl paltis coepi relinquo pellis committo sequor contra vestlgium consequor specto praeter consisto traho ingens curro HERCULES 301 necare. Hae aves rostra aenea habebant, et carne hominum vescebantur. Ille, postquam ad locum pervenit, lacum vldit; in hoc autem lacu, qui non procul erat ab oppido, aves habi- 195 tabant. Niilla tamen dabatur appropinquandl facultas. La- cus enim non ex aqua sed e llmo constitit; Hercules igitur neque pedibus neque lintre progredl potuit. Tandem, postquam magnam partem diel frustra consumpsit, hoc conatu destitit et ad Vulcanum se contulit auxilium- 200 que ab eo petiit. Vulcanus, qul a fabrls maxime colebatur, crepundia, quae ipse ex aere fabricatus erat, Herculi dedit. Hls Hercules dlrum crepitum fecit, et aves perterritae avolaverunt; ille autem, dum avolant, magnum numerum eorum sagittls transflxit. - 205 19. Seventh Labor — The Cretan Bull Tum jussit Herculem Eurystheus taurum quendam fero- cissimum ex Insula Creta vlvum referre. Ille igitur navem conscendit et, cum prlmum ventus idoneus fuit, solvit. Ubi tamen Insulae jam appropinquabat, magna tempestas subito coorta est, navisque cursum tenere non poterat. Nautae 210 paene omnem spem salutis deposuerunt; tantus timor 193. carae: from caro; the deponent verbs utor, fruor, fungor, potior, vescor, take as their object an ablative, not an accusative. 196. appropinquandl: a gerund in the genitive case, like respirandi, line 97. 197. constitit: from consto. 198. pedibus, on foot; ablative of means, here suggesting in addition the idea of manner. 206. ferocissimum, very savage. The translation of the superlative by very is frequently necessary. 208. cum primum, as soon as. With this phrase, as with ubi, postquam, simul atque, the perfect indicative is most frequently employed, as ex- plained in the note on Perseus, 12. solvit, set sail. 209. Insulae: the verb appropinquo takes either a dative, as here, or ad with an accusative. 302 SUPPLEMENTARY LATIN READINGS animos eorum occupaverat. Hercules, tamen, etsl navigandi imperltus erat, haudquaquam territus est. Post breve tempus summa tranquillitas consecuta est, et 215 nautae, qul se ex timore jam receperant, navem incolumem ad terram perduxerunt. Hercules e navl egressus est, et, ubi ad regem Cretae venit, causam veniendl docuit. Deinde, postquam omnia parata sunt, ad eam regionem contendit quam taurus vastabat. Mox taurum vldit, et, quamquam 220 res erat magnl perlcull, cornua ejus prehendit. Tum ingentl labore monstrum ad navem traxit et cum praeda in Graeciam rediit. 20. Eighth Labor — Capture of the Horses OF DlOMEDE Postquam ex Insula Creta rediit, Hercules ab Eurystheo in Thraciam missus est et equos Diomedis reducere jussus. Hl 225 equl carne hominum vescebantur; Diomedes autem, vir cru- delissimus, iis projiciebat peregnnos omnes qul in eam regionem venerant. Hercules igitur magna celeritate in Thraciam contendit et hos equos ab Diomede postulavit. Quod tamen ille hos tradere nolebat, Hercules, Ira com- 230 motus, regem interfecit et cadaver ejus equls projicl jussit. Ita mlra rerum commtitatio facta est; is enim qul antea multos cum cruciatu necaverat ipse eodem supplicio necatus est. Ubi haec nuntiata sunt, omnes qul eam regionem in- colebant maxima laetitia affectl sunt, et Hercull meritam 235 gratiam referebant. Non modo maximls honoribus et prae- mils eum decoraverunt, sed regnum etiam el obtulerunt. 212. navigandi imperitus, ignorant of, unskilled in, navigation. The genitive of the gerund here depends upon an adjective; in line 196 it was used with a noun, facultas. 215. se receperant, had recovered. 225. carne: why ablative? See note on line 193. 234. meritam gratiam referebant: for the translation consult the note on Perseus, 86. HERCULES 303 Ille tamen regnum accipere nolebat et, postquam ad mare rediit, navem occupavit. Ubi omnia ad navigandum parata sunt, equos in navem collocavit; deinde idoneam tempesta- tem nactus, sine mora e portu solvit et paulo post equos in 240 lltus Argolicum exposuit. 21. Ninth Labor — The Girdle of Hippolyte Gens Amazonum dicitur omnino ex mulieribus constitisse. Hae summam scientiam rei mllitaris habebant et maximam virtutem praebebant; nam etiam cum viris proelium com- mittere audebant. Hippolyte, Amazonum reglna, balteum 245 habuit celeberrimum, quem Mars el dederat. Admeta autem, Eurysthel fllia, famam de hoc balteo acceperat, et eum pos- sidere vehementer cupiebat. Eurystheus igitur Herculem jussit copias cogere et bellum Amazonibus Inferre. Ille nuntios in omnes partes dlmlsit et, postquam magna multi- 250 ttido convenit, eos delegit qul maximum tisum in re mllitarl habebant. 22. The Girdle Refused Hls virls Hercules causam itineris exposuit; illl auctoritate ejus adductl iter cum eo facere constituerunt. Tum cum ils 238. navem occupavit, went on board his ship. ad navigandum, for sailing; one of the commonest uses of the gerund is the accusative with ad in expressions of purpose. 239. tempestatem, weather; with what meaning has the word been used previously? Compare Perseus, 7. 240. nactus: from nanciscor. The past participle of a deponent verb is usually active in meaning. paulo post: see note on line 27. 242. constitisse: from consto. 243. rei mflitaris, military science, art of war. 244. proelium committere, to engage in battle. 249. bellum Amazonibus Inferre, to make war on the Amazons. 253. His viris: dative of indirect object. auctoritate: ablative of cause. 304 SUPPLEMENTARY LATIN READINGS 255 quibus persuaserat navem conscendit et, ventum idoneum nactus, post paucos dies ad ostium fiuminis Thermodontis appulit. Postquam in flnes Amazonum venit, nuntium ad Hippolytam mlsit, qul causam veniendl docuit et balteum poposcit. Ipsa Hippolyte balteum tradere volebat, quod de 260 Herculis virtiite famam acceperat; quod tamen reliquae Amazones nolebant, negavit. At Hercules, ubi haec nunti- ata sunt, belli fortunam temptare constituit. Proximo igitur die copias eduxit. Tum locum idoneum delegit et hostes ad pugnam evocavit. Amazones quoque 265 copias suas ex castrls eduxerunt et non magno intervallo aciem Instruxerunt. 23. The Battle Palus erat non magna inter duos exercitus; neutrl tamen initium transeundl facere volebant. Tandem Hercules sig- num dedit et, ubi paltidem transiit, proelium commisit. 270 Amazones impetum virorum fortissime sustinuerunt et contra oplnionem omnium magnam virttitem praestiterunt ; multos quidem eorum occlderunt, multos etiam in fugam conjecerunt. Virl enim novo genere pugnae perturbabantur, nec solitam virttitem praestabant. Hercules autem, ubi haec 255. quibus: persuddeo is one of the special verbs that govern the dative. 256. post paucos dies: in this phrase post is employed as a preposition. ad ostium Thermodontis: the Thermodon was a river in Pontus, a country on the southern coast of the Black Sea. The Amazons were also represented as dwelling to the north on the river Don. 259. volebat, was willing. 261. nolebant: the words balteum tradere are to be understood. 265. non magno intervallo, at no great distance (interval). 267. non magna, of no great extent. neutri: neither side, a rather frequent meaning for the plural of neuter. 270. Amazones magnam virtutem praestiterunt : the Amazons were said to have ventured to attack the territories of other nations, and to have made their way even into Attica, the district about Athens. 274. nec: translate and not. HERCULES 305 AN AMAZON 306 SUPPLEMENTARY LATIN READINGS 275 vldit, de suls fortunls desperare coepit. Mllites igitur ve- hementer cohortatus ad prlstinam virtutem tantum dedecus deprecatus est; quibus verbls animl omnium erectl sunt; nam multl, etiam qui vulneribus confectl erant, proelium sine mora redintegraverunt. 24. Defeat of the Amazons 280 Diu et acriter pugnatum est; tandem tamen ad solis oc- casum magna commutatio rerum facta est, et mulieres terga verterunt atque fuga salutem petierunt. Multae autem vul- neribus defessae, dum fugiunt, captae sunt; in quo numero ipsa erat Hippolyte. Hercules summam clementiam praestitit 285 et, postquam balteum accepit, llbertatem omnibus captlvls dedit. Post haec socios ad mare reduxit et, quod non mul- tum aestatis supererat, in Graeciam proficlscl matiiravit. Navem igitur conscendit et, tempestatem idoneam nactus, statim solvit. Antequam tamen in Graeciam pervenit, ad 290 urbem Trojam navem appellere constituit; frumentum enim quod secum habebat jam deficere coeperat. 276. Milites . . . deprecatus est, urged his soldiers to (display) their old-time courage (and) deplored, etc. 277. quibus: translate by a demonstrative, these. 278. etiam qui, even those who. 280. Diu . . . pugnatum est, the battle was long and fierce; literally, it was fought long and fiercely. ad solis occasum, about sunset. 286. haec, this. non multum aestatis, not much of the summer; multum is neuter of the adjective used as a noun. 290. Trojam: another example of an appositive where English would use a phrase with of. 1. What is the Latin for "after a few days"? 2. What part of speech is procul? 3. Give a synopsis of do and consumo in the third person singular, active voice. 4. Give the gerunds of video and venio in all cases. 5. Con- jugate nolb in the present and imperfect indicative. 6. Find the derivation and meaning of "itinerary." HERCULES 307 25. Laomedon and the Sea Monster Laomedon quldam illo tempore regnum Trojae obtinebat; ad hunc Neptfinus et Apollo anno superiore venerant et, quod Troja nondum moenia habebat, ad hoc opus auxilium obtulerant. Postquam tamen horum auxilio moenia confecta 295 sunt, nolebat Laomedon praemium quod proposuerat per- solvere. Neptunus igitur et Apollo, ob hanc causam Iratl, mon- strum quoddam mlserunt specie horribill, quod cotldie e mari veniebat et homines pecudesque vorabat. Trojanl igitur, 300 timore perterritl, in urbe continebantur, et pecora omnia ex agris intra mtlros compulerant. Laomedon, hls rebus com- motus, oraculum consuluit; a deo autem jussus est flliam Hesionem monstro objicere. 26. The Rescue of Hesione Laomedon, ubi hoc responsum renuntiatum est, magnum 305 dolorem percepit. Sed tamen, quod clves suos tanto perlculo 301. continebantur: here equivalent to se continebant, were confining themselves. VOCABULARY REVIEW aestas tlsus deficio supersum auctoritas despero transeo commutatio defessus ediico cruciatus imperltus evoco acriter genus incolumis Infero ^ntea initium neuter mattiro modo mulier prlstinus nanclscor quidem occasus nego quoque portus audeo perturbo rostrum cohortor posco cum signum colloco postulo socius consto praebeo supplicium coorior redintegro 308 SUPPLEMENTARY LATIN READINGS llberare volebat, oraculo parere constituit et diem sacrificio dixit. Sed, sive casti slve consilio deorum, Hercules tempore opportunissimo Trojam attigit; ipso enim temporis piincto 310 quo puella catenls vlncta ad lltus dediicebatur ille navem appulit. Hercules, e navl egressus, de rebus quae gerebantur certior factus est; tum, Ira commotus, ad regem se contulit et auxilium suum obtulit. Rex libenter ejus auxilium accepit; deinde Hercules monstrum interfecit et puellam, quae jam 315 omnem spem salutis deposuerat, incolumem ad patrem reduxit. Laomedon magno cum gaudio flliam suam accepit, et Hercull pro tanto beneficio meritam gratiam rettulit. 27. Tenth Labor — The Oxen of Geryon Post haec jussus est Hercules ad Insulam Erythlam Ire bovesque Geryonis arcessere. Res erat summae difficultatis, 320 quod boves a gigante Eurytione et a cane bicipite custodie- bantur. Ipse autem Geryon speciem horribilem praebebat; habebat enim tria corpora inter se conjtincta. Hercules tamen, etsl intellegebat perlculum magnum esse, negotium suscepit, et, postquam per multas terras iter fecit, ad eam 325 partem Libyae pervenit quae Europae proxima est. Ibi in utraque parte fretl quod Europam a Libya dlvidit columnas constituit, quae postea Herculis Columnae appellatae sunt. 307. oraculo: dative with the special verb parere. sacrificio, for the sacrifice, dative. 309. ipso . . . temporis puncto quo, at the very moment at which. 312. certior factus est, was informed; literally, the words mean was made more certain. 322. inter se, together, to one anoiher. 323. perlculum magnum esse, that the danger was great; an example of indirect discourse. 325. Europae: dative, depending on the adjective proxima. in utraque parte, on both sides. 327. Herculis Columnae: usually referred to as the Pillars of Hercules; the Rock of Gibraltar and a hill on the opposite side of the Straits doubt- less gave rise to this legend. HERCULES 309 28. The Golden Ship Dum hlc moratur, Hercules magnum incommodum ex calore solis accipiebat. Tandem igitur, Ira commotus, arcum suum intendit et solem sagittls petiit. Sol tamen, audaciam 330 virl admlratus, lintrem auream el dedit. Hercules hoc donum libentissime accepit; nullam enim navem in hls regionibus invenlre potuerat. Tum lintrem deduxit et, ventum nactus idoneum, post breve tempus ad Insulam pervenit. Postquam ex incolls cognovit de loco ubi boves erant, eo statim profec- 335 tus est et a rege Geryone boves postulavit. Quod tamen ille hos tradere nolebat, Hercules et regem ipsum et gigantem Eurytionem interfecit. 29. A Miraculous Hail-Storm Tum Hercules boves per Hispaniam et Liguriam compei- lere constituit. Postquam igitur omnia parata sunt, bcves 340 ex Insula ad continentem transportavit. Ligures tamen, gens bellicosissima, dum ille per flnes eorum iter facit, magnls copils convenerunt, atque eum longius progredl prohibebant. Hercules magnam difficultatem habebat; barbarl enim in locls superioribus constiterant, et saxa telaque in eum conjiciebant. 34f Ille quidem paene omnem spem salutis deposuerat; sed tem- 330. petiit, attacked, a somewhat infrequent meaning of the verb. 331. admiratus, admiring; the past participlcs of certain deponent verbs are frequently best rendcred by an English present participle. 335. eo: an adverb. 337. et . . . et, both . . . and. 342. fines: not boundaries. magnis copiis, with large forces, ablative of accompaniment; in express- ing accompaniment cum may be omitted in military expressions if the noun in the ablative is modified by an adjective other than a numeral. 343. eum . . . progredi prohibebant, tried to prevent him from proceed- ing. The infinitive with subject accusative often depends on prohibeo. The imperfect tense here denotes an attempted action. 345. constiterant: from consisto. 346. quidem: this word often means it is true, to be sure; it is then followed in the next sentence by some word denoting opposition or con- trast, here sed, but, nevertheless. 310 SUPPLEMENTARY LATIN READINGS pore opportunissimo Juppiter imbrem lapidum ingentium e caelo demlsit. Hi magna vi ceciderunt et magnum numerum Ligurum occlderunt; ipse tamen Hercules, ut in talibus rebus 350 accidere consuevit, nihil incommodi cepit. 30. Passage of the Alps Postquam Ligures hoc modo superati sunt, Hercules quam celerrime progressus est et post paucos dies ad Alpes per- venit. Necesse erat hos translre, quod in Italiam boves ducere volebat; res tamen summae erat difficultatis. Hi 355 enim montes, qui Galliam ulteriorem ab Italia dlvidunt, nive perennl teguntur; quam ob causam neque frumentum neque pabulum in his regionibus invenlri potest. Hercules igitur, artequam ascendere coepit, magnam copiam frumenti et pabuli comparavit, et boves oneravit. Postquam in hls rebus 560 tres dies constimpserat, quarto die profectus est et contra omnium opinionem, boves incolumes in ItaUam tradiixit. 31. Cacus Steals the Oxen Post breve tempus ad flumen Tiberim venit; illo tamen tempore ntilla erat urbs in eo loco. Roma enim nondum 349. in talibus rebus: i.e., when favored with divine help. 350. consuevit: the force of the tenses of this verb is explained in the note on line 32. nihil incommodi, no harm; literally nothing of harm. 351. quam celerrime, as rapidly as possible. 355. Galliam ulteriorem: i.e., Gaul north of the Alps; the valley of the Po in Italy was also inhabited at one time by Gallic tribes and was known to the Romans as Gallia ciierior, Nearer Gaul. 356. quam ob causam, for this reason; for the position of the preposi- tion see the note on hoc in templo, line 73. 362. Tiberim: a few third declension nouns have -dm instead of -em as the ending of the accusative singular. 1. Give the principal parts of praesto, solvo, propono, proficiscor. 2. Decline civis and litus. 3. Give the ablative plural of vulnus, annus, rex, regnum, dies. 4. Conjugate mitto a,nd jubeo in the future active. 5. Who were the Amazons? 6. Who was Neptune? 7. What was the Hydra? 8. How many labors was Hercules to perform? HERCULES 311 condita erat. Hercules, itinere fessus, constituit ibi paucos dies moraii atque se ex laboribus recreare. Haud procul 365 a valle ubi boves pascebantur antrum erat, in quo gigas quldam, nomine Cacus, tum habitabat. Hic speciem terri- bilem praebebat, non modo quod ingenti magnitudine corporis erat, sed quod ignem ex ore explrabat. Cacus autem de adventu Herculis famam acceperat; noctii igitur venit et, 370 dum Hercules dormit, quattuor pulcherrimorum boum abri- puit. Hos caudls in antrum traxit; hoc enim modo putavit Herculem vestigils deceptum boves non inventurum esse. 32. Hercules Discovers the Theft Postero die, simul atque e somno excitatus est, Hercules furtum animadvertit, et boves amissos undique quaerebat. 375 Hos tamen nusquam repeiire poterat, non modo quod locl naturam ignorabat, sed quod vestlgils falsls deceptus est. Tandem, ubi magnam partem diel frustra consiimpsit, cum reliquls bobus progredl constituit. At, dum proficlscl parat, iinus e bobus quos secum habuit muglre coepit. Extemplo 3so il qul in antro incliisl erant miigltum reddiderunt; hoc modo Hercules locum invenit. Tum vehementer Iratus, ad spelun- cam quam celerrime se contulit. At Cacus saxum ingens dejecerat et aditum speluncae omnlno obstriixerat. 368. ingenti magnitudine : ablative of description; what other case might have been employed? 373. Herculem . . . non inventurum esse, that Hercules, deceived by the tracks, would not find; see note on line 323. 374. die: ablative denoting time at which. What idea of time is expressed by dies in line 365? 375. boves amissos, the lost oxen; the participle is employed as an adjective. 380. unus e bobus: with cardinal numbers and with quldam an ablative with ex or de is more common than a genitive; the latter, however, some- times occurs, as in line 371. 383. quam celerrime: see note on line 351. 312 SUPPLEMENTARY LATIN READINGS 33. Recovery of the Oxen 385 Hercules, quoniam nullum alium introitum reperlre poterat, hoc saxum amovere conatus est; sed propter ejus magnitu- dinem res erat difficillima. Diu laborabat, neque quidquam efficere poterat. Tandem tamen magno conatu saxum amovit et speluncam patefecit. Ibi amissos boves magno 390 cum gaudio conspexit. Sed Cacum ipsum vix cernere potuit, quod spelunca repleta erat fiimo quem ille more suo evome- bat. Hercules, inusitata specie turbatus, breve tempus haesitabat; mox tamen in speluncam irrupit et collum mon- strl bracchils complexus est. Ille, etsl multum rehlctatus est, 395 nullo modo se llberare potuit; et, quod ntilla facultas respl- randl dabatur, mox, quod necesse fuit, exanimatus est. 34. Eleventh Labor — The Golden Apples of the hesperides Eurystheus, postquam boves Geryonis accepit, laborem undecimum Herculi imposuit, graviorem quam quos supra narravimus. Jussit enim eum aurea poma ex horto Hesperi- 400 dum auferre. Hesperides autem nymphae erant quaedam forma praestantissima, quae in terra longinqua habitabant, et quibus aurea quaedam poma a Jiinone commissa erant. Multi homines, auri cupiditate inducti, haec poma auferre 387. neque, but not; occasionally neque is used as the equivalent of sed non instead of et non. 391. more suo, according to his custom; the ablative is sometimes em- ployed to express the idea of "in accordance with." 392. breve tempus: accusative of duration of time. 396. quod (a thing) which, or as; neuter, because the relative refers to the fact in exanimatus est. 398. Hercull: see note on line 179. quam: supply el erant. 400. quaedam: with nymphae. HERCULES 313 jam antea conati erant; res tamen difficillima erat. Nam hortus in quo poma erant muro ingenti undique circumdatus 405 est; praeterea draco quldam, qui centum capita habebat, por- tam Iiortl dlligenter custodiebat. Opus igitur quod Eurys- theus Hercull imperaverat erat summae difficultatis, non modo ob causas quas memoravimus, sed quod Hercules situm hortl omnlno ignorabat. 410 35. Atlas, Who Upheld the Heavens Hercules, quamquam quietem vehementer cupiebat, con- stituit tamen Eurystheo parere; et simul ac jussa ejus acce- pit, proficlscl matiiravit. Multos mercatores interrogaverat de sede Hesperidum; nihil tamen certum reperlre potuerat. Friistra per multas terras iter fecit et multa perlcula subiit; 415 tandem, postquam in hls itineribus totum annum consumpsit, ad extremam partem orbis, quae proxima erat Oceano, per- venit. Hlc stabat vir quldam, nomine Atlas, ingentl magni- tudine corporis, qul caelum (ita tradunt) umerls suis, sustine- bat et in terram decidere prohibebat. Hercules, tantum 420 laborem magnopere mlratus, post paulo in colloquium cum 408. Herculi, had imposed upon Hercules; Hercull is a dative governed by the special verb imperaverat. 412. Eurystheo: what case is governed by verbs of obeying? 417. orbis: supply terrarum; the two words together mean the world. 419. ita tradunt, so legend has it, as the legend goes; literally so they hand down. umeris: ablative of means, but to be translated on his shoulders. caelum decidere, fromfalling upon the earth; see note on line 343. 421. miratus, wondering at. 1. Conjugate possum in the present, imperfect, and future. 2. Decline dies. 3. Conjugate venio in the past perfect. 4. Give the principal parts of aufero, reddo, irrumpo. 5. What is the meaning of quam celerrime"? 6. Find the derivation and meaning of "ignite." 314 SUPPLEMENTARY LATIN READINGS Atlante venit et, postquam causam itineris exposuit, auxilium ejus petiit. 36. A SUBSTITUTE Atlas autem potuit Hercull maxime prodesse; ille enim, 425 quoniam ipse erat pater Hesperidum, situm horti bene sclvit. Postquam igitur audlvit causam itineris Herculis, "Ipse," inquit, "ad hortum Ibo; ego si hortabor, flliae certe poma sua sponte tradent." Hercules, ubi haec audlvit, magnopere gavlsus est; cupiebat enim rem sine vl fierl. Constituit igitur 430 oblatum auxilium accipere. Sed quod Atlas abitiirus erat, necesse erat aliquem caelum umerls sustinere. Hoc igitur negotium Hercules libenter suscepit et, quamquam res erat 424. Hercull: dative with prodesse, benefit. 427. hortabor: supply eds as object. sua sponte, of their own accord. 429. gavisus est: from gaudeo. 430. abiturus erat, was about to go away; the future active participle is often thus used with a form of the verb sum. VOCABULARY REVTEW colloquium accido efficio turbo cupiditas amitto indtico incommodum arcesso intellego longe lapis aufero memoro noctii mercator cado moror quam os circumdo pareo ut pabulum condo patefacio conjungo puto quoniam posterus conor reniintio ulterior custodio subeo uterque decipio tego demitto tradiico HERCULES 315 summl laboris, totum pondus caeli continuos complures dies solus sustinuit. 37. Return of Atlas Atlas interea abierat et ad hortum Hesperidum, qui pauca 435 milia passuum aberat, se quam celerrime contulerat. Eo ubi venit, causam veniendl exposuit et a flliabus suls poma vehementer petlvit. Illae diu haerebant; nolebant enim hoc facere, quod ab ipsa Jiinone, de qua ante dictum est, hoc mQnus acceperant. Atlas tamen post multa verba ils per- 440 suasit et poma ad Herculem rettulit. Hercules interea, qul plures dies expectaverat neque ullam famam de reditti Atlantis acceperat, hac mora graviter commotus est. Tan- dem qulnto die Atlantem vldit redeuntem, et mox magno cum gaudio poma accepit; tum, postquam gratias pro tanto 445 beneficio egit, ad Graeciam proficlscl matiiravit. 38. Twelfth Labor — Cerberus, the Three-headed Dog Postquam aurea poma ad Eurystheum relata sunt, unus modo relinquebatur e duodecim laboribus quos Eurystheus Her- culi praeceperat. Eurystheus autem, quod Herculem mag- nopere timebat, se ab eo in perpetuum llberare volebat. Jus- 450 sit igitur eum canem Cerberum ex Orco in lucem trahere. 435. pauca milia passuum, a few miles. The use of mille in the plural is explained in the note on line 181. 436. E6: an adverb. 437. filiabus: the noun filia has filiabus (not filiis) as the dative and ablative plural; dea (goddess) also has -abus as the ending of these cases; in other forms these nouns have the regular endings of the first declen- sion. 439. dictum est, we have spoken. 448. quos Eurystheus Hercull praeceperat, which Eurystheus had im- posed upon Hercules; the compound verb praecipib is transitive and so takes both a dative, Herculi, and an accusative, quos. 450. in perpetuum, forever; the neuter adjective is used as a noun. 316 SUPPLEMENTARY LATIN READINGS Hoc opus omnium difncillimum erat; nemo enim umquam ex Orco redierat. Praeterea Cerberus iste monstrum erat horri- bili specie, qui tria capita serpentibus saevls clncta habebat. 455 Antequam tamen hunc laborem narramus, non alienum vide- tur, quoniam de Orco mentionem fecimus, pauca de ista regione proponere. 39. Orcus, or Hades, the Abode of the Dead De Orco, qul Idem Hades appellabatur, haec traduntur. Ut quisque e vlta discesserat, manes ejus ad Orcum, sedem 460 mortuorum, a deo Mercurio deducebantur. Hujus regionis, quae sub terra fuisse dlcitur, rex erat Pluto, cujus uxor erat Proserpina, Jovis et Cereris fllia. Manes igitur, a Mercurio deducti, prlmum ad rlpam veniebant Stygis fliiminis, quo continetur regnum Phltonis. Hoc omnes translre necesse erat 465 qul in Orcum veniebant. Quoniam tamen in hoc flumine nullus pons erat, manes transvehebantur a Charonte quodam, qul cum parva scapha ad rlpam expectabat. Charon pro hoc officio mercedem postulabat, neque volebat quemquam sine hoc praemio transvehere. Ob hanc causam mos erat apud 470 antlquos nummum in ore mortul ponere; eo modo, ut puta- bant, mortuus ad Stygem veniens pretium trajecttis solvere poterat. II autem qui post mortem in terra non sepulti 455. alienum, out of place. 456. pauca, a few things. 458. Idem, also, a frequent meaning of the word. 459. Ut, when. quisque, each person. manes: a plural noun, but to be translated as singular. 460. Mercurio: one of the functions ascribed to the god Mercury was that of guide of souls into the lower world. 464. omnes transire necesse erat, all must cross. The subject of erat is the infinitive clause omnes translre. 465. in (flumine), over. 469. mos erat . . . ponere, it was the custom to place; ponere is the subject of erat. 470. mortui, of the dead person. HERCULES 317 erant Stygem translre non potuerunt, sed in lltore per cen- tum annos errare coactl sunt; tum demum licuit Orcum intrare. 475 40. The Realm of Pluto Postquam manes Stygem hoc modo transierant, ad alte- rum veniebant flumen, quod Lethe appellatum est. Ex hoc fliimine aquam bibere cogebantur. Quod ubi fecerant, res omnes in vlta gestas e memoria deponebant. Denique ad sedem ipsam Pliitonis veniebant, cujus introitus a cane Cer- 480 bero custodiebatur. Ibi Pluto, nigro vestltii indutus, cum uxore Proserpina in solio sedebat. Stabant etiam non procul ab eo loco tria alia solia, in quibus sedebant Mlnos, Rhada- manthus, et Aeacus, judices Inferorum. Hl mortuls jiis dlce- bant et praemia poenasque constituebant. Boni enim in 485 Campos Elysios, sedem beatorum, veniebant; improbi autem in Tartarum mittebantur, et multls varilsque supplicils ibi excruciabantur. 475. intrare: subject of licuit. 478. Quod ubi fecerant, and when they had done this. The Latin relative pronoun often stands at the beginning of a sentence and refers to an antecedent in the preceding sentence. When thus used it is often fol- lowed by ubi, as in this instance, or by cum. In this use it is translated by a personal or a demonstrative pronoun. res omnes . . . gestas, freely, all the experiences of life; literally, all things done in life. 482. Stabant, there stood; see note on line 146. 484. mortuis jus dicebant, dispensed justice to the dead. 486. Campos Elysios : in early Greek literature the Elysian Fields were spoken of as lying in the far west, at the earths extremity, or in the Islands of the Blest. At a later time they were represented as a part of the lower world. 1. Give the principal parts of cupio, capio, paro, pareo,flo. 2. Givethe ablative plural of mercator, filia, filius, orbis. 3. Give a synopsis of hortor in the third person plural. 4. Decline reditus in the singular number. 5. What is the case of iis, line 440, and why used? 6. Explain the deriva" tion and meaning of "volition". 318 SUPPLEMENTARY LATIN READINGS 41. Charon's Fekry Hercules, postquam imperia Eurysthel accepit, in Laco- 490 niam ad Taenarum statim se contulit; ibi enim spelunca erat ingenti magnitudine, per quam (ut tradebatur) homines ad Orcum descendebant. Eo ubi venit et ex incolls situm spe- luncae cognovit, sine mora descendere constituit. Nec tamen solus hoc iter faciebat. Mercurius enim et Minerva se 495 socios ei adjtlnxerant. Ubi ad rlpam Stygis venit, Hercules scapham Charontis conscendit. Quod tamen Hercules vir erat ingentl magnitiidine corporis, Charon solvere nolebat; arbitrabatur enim tantum pondus scapham suam in medio fliimine mersurum esse. Tandem tamen, minls Herculis ter- 500 ritus, Charon scapham solvit et eum incolumem ad ulteriorem ripam perduxit. 42. The Twelve Labors Accomplished Postquam fliimen Stygem tall modo transiit, Hercules in sedem ipslus Plutonis venit et, postquam causam veniendi docuit, ab eo facultatem Cerberum auferendl petlvit. Pliit5, 505 qul de Hercule famam acceperat, eum benigne excepit et facultatem quam ille petebat libenter dedit. Jussit tamen Herculem imperata Eurysthel facere et postea Cerberum in Orcum rursus reducere. Hercules haec pollicitus est, et Cer- berum, quem non sine magno perlculo manibus prehenderat, <»io summo cum labore ex Orco in lucem et ad urbem Eurysthel traxit. Eo ubi venit, Eurystheus ex atrid statim refugit; 491. ut tradebatur: the clause has the same sense as ita trddunt, line 419. 492. Ed, to that place. 495. socios, as companions. 498. tantum pondus . . . mersurum esse, that such a weight would sink, etc. 504. auferendi: the genitive of the gerund of a transitive verb may have a direct object, here Cerberum. 510. in lucem, into the light, i.e., to the upper world. HERCULES 319 tantus pavor animum ejus occupaverat. Postquam autem paulum se ex timore recepit, multis cum lacrimls clamitavit se velle monstrum sine mora in Orcum reducl. Slc, contra omnium oplnionem, duodecim illl labores quos Eurystheus 5i» praeceperat intra duodecim annos confectl sunt. Itaque Hercules, servittite tandem llberatus, magno cum gaudio Thebas rediit. 43. Nessus, the Centaur Post haec Hercules multa alia praeclara perfecit, quae nunc perscrlbere longum est. Tandem, jam aetate provectus, 520 Deianlram, Oenel flliam, in matrimonium duxit; post tamen tres annos puerum quendam, nomine Eunomum, casu occldit. More antlquo necesse erat Herculem ob eam rem in exilium Ire; itaque cum uxore sua e finibus ejus clvitatis exlre matti- ravit. Dum tamen iter faciunt, ad flumen quoddam pervene- 525 runt, in quo ntillus pons erat, et dum quaerunt modum transeundl, accurrit Centaurus quldam, nomine Nessus, qui auxilium viatoribus obtulit. Hercules igitur uxorem suam in tergum Nessi imposuit; tum ipse flumen nando transiit. At Nessus, paulum in aquam progressus, ad rlpam subito revertit 530 et Deianlram auferre conabatur. Quod ubi animadvertit Hercules, Ira graviter commotus, arcum intendit et pectus Nessl sagitta transfixit. 513. se recepit, recovered. 514. se velle: again indirect discourse, that he wished; velle in turn governs an infinitive clause, monstrum . . . reducl. 518. Thebas, to Thebes; the name of a city without a preposition is used to express the place to which. 619. praeclara, famous exploits. quae: object of perscribere. 620. longum est, it would take too long. 623. More: an ablative expressing accordance, used as in line 391. 529. nando, by swimming, ablative of the gerund expressing means and manner. 531. Quod ubi: the note on line 478 should be consulted. 320 SUPPLEMENTARY LATIN READINGS 44. The Poisoned Robe Nessus igitur, sagitta Herculis transflxus, moriens humi 535 jacebat; at nolens occasionem Herculem ulclscendl dlmittere, ita locutus est. "Tii, Deianlra, verba morientis audl: sl vls amorem marltl tul conservare, aliquid sanguinis hujus qul e pectore meo effunditur stime ac repone; tum, sl umquam sus- plcio in mentem tuam venerit, vestem marltl hoc sanguine 540 Inficies." Haec lociitus, Nessus animam efnavit; Deianlra autem, nihil mall suspicata, imperata fecit. Post breve tem- pus Hercules bellum contra Eurytum, regem Oechaliae, sus- cepit et, ubi regem ipsum cum fllils interfecit, Iolen, flliam Eurytl, captlvam reduxit. Antequam tamen domum venit, 545 navem ad Cenaeum promunturium appulit. Ibi in terram egressus, quod Jovl sacrificare volebat, aram constituit. Dum tamen sacrificium parat, Licham, comitem suum, domum Ire et vestem albam referre jussit; mos enim erat apud antlquos in sacrificando vestem albam gerere. At Deianlra, arbitrata 550 Herculem amorem erga Iolen habere, vestem, priusquam Lichae dedit, sanguine Nessl Infecit. 45. The Death of Hercules Hercules, nihil mall suspicatus, vestem quam Lichas attulit statim induit. Post tamen breve tempus dolorem per omnia 535. Herculem ulclscendi: the genitive of the gerund with a direct object, as in line 504. 536. morientis, of one who is dying; a present participle (from morior) used as a noun. 537. aliquid sanguinis hujus, some of this blood. 541. nihil mali, no harm. suspicata, suspecting. 544. domum, home; the accusative of this noun, like that of the names of cities, is used without a preposition to express the place to which. 549. sacrificando: ablative of the gerund governed by a preposition. arbitrata, thinking. 550. Herculem . . . habere, that Hercules was in love with Iole. HERCULES 821 membra sensit; sed, quod causam ejus rel ignorabat, magno- pere mlrabatur. Dolore paene exanimatus, vestem detrahere 555 conatus est. Illa tamen in corpore haesit, neque ullo modo divelll potuit. Tum demum Hercules, quasi furore impulsus, in montem Oetam se contulit et in rogum, quem summa celeritate extriixit, se imposuit. Hoc ubi fecit, voluit eos qui circumstabant rogum quam celerrime accendere. Omnes 560 diti recusabant; tandem tamen pastor quidam, ad misericor- diam inductus, ignem subdidit. Tum, dum omnia fumo obscurantur, Hercules, densa niibe velatus, a Jove in Olym- pum abreptus est. 662. ignem subdidit, set fire to (the pile). 1. Decline quisque. 2. Give a synopsis of cogo in the third person singular, active and passive. 3. Give the principal parts of confero, descendo, cognosco, polliceor, perscribo. 4. Find the derivation and meaning of "conservation." 5. What was the last of the twelve labors of Hercules? 6. What was the result of drinking from the river Lethe? 7. How did Nessus take vengeance on Hercules? 8. What was the name of the dog that guarded the lower world? 9. Who were king and queen of the lower world? 10. What were the Elysian Fields? VOCABDLARY REVIEW aetas complures exeo scio anima perpetuus flo suspicor clvitas solus hortor ulclscor comes tillus licet videor imperium lux mens aliquis quisque loquor morior perficio certe denique nemo absum polliceor sic pretium arbitror conservo pono reciiso priusquam alienus erro reverto ante LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY a, ab, prep. with abl., from, away from; by. abeo, -ire, -ii, -itum, go away, go. abripio, -ripere, -ripui, -reptum, carry ofT, steal. abscido, -cidere, -cidi, -cisum, cut off. absens, gen. absentis, absent. absum, abesse, afui, afuturus, be away, be absent, be distant. absumo, -sumere, -sumpsi, -sump- tum, destroy, kill. ac, see atque. accendo, -cendere, -cendi, -cen- sum, kindle, set on fire. accido, -cidere, -cidi, happen. accipio, -cipere, -cepi, -ceptum, re- ceive, accept. accumbo, -cumbere, -cubui, -cubi- tum, recline. accurro, -currere, -curri, -cursum, run up, come up. acer, acris, acre, fierce, eager. acerbus, -a, -um, bitter. Achaei, -orum, m. pl, the Achaeans. acies, -ei, f., line of battle. Acrisius, -i, m., Acrisius, grand- father of Perseus. acriter, adv., vigorously, fiercely. acuo, -ere, -ui, -utum, sharpen. ad, prep. with aec., to, toward; until; near; at. adduco, -ducere, -duxi, -ductum, bring, influence. adeo, -ire, -ii, -itum, go to, come to, approach. adeo, adv., to such an extent, so. adhuc, adv., as yet, still. aditus, -us, m., entrance. adjungo, -jungere, -junxi, -junc- tum, join to, attach. adjuvo, -juvare, -juvi, -jutum, help. Admeta, -ae, f., Admeta, daughter of Eurystheus. admiror, -ari, -atus sum, admire. adsto, -stare, -stiti, stand near, stand. adsum, -esse, -fui, -futurus, be present, be at hand, be here. adulescens, adulescentis, m., young man. aduro, -urere, -ussi, -ustum, burn, scorch, sear. advena, -ae, m., stranger. advenio, -venire, -veni, -ventum, come to, approach, arrive at. adventus, -us, m., approach, arrival. adversus, -a, -um, opposite, in front, facing; unfavorable. adverto, -vertere, -verti, -versum, turn toward, turn. Aeacus, -i, m., Aeacus, a judge in the lower world. aedificium, -i, n., a building. aeger, -gra, -grum, ill, sick. aegra, see aeger. aegroto, -are, -avi, -atum, be sick. Aegyptius, -a, -um, Egyptian; subst., m. pl., the Egyptians. aeneus, -a, -um, of bronze. the air. bronze. aestas, -atis, f., summer. aestate, in summer. aetas, -atis, f., age; lifetime. Aethiopes, -um, m. pl, the Ethi- opians, a people of Africa. affero, (adfero), afferre, attuli, allatum, bring to, bring. aer, aeris, m. aes, aeris, n. 323 AFFICIO 324 ANTIQUUS afficid (adficio), -ficere, -feci, -fec- tum, affect, treat. ager, agri, m., field, farm, land. agito, -are, -avi, -atum, drive, dis- turb, move; wave, shake. agmen, agminis, n., column, line, army, band. agnosco, -noscere, -novi, -nitum, recognize. agnus, -i, m., lamb. ago, agere, egi, actum, drive; do; spend, pass. agricola, -ae, m., farmer. albus, -a, -um, white. Alcmena, -ae, f., Alcmena, mother of Hercules. alienus, -a, -um, of another, an- other's, strange, unfavorable. alienus, -i, m., stranger. aliquis (aliqui), aliquid, someone, somebody, something, anyone, anything. alius, alia, aliud, another, other; alius . . . alius, one . . . another; pl., alii . . . alii, some . . . others. allatus, participle of afifero. alligo, -are, -avi, -atum, bind, tie. Alpes, -ium, f. pl., the Alps Moun- tains. alter, altera, alterum, one of two, the other of two, a second, another; alter . . . alter, the one . . . the other. altus, -a, -um, high, tall, deep. amamus, we love. amant, (they) love. amas, you love. amat, (he, she, it) loves. amator, -oris, m., lover. Amazones, -um, f. pl., the Ama- zons, a fabulous race of women warriors. ambrosia, -ae, f., ambrosia (the food of the gods). ambulant, (they) walk. ambulo, -are, -avi, -atum, walk. America, -ae, f., America. amici, friends. amicus, -a, -um, friendly. amicus, -i, m., friend. amitto, -mittere, -misi, -missum, lose. amo, -are, -avi, -atum, love. amoenus, -a, -um, pleasant. amor, -oris, m., love. amoveo, -movere, -movi, -motum, move away, remove. Amphinomus, -i, m., Amphinomus, one of Penelope's suitors. amphora, -ae, f., jar. amplector, amplecti, amplexus sum, embrace; se amplectuntur, they embrace each other. an, conj., or. ancilla, -ae, f., maid-servant, maid. Andromeda, -ae, f., Andromeda, the daughter of Cepheus. anima, -ae, f., breath; life. animadverto, -vertere, -verti, -ver- sum, observe, notice. animal, -alis, n., animal. animus, -i, m., mind, spirit. annon, conj., or not. annuo, -ere, -ui, nod, nod assent. annus, -i, m., year. ante, prep. with acc, before, in front of. antea, adv., formerly, before. antehac, adv., before this, hereto- fore. antequam, conj., before. Antinous, -i, m., Antinous, one of Penelope's suitors. antiquitus, adv.> long ago, in former times. antiquus, -a, -um, ancient; subst., m. pl., the ancients. ANTRUM 325 AVUS antrum, -I, n., cavern. apage, interjection, off with you, begone! aper, apri, m., wild boar. aperio, aperire, aperui, apertum, open. aperta, see apertus. apertus, -a, -um, open. Apollo, Apollinis, m., Apollo, god of archery, prophecy, music, poetry, and medicine. appareo, -ere, -ui, appear. appello, -are, -avi, -atum, call, name. appello, -pellere, -puli, -pulsum, drive to, bring to; with or without navem, bring to land, come to land, land. appeto, -petere, -petivi or -petii, -petitum, approach. appropinquo, -are, -avi, -atum, draw near, approach. apte, adv., skillfully, cleverly. apto, -are, -avi, -atum, adjust, fit. apud, prep. with acc, among; at the house of . aqua, -ae, f., water. ara, -ae, f., altar. arbitror, -ari, -atus sum, think. arbor, -oris, f., tree. arca, -ae, f., chest, box. Arcadia, -ae, f., Arcadia, a district of Greece. arcesso, -cessere, -cessivi, -cessi- tum, summon, bring. arcus, -us, m., bow. ardens, gen. ardentis, burning. ardeo, -ere, arsi, arsum, burn. arena, see harena. Argolicus, -a, -um, of Argolis (a district of Greece). Argus, -i, m., Argus, Ulysses's dog. aries, -etis, m., ram. arma, -orum, n. pl., arms, weapons. armatus, -a, -um, armed. armilla, -ae, f., bracelet. ars, artis, f., art. ascendo, -scendere, -scendi, -scen- siun, ascend, climb, mount. at, conj., but. Atlas, -antis, m., Atlas, a giant who held up the heavens on his shoulders. atque (before consonants ac), conj., and, and also. atrium, -i, n., atrium, the principal room or hall of a house. attendo, -tendere, -tendi, -tentum, turn toward; animum attendere, give attention. attingo, -tingere, -tigi, -tactum, touch, reach, arrive at. auctoritas, -atis, f., influence, au- thority. audacia, -ae, f., boldness, insolence. audeo, -ere, ausus sum, dare. audio, -ire, -ivi, -itum, hear, listen to, listen. auf er, imperative singular of aufero. aufero, auferre, abstuli, ablatum, carry off, take away, bring away. Augeas, -ae, m., Augeas, a king of Elis. aureus, -a, -um, of gold, gold (as adjeciive). auris, -is, f., ear. aurum, -i, n., gold. aut, conj., or; aut . . . aut, either . . . or. autem, conj. (never stands first in a sentence), but, however, on the other hand; furthermore. auxilium, -i, n., help, assistance. avidus, -a, -um, greedy. avis, avis, f., bird. avolo, -are, -avi, -atum, fly away. avunculus, -i, m., a mother's brother, uncle. avus, -i, m., grandfather. BACULUM 326 CENSEO B baculum, -i, n., wand, staf?. balatus, -us, m., bleating. balteus, -1, m., girdle, belt. barbari, -orum, m. pl., the barbar ians. barbarus, -a, -um, barbarous. beatus, -a, -um, happy. bellicosus, -a, -um, warlike. bellum, -I, n., war. belua, -ae, f., wild beast, beast. bene, adv., well; bene facere, treat kindly (with dative). beneficium, -I, n., kindness, favor. benigna, see benignus. benigne, adv., kindly. benignus, -a, -um, kind. bestia, -ae, f., beast, wild animal. bibo, bibere,bibi, drink. biceps, gen. bicipitis, two-headed. bona, see bonus. bonus, -a, -um, good. bos, bovis, m. and f., bull, ox, cow; pl., cattle, oxen. bracchium, -i, n., forearm, arm. brevi, adv., in a short time. brevis, -e, short, brief. Britannia, -ae, f., Great Britain. Busiris, -idis, m., Busiris, a king of Egypt, Cacus, -i, M., Cacus, a giant slain by Hercules. cadaver, -eris, n., a dead body. cado, -ere, cecidi, casurus, fall. caecus, -a, -um, bUnd. caedes, caedis, f., killing, slaughter. caedo, -ere, cecidi, caesum, cut. caelum, -i, N., sky, heaven. calathus, -i, m., basket. calidus, -a, -um, hot, warm. callidissimus, -a, -um, shrewdest, wisest. callidus, -a, -um, skillful, shrewd, wise. calor, -oris, m., heat. campus, -i, m., plain. cancer, -cri, m., crab. canis, canis, m., and f., dog. canto, -are, -avi, -atum, sing; crow. caper, capri, m., goat. capio, -ere, cepi, captum, take, seize; capture, receive; consilium ca- pere, to form a plan. captivus, -i, m., prisoner. caput, capitis, n., head. cara, see carus. caro, carnis, f., meat; flesh; plur., pieces of meat. carus, -a, -um, dear, precious. casa, -ae, f., cottage, hut. caseus, -i, m., cheese. castellum, -i, n., fort, redoubt. castra, -orum, n. pl., camp. casus, -us, m., accident, chance. catena, -ae, f., chain. cauda, -ae, f., tail. causa, -ae, f., cause, reason; abl. causa, preceded by genitive, for the sake (of), for the purpose (of). caveo, -ere, cavi, cautum, be care- ful, take care, beware of. caverna, *ae, f., cavern, cave. celeber, -bris, -bre, famous. celeritas, -atis, f., speed, swiftness. celeriter, adv., swiftly. celo, -are, -avi, -atum, conceal. cena, -ae, f., dinner. Cenaeum, -i, n., Cenaeum, a prom- ontory of the Island of Euboea. ceno, -are, -avi, -atum, dine. censeo, -ere, censui, censum, think, believe. CENTAURUS 327 C0MPLE5 centaurus, -I, m., a Centaur, a myth- ical creature with a horse's body and a man's head. centum, numeral adj., hundred. centurio, -onis, m., centurion. Cepheus, -i, m., Cepheus, a king of Ethiopia. Cerberus, -i, m., Cerberus, the watch-dog of the lower world. Ceres, -eris, f., Ceres, goddess of agriculture. cerno, -ere, crevi, certum (cretum), discern, see. certamen, -inis, n., contest. certe, adv., certainly, surely. certus, -a, -um, certain, definite; pro certo, as certain. cervus, -i, m., stag, deer. ceteri, -ae, -a, the other, the rest of, the others. Charon, -ontis, m., Charon, the ferryman over the River Styx. cibus, -i, m., food. cingo, -ere, cinxi, cinctum, sur- round, encircle. Circe, Circae, f., Circe, an enchant- ress. circulus, -i, m., circle; ring, hoop. circum, prep. with acc, around. circumdo, -dare, -dedi, -datum, put around, surround. circumspecto, -are, -avi, -atum, look around. circumsto, -stare, -steti, — , stand around. circumvenio, -venire, -veni, -ven- tum, surround. cithara, -ae, f., cithara. civis, civis, m., citizen. civitas, -atis, f., the state, state. clamito, -are, -avi, -atum, shout, cry out. clamo, -are, -avi, -atum, shout, cry out. clamor, -oris, m., shout, cry. clara, see clarus. clarus, -a, -um, bright, clear; fa- mous. claudo, -ere, clausi, clausum, shut, close; enclose. clausus, -a, -um, closed. clava, -ae, f., club. clementia, -ae, f., mercy, clemency. coepi, coepisse, coeptum, began, has begun. cogito, -are, -avi, -atum, consider, think. cognosco, -noscere, -novi, -nitum, find out, know, recognize. cogo, -ere, coegi, coactum, collect; compel. cohortor, -ari, -atus sum, encourage, urge on. colligo, -are, -avi, -atum, tie to- gether. collis, collis, m., hill. colloco, -are, -avi, -atum, place, put. colloquium, -i, n., interview, con- versation. collum, -i, n., neck. colo, -ere, colui, cultum, cultivate, worship. columna, -ae, f., column, pillar. comedo, -edere, -edi, -esum, eat up. comes, -itis, m. and f., companion. committo, -mittere, -misi, -missum, entrust; proelium committere, begin battle, engage in battle. commoveo, -movere, -movi, -mo- tum, arouse, stir, alarm. commutatio, -onis, f., change. comparo, -are, -avi, -atum, prepare. compello, -pellere, -puli, -pulsum, drive. complector, -plecti, -plexus sum, clasp, embrace. compleo, -ere, -evi, -etum, fill. COMPLURES 328 CRAS comphires, -plura or -pluria, several, a number of . comprehendo, -hendere, -hendi, -hensum, seize. comprimo, -primere, -pressi, -pres- sum, squeeze. conatus, -us, m., attempt, effort. condo, -dere, -didi, -ditum, found, establish. confero, -ferre, contuli, collatum, bring together; se conferre, be- take oneself, go. conficio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum, finish, complete; weaken, over- come. confirmo, -are, -avi, -atum, strengthen, establish. confrico, -are, -avi, -atum, rub together. conjicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jectum, throw, hurl; in fugam conjicere, put to flight. conjungo, -jungere, -junxi, -junc- tum, join. conor, -ari, -atus sum, try, attempt. conscendo, -scendere, -scendi, -scensum, chmb; go on board. consecro, -are, -avi, -atum, con- secrate. consequor, -sequi, -secutus sum, follow, overtake. conservo, -are, -avi, -atum, retain, preserve. consido, -sidere, -sedi, -sessum, sit down. consilium, -i, N., plan, design, advice. consisto, -sistere, -stiti, take a stand. conspectus, -us, m., sight, view. conspicio, -spicere, -spexi, -spec- tum, observe, see. constituo, -stituere, -stitui, -stitutum, erect, set up; determine, decide upon. consto, -stare, -stiti, -staturus, con- sist. consuesco, -suescere, -suevi, -sue- tum, become accustomed; perfect, be accustomed. consul, -ulis, m., consul. consulo, -sulere, -sului, -sultum, consult. consumo, -sumere, -sumpsi, -sump- tum, consume, spend. contego, -tegere, -texi, -tectum, cover. contendo, -tendere, -tendi, -tentum, hasten, contend. continens, -entis, f., continent, mainland. contineo, -tinere, -tinui, -tentum, shut in, confine. continuus, -a, -um, successive. contorqueo, -torquere, -torsi, -tor- tum, turn, twist. contra, prep. with acc., against, con- trary to. controversia, -ae, f., controversy. contumelia, -ae, f., disrespect. convenio, -venire, -veni, -ventum, assemble, come together. converto, -vertere, -verti, -versum, turn. convivium, -i, n., banquet. coorior, -oriri, -ortus sum, arise. copia, -ae, f., plenty, supply; plural, forces, troops. coquus, -i, m., cook. Cornelia, -ae, f., Cornelia (name of a woman or girl) . cornu, -us, n., horn; flank or wing (o/ an army). corpus, -oris, n., body. corripio, -ripere, -ripui, -reptumj seize. cotidie, adv., daily, every day. cras, adv., tomorrow. CRASSUS 329 DEMO Crassus, -I, m., Crassus (name of a ram in Polyphemus's flock) . cratera, -ae, r., bowl. credibilis, -e, credible. credo, -dere, -didi, -ditum, believe, trust. creo, -are, -avi, -atum, elect, choose. Creon, -ontis, m., Creon, a king of Thebes. crepitus, -us, m., noise. crepundia, -orum, n. pl., a chikTs rattle, a rattle. Creta, -ae, f., Crete, an island in the Mediterranean Sea. cruciatus, -us, m., torture. crudelis, -e, cruel. crus, cruris, n., leg. cubiculum, -i, n., bedroom. cubo, -are, cubui, cubitum, lie down, lie. cuiquam, dative of quisquam. culpo, -are, -avi, -atum, blame, cen- sure. culter, -tri, m., knife. cum, prep. with abl., with. cum, conj., when. cum primum, as soon as. cumulo, -are, -avi, -atum, pile up. cunae, -arum, f. pl., cradle. cupiditas, -atis, f., desire. cupio, -ere, cupivi, cupitum, wish, desire. cupit, (he, she, it) wishes. ciir, adv., why. cura, -ae, f., care, anxiety. curo, -are, -avi, -atum, care for, take care of . curro, -ere, cucurri, cursum, run. cursus, -us, m., running, course. custodio, -ire, -ivi, -itum, guard. cyathus, -i, m., cup. Cyclops, Cyclopis, m., a Cyclops. Danae, Greek gen. form Danaes, f., Danae, mother of Perseus. dant, (they) give. dat, (he, she, it) gives. de, prep. with abl., down from, from; regarding, concerning, about. dea, -ae, f., goddess. debeo, -ere, -ui, -itum, owe, ought. debilis, -e, weak. decido, -cidere, -cidi, fall down. decipio, -cipere, -cepi, -ceptum, de- ceive. decoro, -are, -avi, -atum, adorn, honor. dedecus, -decoris, n., disgrace. deduco, -ducere, -duxi, -ductum, lead, conduct; navem deducere, to launch a ship. defendo, -ere, defendi, defensum, defend. defessus, -a, -um, tired out, ex- hausted. deficio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum, fail, run out. Deianira, -ae, f., Deianira, wife of Hercules. deinde, adv., next, then. dejicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jectum, throw down. delecto, -are, -avi, -atum, delight. deleo, -ere, -evi, -etum, destroy, blot out. delibero, -are, -avi, -atum, deliber- ate. deligo, -ligere, -legi, -lectum, choose, select. Delphicus, -a, -um, of Delphi, at Delphi. demitto, -mittere, -misi, -missum, send down, let down, lower, drop. demo, -ere, dempsi, demptum, take down. DEMONSTRO 330 DOMINA demonstro, -are, -avi, -atum, point out, show. demum, adv., at last, at length. denique, adv., finally, at last. densus, -a, -um, dense. deploro, -are, -avi, -atum, deplore, lament. depono, -ponere, -posui, -positum, put down, deposit, lay aside, give up. deprecor, -ari, -atus sum, deprecate. descendo, -scendere, -scendi, -scen- sum, come down, descend. desero, -serere, -serui, -sertum, desert, abandon. desertus, -a, -um, deserted. desidero, -are, -avi, -atum, desire, long for; miss. desilio, -ire, -ui, desultum, jump down. desino, -sinere, -sii, -situm, cease. desisto, -sistere, -stiti, -stitum, desist from. despero, -are, -avi, -atum, despair, despair of . desuper, adv., from above. detineo, -tinere, -tinui, -tentum, detain. detraho, -trahere, -traxi, -tractum, draw off, strip off . deus, -i, m., a god; plur. di, the gods. deverto, -vertere, -verti, turn aside. devoro, -are, -avi, -atum, devour. dextra, -ae, f., right hand, right (as opposed to left). di, plural of deus. Diana, -ae, f., Diana, goddess of hunting. dic, imperative singular of dico. dico, -ere, dixi, dictum, say; appoint. dies, -ei, m. and f., day. difficilis, -e, difficult. difficultas, -atis, f., difficulty. difficulter, adv., with difficulty; haud difficulter, with no diffi- culty. diffundo, -fundere, -fudi, -fusum, spread, diffuse. diligenter, adv., industriously, dili- gently. dimitto, -mittere, -misi, -missum, send away, send out; lose. Diomedes, -is, m., Diomede, a king of Thrace. dirus, -a, -um, dreadful. dis, dative and ablative plural of deus. discedo, -cedere, -cessi, -cessum, withdraw, depart, go away. discimus, we learn. discit, (he, she, it) learns. disco, -ere, didici, learn. discus, -i, m., discus, quoit. dispono, -ponere, -posui, -positum, station, arrange. dissimilis, -e, unlike. dissimulatus, -a, -um, concealed, disguised, pretended. dissimulo, -are, -avi, -atum, con- ceal. diu, adv., for a long time, long. divello, -vellere, -velli, -vulsum, tear away. dives, gen. divitis, rich. divido, -ere, divisi, divisum, divide, separate. do, dare, dedi, datum, give. doceo, -ere, -ui, doctum, teach; explain. doleo, -ere, -ui, -iturus, suffer; grieve. dolor, -oris, m., sorrow, grief, pain. dolus, -i, m., trick, treachery, deceit. domi, at home. domina, -ae, f., mistress, madam. DOMINUS 331 ERYTHIA dominus, -I, m., master. domus, -us (-1), f., home, house; domum (as place to which), home- ward. donec, conj., until. donum, -i, n., gift. dormio, -ire, -ivi, -itum, sleep. draco, -onis, m., serpent, dragon. dubium, -i, n., doubt. dubius, -a, -um, doubtful; haud, dubius, unmistakable. duco, -ere, duxi, ductum, lead, bring; marry. dudum, adv., before, formerly; jam dudum, this long time, a long time ago. dulcis, -e, sweet, delicious. dulcissimus, -a, -um, sweetest, very delicious. dum, conj., while. duo, duae, duo, two. duodecim, numeral adj., twelve. duodeviginti, numeral adj., eighteen. dur6, -are, -avi, -atum, hold out, endure. durus, -a, -um, hard. dux, ducis, m., leader. E e, ex, prep. with abl, from within, out of, from. ecce, interjection, behold, see! edepol, interjection, by heavens. really! edico, -dicere, -dixi, -dictum, ap- point. edo, -dere, -didi, -ditum, give out, give f orth. edo, -ere, edi, esum, eat. educo, -ducere, -duxi, -ductum, lead out. edunt, (they) eat. effero, -ferre, extuli, elatum, carry out. efficid, -ficere, -feci, -fectum, ac- complish, render, make. efflo, -are, -avi, -atum, breathe out ; animam efflare, die. effugio, -fugere, -fugi, flee, escape. effundo, -fundere, -fudi, -fusum, pour out; sanguinem effundere, shed blood. ego, mei, pers. pron., I. egredior, -gredi, -gressus sum, go out, come out; disembark. eheu, interjection, alas, oh! oh dear! eia, interjection, ah! eligo, -ere, elegi, electum, choose, select. Elis, -idis, f., Elis, a district in Greece. Elysius, -a, -um, Elysian. en, i Jerjection, ah! there! enim, conj. (never stands first in its clause), for; at enim, but indeed. enuntio, -are, -avi, -atum, pro- claim, reveal. eo, ire, ii or ivi, itum, go. eo, adv., to that place, thither. epistula, -ae, f., letter. equidem, adv., indeed, for my part; sometimes merely emphasizing the pronoun I. equus, -i, m., horse. erga, prep. with acc, toward, for. Erginus, -i, m., Erginus, a king of the Minyae. ergo, adv., therefore. erigo, -rigere, -rexi, -rectum, lift up, arouse, encourage. erro, -are, -avi, -atum, wander. error, -oris, m., wandering. erudio, -ire, -ivi, -itum, instruct. Erymanthius, -a, -um, Eryman- thian. ERYTHIA 332 FABULA Erythia, -ae, f., Erythia, an island. exeo, -Ire, -ii, -itum, go out. est, (he, she, it) is. exerceo, -ere, -ui, -itum, train, este (imperative plural of sum), be. exercise. esurio, -ire, be hungry, hunger. exercitatio, -onis, f., exercise. et, conj., and. exercitus, -us, m., army. etiam, adu., also, even. exUium ' + N -> exue ' _ _ exonor, -orin, -ortus sum, come Etrusci, -orum, m. pl., the Etrus- forth, arise. cans. expectat, (he, she, it) expects, Etruscus, -a, -um, Etruscan. awaits. etsi, conj., though, although, even if. expecto, -are, -avi, -atum, expect, euge, interjection, good, hurrah! await, wait for, wait. Eumaeus, -i, m., Eumaeus, a servant expello, -ere, expuli, expulsum, of Ulysses. drive out. Eunomus, -i, m., Eunomus, a youth expio, -are, -avi, -atum, atone for, slain by Hercules. expiate. Europa, -ae, f., Europe. expiro, -are, -avi, -atum, breathe Eurylochus, -i, m., Eurylochus, one out - of the companions of Ulysses. explorator, -oris, m., scout. Eurystheus, -i, m., Eurystheus, a expono, -ponere, -posui, -positum, king of Tiryns. set forth, explain; set ashore. Eurytion, -onis, m., Eurytion, a expugno, -are, -avi, -atum, take by giant. storm, capture. Eurytus, -I, m., Eurytus, a king of extemplo, adv., immediately. Oechalia. extinguo, -tinguere, -tinxi, -tinctum, evado, -vadere, -vasi, -vasum, es- put out, extinguish. cape. extra, prep. with acc., outside of; evoco, -are, -avi, -atum, challenge. as odv., outside. stt««,a; «««^^ TTrt «,«7 „««,;+,,«, extraho, -trahere. -traxi, -tractum, evomo, -vomere, -vomui, -vomitum, , ' . » , ' ' vomit forth. araw out ' save ' release - extremus, -a, -um, farthest, most ex ' seee - distantl exanimo, -are, -avi -atum, over- extTU 6. -ere, extruxi, extructum, come, exhaust, kill. heap up> build> excedo, -cedere, -cessi, -cessum, exu \ t exulis, m., an exile. withdraw, depart. exuo> _ erCj ^ _ utum> take offj excipio, -cipere, -cepi, -ceptum, re- remove. ceive, entertain. excito, -are, -avi, -atum, stir up, rouse, arouse. p exclamo, -are, -avi, -atum, cry out, call out. faber, -bri, m., workman, smith. excrucio, -are, -avi, -atum, torture. fabricor, -ari, -atus sum, make, exemplar, exemplaris, n., copy, fashion. specimen. fabula, -ae, f., story, play. FAC 333 FUMUS fac, imperative singular of facio. facile, adv., easily. facilis, -e, easy. facinus, facinoris, n., crime, deed. facio, -ere, feci, factum, make, do. f acit, (he, she, it) makes or does. facultas, -atis, f., means, oppor- tunity. fallo, -ere, fefelli, falsum, deceive. falsus, -a, -um, deceptive, mis- leading. falx, falcis, f., sickle. fama, -ae, f., report, reputation. fames, famis, f., hunger. far, farris, n., grain, meal. fas, indeclinable, n., heaven's will; translated as adjective, right. fatum, -i, n., fate, destiny. fauces, -ium, f. pl., throat. faveo, -ere, favi, fautum, favor (takes dative). fax, facis, f., torch, firebrand. felix, gen. felicis, happy, fortunate. femina, -ae, f., woman. fenestra, -ae, f., window. fera, -ae, f., wild animal, animal. fere, adv., almost, about. ferio, -ire, strike. fero, ferre, tuli, latum, carry, bring, endure. ferox, gen. ferocis, flerce. ferreus, -a, -um, of iron, iron (as adjective) . f ert, third person singular of fero. ferula, -ae, f., ferule, ruler. ferus, -a, -um, wild. fessus, -a, -um, weary, tired. festino, -are, -avi, -atum, hasten, hurry. fidelis, -e, faithful. figura, -ae, f., figure. filia, -ae, f., daughter. filius, -i, m., son. finis, finis, m., end, limit; pl. country, territory. finitimus, -a, -um, neighboring; finitimi, -orum, m. pl., neighbors. fio, fieri, factus sum, be made, be done, become. flamma, -ae, f., flame. flecto, -ere, flexi, flexum, turn, bend. flo, flare, flavi, flatum, blow. flos, floris, m., flower. flumen, -inis, n., river. fluo, -ere, fluxi, fluxum, flow. foedo, -are, -avi, -atum, dishonor, disgrace. forma, -ae, f., form, beauty. formosus, -a, -um, adj., beautiful. fortasse, adv., perhaps. forte, adv., perhaps, by chance. fortis, -e, brave. fortiter, adv., bravely. fortuna, -ae, f., fortune. fossa, -ae, f., ditch. fractus, -a, -um, broken. frango, -ere, fregi, fractum, break, break down. frater, fratris, m., brother. fremitus, -us, m., a roar, a loud noise. fretum, -i, n., strait, channel. frigidus, -a, -um, cold. frons, frontis, f., forehead, brow. fructus, -us, m., fruit, products. frumentum, -i, n., grain. frustra, adv., in vain. fuga, -ae, f., flight. fugio, -ere, fugi, fugiturus, flee. fugo, -are, -avi, -atum, drive away^ drive, put to flight. fulgeo, -ere, fulsi, shine. fumus, -i, m., smoke, odor. FUNDO 334 HESIONE fundo, -ere, fudi, fusum, pour; lacrimas fundere, shed tears. funis, funis, m., rope. furibundus, -a, -um, frantic, mad; sometimes translated as adverb, madly. furor, -oris, m., madness, insanity. furtum, -i, n., theft. gratus, -a, -um, pleasing, welcome, grateful. gravis, -e, heavy; difficult, severe. graviter, adv., heavily, severely; greatly, deeply. grex, gregis, m., flock, herd. gubernaculum, -i, n., helm, rudder. gusto, -are, -avi, -atum, taste. galea, -ae, f., helmet. Gallia, -ae, f., Gaul, a country. gallus, -i, m., rooster. Gallus, -i, m., a Gaul, an inhabitant of Gallia. gaudeo, -ere, gavisus sum, be glad, rejoice. gaudium, -i, n., joy, happiness. gemini, -orum, m. pl., twins. generosus, -a, -um, noble-minded. gens, gentis, f., nation. genus, generis, n., kind, sort. Germanus, -a, -um, German. gero, -ere, gessi, gestum, carry, wear; carry on, wage, do. Geryon, -onis, m., Geryon, name of a Spanish giaat. gigas, -antis, m., giant. gladius, -i, m., sword. glans, glandis, f., acorn. Gorgo, -onis, f., a Gorgon. Graeae, -arum, f. pl., the Graeae. Graecia, -ae, f., Greece. Graecus, -i, m., a Greek; plur., the Greeks. gramen, graminis, n., grass. grandis, -e, large. grata, see gratus. gratia, -ae, f., favor, gratitude; gratias agere, thank; gratiam referre, requite, repay in appro- priate manner. H habent, (they) have. habeo, -ere, -ui, -itum, have, hold; regard. habet, (he, she, it) has. habito, -are, -avi, -atum, live, dwell. habitus, -us, m., appearance. Hades, -ae, m., Hades, the abode of the dead. haedus, -i, m., kid. haereo, -ere, haesi, haesurus, stick, cling; hesitate. haesito, -are, -avi, -atum, hesitate. Hammon, -onis, m., Hammon, an Egyptian god. harena (arena), -ae, f., sand, shore, beach. hasta, -ae, f., spear. haud, adv., not at all, not; haud procul, not far away. haudquaquam, adv., by no means, not at all. haurio, -ire, hausi, haustum, draw, drain; drink. hei, interjection, oh, woe! hei mihi, oh! hem, interjection, ha, well! hercle, interjection, by heavens, good heavens! Hercules, -is, m., Hercules, a famous Greek hero. heri, adv., yesterday. Hesione, Greek gen. form, Hesiones, f., Hesione, daughter of Laomedon. HESPERIDES 335 IMPUNE Hesperides, -um, f. pl., the Hes- perides. heu, interjection, alas! heus, interjection, here, hello! Hibernia, -ae, f., Ireland. hic, haec, hoc, this; as pronoun, he, she, it; plur., these, they. hic, adv., here. hieme, in the winter. hinc, odv., from here, hence. Hippolyte, Greek gen. form Hippo- lytes, f., Hippolyte, queen of the Amazons. Hispania, -ae, f., Spain. hodie, adv., today. homo, hominis, m., man, human being. honestus, -a, -um, honorable. honor, -oris, m., honor, esteem. hora, -ae, f., hour. Horatius, -i, m., Horatius (a Roman name); Horatius Cocles, name of a Roman hero. horribilis, -e, horrible, dreadful. hortor, -ari, -atus sum, urge. hortus, -i, m., garden. hospes, hospitis, m., host, guest; friend. hostis, hostis, m., enemy. huc, adv., to this place, here. humerus, see umerus. humi, adv., on the ground. Hydra, -ae, f., the Hydra. I ibi, adv., there. ictus, -us, m., blow, stroke. idem, eadem, idem, same, the same. idoneus, -a, -um, suitable, fit, favor- able. igitur, adv., therefore. ignavus, -a, -um, idle; cowardly; masculine form as noun, coward. ignis, ignis, m., fire. ignoro, -are, -avi, -atum, not know. ignosco, -ndscere, -novi, -notum, pardon (takes dative). ignotus, -a, -um, unknown. ille, illa, illud, that; as pronoun, he, she, it; plur., those, they. illuc, adv., to that place, there. illuvies, no genitive, ablative illuvie, dirt, filth. imago, -inis, f., image, likeness. imbecillus, -a, -um, weak, helpless. imber, -bris, m., rain, storm. imbuo, -ere, -ui, -utum, dip, wet. immitto, -mittere, -misi, -missum, send in, let in. immo, adv., on the other hand; immo vero, rather, much more likely. immolo, -are, -avi, -atum, sacrifice. immortalis, -e, immortal. impello, -pellere, -puli, -pulsum, impel, urge on. imperator, -oris, m., general, com- mander. imperatum, -i, n., command, order; imperata facere, to obey com- mands. imperitus, -a, -um, inexperienced (in), unskilled (in). imperium, -i, n., authority; com- mand. impero, -are, -avi, -atum, command. impetus, -iis, m., attack. impiger, -gra, -grum, industrious, energetic. impigra, see impiger. impono, -ponere, -posui, -positum, place upon, impose. impotens, gen. impotentis, weak. improbus, -a, -um, wicked, bad. impudens, gen. impudentis, shame- less, impudent. impune, adv., with impunity, with- out punishment. IN 336 IPHICLES in, prep. with abl. and acc; with abl., in, on; over; with acc, into, on, against, at. incido, -cidere, -cidi, fall in, fall into. incipio, -cipere, -cepi, -ceptum, be- gin. includo, -cludere, -clusi, -clusum, shut up, enclose. incola, -ae, m., f., inhabitant. incolo, -colere, -colui, inhabit. incolumis, -e, unharmed, safe. incommodum, -i, n., annoyance; harm. incredibilis, -e, incredible. inde, adv., from there, thence. indico, -are, -avi, -atum, point out. induco, -ducere, -duxi, -ductum, induce, move. induo, -duere, -dui, -dutum, put on; clothe. ineo, -ire, -ii (or -ivi), -itum, enter, enter upon; form. infans, -antis, m., f., infant. infelix, gen. -felicis, unfortunate. inferi, -orum, M. pl., the dead, the shades. infero, -ferre, intuli, illatum, bring upon; bellum inferre, make war on. infestus, -a, -um, unsafe, hostile, hateful. inficio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum, stain, dye, dip. infidissimus, -a, -um, most faith- less. infirmus, -a, -um, weak. ingens, gen. -entis, huge, very great. ingratus, -a, -um, ungrateful. inimicus, -i, m., enemy. iniquus, -a, -um, unfavorable, un- just. initium, -i, N., beginning. injicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jectum, throw upon; inspire in (takes dative). injuria, -ae, f., injury, injustice. inquam, inquis, inquit, employed with direct quotations, say. insigne, insignis, n., decoration, badge. inspergo, -spergere, -spersi, sper- sum, sprinkle. inspicio, -spicere, -spexi, -spectum, look into, look. instruo, -struere, -struxi, -structum, draw up. insula, -ae, f., island. intellego, -legere, -lexi, -lectum, understand, know. intendo, -tendere, -tendi, -tentum, bend, aim. inter, prep. with acc, between, among. interdum, adv., sometimes. interea, adv., meanwhile. interficio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum, kill. interrogo, -are, -avi, -atum, ask. intervallum, -i, n., distance. intimus, -a, -um, innermost, inte- rior of . intra, prep. with acc, within. intro, -are, -avi, -atum, enter. introitus, -us, m., entrance. inusitatus, -a, -um, unusual. invenio, -venire, -veni, -ventum, find. invito, -are, -avi, -atum, invite. invitus, -a, -um, unwilling. invocatus, -a, -um, uninvited; un- willingly. io, interjection, hurrah! io triumphe, hurrah, triumph! Iolaus, -i, m., Iolaus, a companion of Hercules. Iole, Greek genitive form Ioles, f., Iole, daughter of Eurytus. Iphicles, -is, m., Iphicles, brother of Hercules. IPSE 337 LECTULUS ipse, ipsa, ipsum, self, himself, etc. Ira, -ae, f., anger. Iratus, -a, -um, angry. irrideo, -ridere, -risi, -risum, laugh at. irrumpo, -rumpere, -rupi, -ruptum, rush into. is, ea, id, that; he she, it. iste, ista, istud, that of yours, that. ita, adv., so, thus; yes. Italia, -ae, f., Italy. itaque, conj., and so, therefore. iter, itineris, n., road, journey, march. itero, -are, -avl, -atum, repeat. iterum, adv., again. Ithaca, -ae, f., Ithaca, an island, home of Ulysses. jaceo, -ere, -ul, lie. jacio, -ere, jecl, jactum, throw. jaculator, -oris, m., javelin-thrower. jaculum, -I, n., javelin. jam, adv., now, already; non jam, no longer; jam jam, even now, very soon. Janiculum, -I, n., the Janiculum, a hill across the Tiber from the Palatine. janua, -ae, ri, door. jubeo, -ere, jussi, jussum, order, command. jucundus, -a, -um, pleasant, de- lightful. judex, -icis, m., judge. jungo, -ere, junxl, junctum, join, fasten together. Juno, -onis, f., Juno, queen of the gods. Juppiter, Jovis, m., Jupiter. juro, -are, -avi, -atum, swear. jus, jiiris, n., right, law, justice. jussum, -I, n., order, command. juvenis, -is, m., young man. juvo, -are, juvl, jutum, help, assist. labor, -oris, m., labor, task. labor, labl, lapsus sum, slip, fall. laboro, -are, -avi, -atum, work, labor. labrum, -I, n., lip. lac, lactis, n., milk. lacertus, -I, m., arm, upper arm. Laconia, -ae, f., Laconia, a district in Greece. lacrima, -ae, f., tear. iacrimo, -are, -avl, -atum, weep, cry. lacus, -us, m., lake. laedo, -ere, laesl, laesum, harm, injure. Laertes, -ae, m., Laertes, the father of Ulysses. laeta, see laetus. laetitia, -ae, f., joy, happiness. laetus, -a, -um, happy, glad. laeva, -ae, f., the left hand. Laomedon, -ontis, m., Laomedon, a king of Troy. lapis, lapidis, m., a stone. laqueus, -I, m., noose. Larissa, -ae, f., Larissa, a city of Thessaly. lateo, -ere, -ul, lurk, be concealed. Latlna, see Latlnus. Latinus, -a, -um, Latin. latus, -a, -um, wide, broad. laudamus, we praise. laudant, (they) praise. laudo, -are, -avl, -atum, praise. lectulus, -I, m., couch, bed. LEGATUS 338 MANES legatus, -i, m., ambassador, envoy. legio, -6nis, f., legion. legit, (he, she) reads. lente, adv., slowly. leo, -onis, m., lion. Lernaeus, -a, -um, of Lerna, a marsh near Argos. Lethe, Greek genitive form Lethes, f., Lethe, the river of forgetfulness in the underworld. letum, -i, n., death. levis, -e, light, slight. leviter, adv., slightly. libenter, adv., willingly, with pleas- ure. liber, libri, m., book. liberi, -orum, m. pl., children. libero, -are, -avi, -atum, set free, release. libertas, -atis, f., freedom, liberty. libum, -i, n., cake. Libya, -ae, f., Libya, a country of northern Africa. licet, licere, licuit, impersonal verb, it is permitted, it is allowed. Lichas, -ae, m., Lichas, a compan- ion of Hercules. ligneus, -a, -um, wooden. lignum, -i, n., wood; plur., fire- wood, wood. ligo, -are, -avi, -atum, tie. Ligures, -um, m. pl., the Ligurians, the people of Liguria. Liguria, -ae, f., Liguria, a district of northern Italy. lilium, -i, n., lily. limen, -inis, n., threshold, door. limus, -i, m., mud, mire. lingua, -ae, f., tongue, language. linter, -tris, p., boat, skiff. Linus, -i, m., Linus, a Centaur. litus, litoris, n., shore. loculi, -orum, m. pl., book-satchel. locus, -i, m. (pl. usually neuter, loca, -orum), place. longa, see longus. longe, adv., far, at a distance. longinquus, -a, -um, distant. longus, -a, -um, long. loquor, loqui, locutus sum, speak, talk. Lucius, -i, m., Lucius (name of a man or boy). ludo, -ere, lusi, lusum, play. ludus, -i, m., play, game, school. lumen, -inis, n., light, a light. liina, -ae, f., the moon. liix, lucis, f., light; prima luce, at daybreak. M macer, -cra, -crum, lean, thin. maga, -ae, f., enchantress. magicus, -a, -um, magical, magic. magis, adv., more, rather. magister, -tri, m., master, teacher. magna, see magnus. magnanimus, -a, -um, generous- spirited, noble. magnitudo, -inis, f., size, magni- tude. magnopere, adv., greatly, very, very much. magnus, -a, -um, large, great. male, adv., badly. malum, -i, n., evil. malus, -a, -um, bad. malus, -i, m., mast. Mamilius, -i, m., Mamilius, a king of Tusculum. mane, aclv., in the morning. maneo, -ere, mansi, mansum, re- main, wait. manes, -ium, M. pl., departed spirit, shade. MANET 339 MOLA manet, (he, she, it) remains. manus, -us, f., hand; band (of armed men). Marcus, -i, m., Marcus (name of a man or boy). mare, maris, n., sea. maritus, -i, m., husband. Mars, Martis, m., Mars, the Roman god of war. mater, -tris, r., mother. matrimonium, -i, n., marriage; in matrimonium ducere, marry. maturo, -are, -avi, -atum, hasten, hurry. maxime, adv., especially, very, very greatly. maximus, -a, -um, greatest. me (accusative or ablative case), me. mea, see meus. mecum, with me. medicamentum, -i, n., mcdicine. medicus, -i, m., doctor. medius, -a, -um, middle, middle of, in the middle; neuter singular used as noun, the middle. Mediisa, -ae, f., Medusa, aGorgon. melius, neuter comparative of bonus. membrum, -i, n., limb. memento, pl. mementote, impera- tive of memini, remember. memini, meminisse, remember. memor, gen. memoris, mindful. memoria, -ae, f., memory. memoro, -are, -avi, °atum, men- tion, relate. mendicus, -a, -um, beggarly, needy; masculine as noun, beggar; senex mendicus, old beggar. Menelaus, -i, m., Menelaus, a Greek hero. mens, mentis, f., mind. mentio, -onis, f., mention. mercator, -oris, m., merchant, trad- er. merces, -edis, f., pay, fee. Mercurius, -i, m., Mercury, the messenger-god and god of traders. mergo, -ere, mersi, mersum, dip, plunge, sink. meridie, adv., at noon. meritus, -a, -um, deserved. metuo, -ere, -ui, fear. meus, mea, meum, my, mine. mihi, to me, me (as indirect object). miles, militis, m., soldier. militaris, -e, military; res militaris, the art of war. mille, num. adj. (pl. milia, -ium, neuter noun), thousand. minae, -arum, f. pl., threats. Minerva, -ae, f., Minerva, the goddess of wisdom. minime, adv., least, not at all, no. minister, -tri, m., attendant. Minos, Minois, m., Minos, a judge in the lower world. minus, adv., less. Minyae, -arum, m. pl., the Minyae, neighbors of the Thebans. mirificus, -a, -um, wonderful. miror, -ari, -atus sum, wonder at, be surprised, wonder. mirus, -a, -um, strange, remarkable. misellus, -a, -um, poor (little), un- fortunate. miser, misera, miserum, unhappy. misera, see miser. misere, adv. (superlative miserrime) , miserably, wretchedly. misericordia, -ae, f., pity. mitto, -ere, misi, missum, send, shoot. modo, adv., only; modo . . . modo, now . . . now. modus, -i, m., manner, way. moenia, -ium, n. pl., walls. mola, -ae, f., meal, coarse flour. MOLESTUS 340 NERVUS molestus, -a, -um, troublesome, annoying. moneo, -ere, -ui, -itum, warn, advise. mons, montis, m., mountain. monstrat, (he, she) points out. monstro, -are, -avi, -atum, point out, show, display. monstrum, -i, N., monster. mora, -ae, f., delay. morbus, -i, m., illness, disease. mordeo, -ere, momordi, morsum, bite. morior, mori, mortuus sum, die. moror, -ari, -atus sum, delay. mors, mortis, f., death. mortifer, -era, -erum, deadly. mortuus, -a, -um, dead; masculine singular as noun, a dead person. mos, moris, m., custom. moveo, -ere, movi, motum, move. mox, adv., soon. mugio, -ire, -ivi, bellow. mugitus, -us, m., bellowing. mulgeo, -ere, mulsi, mulsum, milk. mulier, -eris, f., woman. multa, see multus. multi, many. multitudo, -inis, f., multitude, large number. multo, adv., used with comparatives, much. multum, adv., much, greatly. multus, -a, -um, much; plur. many; neuter singular as noun, much. munio, -ire, -ivi, -itum, fortify. munus, muneris, n., service, duty. murmuro, -are, -avi, -atum, mur- mur, complain. murus, -i, m., wall. musica, -ae, f., music. muto, -are, -avi, -atum, change. N nam, conj., for. nanciscor, nancisci, nactus sum, find, obtain. narrat, (he, she, it) tells. narro, -are, -avi, -atum, tell, relate, tell a story. nato, -are, -avi, -atum, swim, float. natura, -ae, f., nature. natus, -a, -um, born; duodecim annos natus, twelve years old. Naupactous, -i, m., Naupactous, a companion of Ulysses. nauta, -ae, m., sailor. navigo, -are, -avi, -atum, sail, navigate. navis, navis, f., ship, boat. -ne, an enclitic denoting a question to be answered by "yes" or "no." ne . . . quidem, not even. nec, see neque. necesse, indeclinable adj., neces- sary, inevitable. neco, -are, -avi, -atum, kill. nectar, nectaris, n., nectar, the drink of the gods. nefas, indeclinable, n., a sin, a crime. neglego, -ere, neglexi, neglectum, neglect, disregard. nego, -are, -avi, -atum, refuse. negotium, -i, n., business, task. Nemaeus, -a, -um, Nomean, of Nemea (a city in Greece) . nemo, dat. nemini, acc. neminem, no gen. or abl., m., f., no one, nobody. nepos, -otis, m., grandson. Neptunus, -i, m., Neptune, god of the sea. nequaquam, adv., by no means. neque or nec, conj., nor, and . . . not; neque . . . neque, neither . . . nor. nervus, -i, m., bow-string. NESCIO 341 OCTO nescio, -ire, -ivi, not know. Nessus, -i, m., Nessus, a Centaur. neuter, -tra, -trum, neither. niger, -gra, -grum, black. nihil, indeclinable, n., nothing. nil, same as nihil. nimis, adv., too, too much. nisi, conj., unless, except, if not. nix, nivis, f., snow. no, nare, navi, swim. nobilis, -e, noble; m. pl. as noun, the nobles. noctu, adv., at night. nocturnus, -a, -um, at night, night (as adjective.) noli, pl. nolite, be unwilling, do not ; imperative of nolo. nolite, see noli. nolo, nolle, nolui, be unwilling, not wish. nomen, -inis, n., name. non, adv., not. nondum, adv., not yet. nonne, a word used to introduce a question and implying an affirma- tive answer. nonnullus, -a, -um, some; plur., several. nos (nominative and accusative), we, us. noster, -tra, -trum, our. notus, -a, -um, known, familiar. novem, numeral adj., nine. novi, novisse, know (perfect of nosco, learn). novissimus, -a, -um (superlative of novus), last, latest. novus, -a, -um, new; quid novi, what news? nox, noctis, f., night. nubes, nubis, f., cloud. mibilo, -are, be cloudy, cloud up. nubo, -ere, niipsi, nuptum, marry (takes dative). nugae, -arum, f. pl., jests, non- sense; aufer nugas, enough of this nonsense. nullus, -a, -um, no, none. num, a word used to introduce a question implying a negative an- swer. numerus, -i, m., number. nummus, -i, m., a coin. numquam, adv., never. nunc, adv., now. nuntio, -are, -avi, -atum, announce, report. nuntius, -i, m., messenger. nuper, adv., recently, a little while ago. nusquam, adv., nowhere. nympha, -ae, f., nymph. 6, interjection, O, oh! ob, prep. with acc, on account of. objicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jectum, offer. obscura, see obsciirus. obscuro, -are, -avi, -atum, darken. obscurus, -a, -um, dark, dim. obsero, -serere, -sevi, -situm, cover, ffll. obstruo, -struere, -struxi, -struc- tum, stop up, bar. obtineo, -tinere, -tinui, -tentum, hold, possess. occasio, -onis, f., opportunity. occasus, -us, m., setting. occido, -cidere, -cidi, -cisum, kill. occupo, -are, -avi, -atum, seize. occurro, -currere, -curri, -cursum, meet. Oceanus, -i, m., the ocean. Octavia, -ae, f., Octavia (name of a woman or girl). octo, numeral adj., eight. OCULUS 342 PASCO oculus, -I, m., eye. odi, odisse, osurus (perfect tense with present meaning), hate. odiosus, -a, -um, hateful. odor, -oris, m., smell, odor. Oechalia, -ae, f., Oechalia, a town of Euboea. Oeneus, -i, m., Oeneus, father of Deianira. Oeta, -ae, f., Oeta, a mountain in Thessah/. offendo, -fendere, -fendi, -fensum, offend. offero, offerre, obtuli, oblatum, offer. officium, -i, n., serviee. ohe, interjection, hello, hello there; oh, oho! olfacio, -facere, -feci, -factum, smell. olim, adv., formerly, once upon a time. Olympus, -i, m., Olympus, a moun- tain north of Greece. omnino, adv., entirely. omnis, -e, all. onero, -are, -avi, -atum, load. opera, -ae, f., effort, labor. opinio, -onis, p., opinion, expecta- tion. oportet, -ere, -uit, it is proper, one ought. oppidum, -i, n., town. opportunus, -a, -um, opportune. opprimo, -primere, -pressi, -pres- sum, overcome, overpower. oppugno, -are, -avi, -atum, attack. (ops), opis, f., power; plur. re- sources. optime, adv., best, in the best way. optimus, -a, -um, adj., best. opus, operis, n., work, task. oraculum, -i, n., oracle. Orbilius, -i, m., Orbilius (a Roman name). orbis, orbis, m., circle; orbis ter- rarum, the world, the earth. Orcus, -i, m., Orcus, the lower world. ordo, ordinis, m., line, rank, order. orno, -are, -avi, -atum, adorn. 6s, oris, n., mouth. ostendit, (he, she, it) shows. ostendo, -tendere, -tendi, -tentum, show, display. ostium, -i, n., door, mouth. ovile, ovilis, n., sheep-pen. ovis, ovis, f., sheep. pabulum, -i, n., pasture, feed (for animals) . paene, adv., almost. palaestra, -ae, f., wrestling-place, place of exercise. Palatium, -i, n., the Palatine Hill. palma, -ae, f., palm, hand. paliis, -udis, f., swamp, marsh. panis, panis, m., bread. pannosus, -a, -um, ragged. pannus, -I, m., a cloth. paratus, -a, -um, ready, prepared. pareo, -ere, -ui, obey (takes dative). pariter, adv., equally. paro, -are, -avi, -atum, prepare. obtain, get. pars, partis, f., part, direction, side. parum, adv. and indeclinable noun, too little, insufficiently, little. parva, see parvus. parvulus, -a, -um, little; masculine plur. as noun, little boys. parvus, -a, -um, small, little. pasco, pascere, pavi, pastum, pas- ture; in passive, graze. PASSUS 343 PLENUS passus, -us, m., pace; miile passus or mllle passuum, a mile. pastor, -oris, m., shepherd. patefacio, -facere, -fecl, -factum, open, lay open. pater, patris, m., father. patera, -ae, f., a flat dish or bowl, a platter. patiens, gen. -entis, long-enduring. patior, patl, passus sum, endure. patria, -ae, f., native country, country. patrius, -a, -um, of one's father, of one J s native country. paucl, -ae, -a, few, a few. paulo, adv., a Uttle, somewhat. paulum, adv., a little, somewhat; a little way. pavidus, -a, -um, trembling, a- larmed, terrified. pavor, -oris, m., terror, alarm. pax, pacis, f., peace. pectus, pectoris, n., breast. pecunia, -ae, f., money. pecus, pecoris, n., cattle, flock, herd. pecus, pecudis, f., a head of cattle, beast; plur., flock, herd. pellis, pellis, f., skin. pello, -ere, pepuli, pulsum, drive, rout. pendeo, -ere, pependl, hang. pendo, -ere, pependl, pensum, pay. Penelope, -ae, f., Penelope, wife of Ulysses. pensum, -I, n., task, lesson. per, prep. with acc, through, all along. percipio, -cipere, -cepi, -ceptum, perceive, feel. percutio, -cutere, -cussl, -cussum, strike. perdo, -dere, -didl, -ditum, destroy, ruin, lose. perduco, -ducere, -duxi, -ductum, lead, bring. peregrinus, -I, m., foreigner. perennis, -e, lasting through the year, perpetual. pereo, -Ire, -il, -iturus, perish. perficio, -ficere, -fecl, -fectum, ac- complish, complete. perfidus, -a, -um, treacherous. periculosa, see perlculosus. perlculosus, -a, -um, dangerous. periculum, -I, n., danger. perlte, adv., skillfully. perpetuus, -a, -um, continuous. perrumpo, -rumpere, -rupl, -rup- tum, break through, break. perscribo, -scribere, -scripsl, -scrlp- tum, describe fully. Perseus, -I, m., Perseus, a Greek hero. persolvo, -solvere, -solvi, -soliitum, pay. persuadeo, -suadere, -suasl, -sua- sum, persuade (takes dative). perterreo, -terrere, -terrul, -terri- tum, terrify. perturbo, -are, -avl, -atum, throw into disorder. pervenio, -venire, -venl, -ventum, arrive, come. pes, pedis, m., foot. pessimus, -a, -um, worst. peto, -ere, petil or petlvl, petltum, seek, look for; ask, ask for; attack. Phaeaces, -um, m. pl., the Phaea- cians. Pholus, -I, m., Pholus, a Centaur. pictura, -ae, f., picture. piscator, -oris, m., fisherman. placeo, -ere, -ui, -itum, please. plaga, -ae, f., blow. plaudo, -ere, plausl, plausum, clap. plenus, -a, -um, full. PLURES 344 PROCUL phires, plura (plur. of plus), more, several, many. plurimus, -a, -um, most, very much; plur., very many. Pluto, -onis, m., Pluto, god of the lower world. poculum, -I, n., cup; dose. poena, -ae, f., punishment; poenas dare, pay the penalty, be pun- ished. poeta, -ae, m., poet. polliceor, -eri, pollicitus sum, prom- ise. Polydectes, -is, M., Polydectes, king of Seriphus. Polyphemus, -I, m., Polyphemus, a Cyclops. pomum, -i, n., apple. pondus, ponderis, n., weight. pono, -ere, posui, positum, place, pitch. pons, pontis, m., bridge. populus, -i, m., a people. porcus, -i, m., pork. Porsena, -ae, m., Porsena, a king of the Etruscans. porta, -ae, f., gate, door. porto, -are, -avi, -atum, carry. portus, -us, m., harbor. posco, -ere, poposci, demand, re- quest, ask for. possideo, -sidere, -sedi, -sessum, possess, have. possum, posse, potui, be able, can. post, adv. and prep. with acc, after, behind; afterwards, later. postea, adv., afterwards, thereafter. posterus, -a, -um, following, next. postquam, conj., after. postremus, -a, -um, last. postridie, adv., on the next day. postulo, -are, -avi, -atum, demand. potens, gen. -entis, powerful. potentia, -ae, F., power. praebeo, -ere, praebui, praebitum, exhibit, show. praecipio, -cipere, -cepi, -ceptum, impose upon. praecipue, adv., especially. praeclarus, -a, -um, very famous. praeda, -ae, f., booty, prey. praeditus, -a, -um, endowed with, provided with. praeficio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum, put in charge of, put in command of (takes dative). praemium, -i, n., reward. praestans, gen. -stantis, extraordi- nary. praesto, -stare, -stiti, -stitum, ex- hibit, show, furnish. praeter, prep. with acc, past; in addition to, except. praeterea, adv., in addition, besides. precor, -ari, -atus sum, pray, beg, beg for, implore. prehendo, -hendere, -hendi, -hen- sum, seize, take hold of. premo, -ere, pressi, pressum, press, press hard. pretium, -i, n., price. pridem, adv., long ago. primum, adv., first, in the first place; quam primum, as soon as possi- ble. primus, -a, -um, first. princeps, -cipis, M., chief, prince. prior, prius, first, in advance. pristinus, -a, -um, former. priusquam, conj., before. pro, prep. with abl., for, in return for, on behalf of; before, in front of. probo, -are, -avi, -atum, approve, approve of . procedo, -cedere, -cessi, -cessum, proceed, advance. procul, adv., at a distance, far. PROCUS 345 QUENDAM procus, -1, m., suitor. prodeo, -ire, -il, -itum, come for- ward, come forth. proelium, -I, n., battle. proficiscor, proficisci, profectus sum, set out, start. progredior, -gredi, -gressus sum, advance, proceed. prohibeo, -hibere, -hibui, -hibitum, forbid, prevent, hinder. projicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jectum, hurl down; throwto. promitto, -mittere, -misl, -missum, promise. promunturium, -I, n., promontory. prope, prep. with acc, near. properant, (they) hasten. propero, -are, -avl, -atum, hurry, hasten. propono, -ponere, -posul, -positum, set forth, relate; offer. proprius, -a, -um, one's own, own. propter, prep. with acc., on account of. Proserpina, -ae, f., Proserpina (Proserpine), queen of the lower world. prospecto, -are, -avi, -atum, look forth, look, look toward. prosterno, -sternere, -stravi, -stra- tum, knock down. prosum, prodesse, profui, benefit, help. protego, -tegere, -texi, -tectum, protect. Proteus, -I, m., Proteus, a sea-god who assumed many differentforms. proveho, -vehere, -vexi, -vectum, carry forward; aetate provectus, well on in years. Proxenus, -I, m., Proxenus, a com- panionof Ulysses. proximus, -a, -um, nearest, next. prudens, gen. -entis, prudent, far- seeing. Publius, -I, m., Publius (name of a man or boy). puella, -ae, f., girl. puer, pueri, m., boy. pugna, -ae, f., fight, battle. pugno, -are, -avi, -atum, fight. pugnus, -I, m., fist. pulcher, -chra, -chrum, beautiful. pulchra, see pulcher. pulso, -are, -avi, -atum, knock, knock at or upon. Pulvillus, -I, m., Pulvillus, a Roman consul. punctum, -I, n., point, moment. punio, -Ire, -Ivl, -Itum, punish. purgo, -are, -avl, -atum, clean, cleanse. puto, -are, -avl, -atum, think. Pythia, -ae, f., Pythia, the priestess of Apollo at Delphi. quaero, -ere, quaeslvl, quaesltum, inquire, ask; search for. qualis, -e, what sort of, what kind of. quam, adv., how, as, than; quam primum, as soon as; with super- latives, as . . . as possible. quamquam, conj., although. quando, adv., when? quantus, -a, -um, how large, how great; quantum (as noun), how much; (as adverb), how greatly, how. quare, adv., why. quartus, -a, -um, fourth. quasi, adv., as if. quatio, -ere, — , quassum, shake quattuor, numeral adj., four. -que, enclitic conj., and. quendam, see quldam. QUI 346 REPLEO qui, quae, quod, rel. pron., who, which, that; interrog. adj., what? quia, conj., because. quid, what? quidam, quaedam, quoddam or quiddam, a certain, some one, some. quidem, adv., never slands first in its clause, indeed, certainly; ne . . . quidem, not even. quies, -etis, f., rest. quinquaginta, numeral adj., fifty. quinque, numeral adj., five. quintus, -a, -um, fifth. Quintus, -i, m., Quintus (name of a man or boy). quis, quid, who, what? quisquam, quicquam or quidquam, anyone, anything. quisque, quidque, each, each one, each man. quisquis, quicquid, whoever, what- ever. quo, adv., to what place, whither, where. quod, adv., because. quo modo (quomodo), adv., how? quoniam, conj., since, because. quoque, conj., never stands first in its clause, also. quot, indeclinable adj., how many. quotannis, adv., every year, yearly. quotiens, adv., as often as. quotus, -a, -um, which in number? what? quota hora, what hour? quousque, adv., how long? ramus, -i, m., branch, bough. rapio, -ere, rapui, raptum, seize. recipio, -cipere, -cepi, -ceptum, take back; se recipere, to with- draw, to betake oneself, to re- cover. recreo, -are, -avi, -atum, renew, refresh. recta, adv., directly. recte, adv., rightly. recuso, -are, -avi, -atum, refuse. reddo, -dere, -didi, -ditum, give back, give; render. redeo, -ire, -ii, -itum, go back, return. redintegro, -are, -avi, -atum, renew. reditus, -iis, m., return. reduco, -ducere, -duxi, -ductum, lead back, bring back. refero, -ferre, rettuli, relatum, bring back, bring; gratiam referre, requite, repay in appropriate manner. refugio, -fugere, -fugi, -fugiturus, flee. regia, -ae, *., palace. regina, -ae, f., queen. regio, -onis, f., region, district. regno, -are, -avi, -atum, reign, rule. regnum, -i, n., kingdom, royal power. rego, -ere, rexi, rectum, direct, rule. rejicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jectum, throw away, throw back. relinquo, -linquere, -liqui, -lictum, leave. reliquus, -a, -um, remaining, rest of . reluctor, -ari, -atus sum, struggle against, resist. remuneror, -ari, -atus sum, reward. Remus, -i, m., Remus, the brother of Romulus. remus, -i, m., oar. renovo, -are, -avi, -atum, renew. renuntio, -are, -avi, -atum, report. repello, -pellere, reppuli, repulsum, drive back, repel. reperio, reperire, repperi, repertum, find. repleo, -plere, -plevi, -pletum, fill. REPONO 347 SCELUS repono, -ponere, -posui, -positum, put away, keep. res, rei, f., thing, affair, fact, cir- cumstance. resisto, -sistere, -stiti, resist (takes dative). respiro, -are, -avi, -atum, breathe. respondeo, -ere, respondi, respon- sum, reply, answer. responsum, -i, n., reply, answer. restituo, -stituere, -stitui, -stitu- tum, restore. retineo, -tinere, -tinui, -tentum, retain, restrain. retraho, -trahere, -traxi, -tractum, draw back. rettuli, perfect of refero. revelo, -are, -avi, -atum, reveal. revenio, -venire, -veni, -ventum, come back (to), return. reverto, -vertere, -verti, (actire requ- larly in perfect, past perfect, and future perfect only), or revertor, -verti, -versus sum, return. rex, regis, m., king. Rhadamanthus, -i, m., Rhadaman- thus, a judge in the lower world. Rhodius, -i, m., Rhodius, a com- panion of Ulysses. rideo, -ere, risi, risum, laugh. ridiculus, -a, -um, absurd, ridicu- lous. ripa, -ae, f., bank (of a stream). risus, -us, m., laughter, laugh. rite, adv., in a proper manner. rivus, -i, m., stream. robustus, -a, -um, strong. rogo, -are, -avi, -atum, ask. rogus, -i, m., funeral pile. Roma, -ae, f., Rome. Romanus, -a, -um, Roman. Romanus, -i, m., a Roman. Romulus, -i, m., Romulus, the founder of Rome. rosa, -ae, f., rose. rostrum, -i, n., beak, prow. rumpo, -ere, rupi, ruptum, break down, break. ruo, -ere, rui, rush. rupes, -is, f., rock, cliff. rursus, adv., again. sacer, -cra, -crum, sacred. sacerdos, -otis, m., f., priest, priestess. sacrificium, -i, n., sacrifice. sacrifico, -are, -avi, -atum, offer sacrifice, sacrifice. saepe, adv., often. saevus, -a, -um, fierce, savage. sagax, gen. sagacis, shrewd, saga- cious. sagitta, -ae, f., arrow. sagittarius, -i, m., archer. sal, salis, m., salt. salsus, -a, -um, salted. saltem, adv., at least. salto, -are, -avi, -atum, dance. saliis, -utis, f., safety. saluto, -are, -avi, -atum, greet. salve, pl. salvete, hail, welcome, how do you do? (Imperative of salveo.) salvus, -a, -um, safe. sane, adv., of course. sanguis, sanguinis, m., blood. sanitas, -atis, f., sanity. sapiens, gen. -entis, wise. satis, adv., enough. saxum, -i, n., stone, a stone, rock. scaena, -ae, f., scene. scapha, -ae, f., skiff, boat. sceleratus, -a, -um, wicked; mascu- line as noun, wretch, scoundrel. scelus, sceleris, n., crime. SCHOLA 348 SPARTA schola, -ae, f., school. scientia, -ae, f., knowledge, skill. scio, scire, scivi, scitum, know, know how. scribit, (he, she, it) writes. scribo, -ere, scripsi, scriptum, write. scutum, -i, n., shield. secundus, -a, -um, second. securis, -is, f., ax. sed, conj. y but. sedeo, -ere, sedi, sessum, sit, be seated. sedes, -is, f., residence, abode. semper, adv., always. senator, -oris, m., senator. senatus, -us, m., senate. senectus, -utis, f., old age. senex, senis, m., old man. sentio, -ire, sensi, sensum, feel, notice, think, know. sepelio, -ire, -ivi, sepultum, bury. septem, numeral adj., seven. sepultura, -ae, f., burial. sepultus, -a, -um (participle of sepelio), overcome. sequor, sequi, secutus sum, follow, pursue. Seriphus, -i, f., Seriphus, an island in the Aegean Sea. sermo, -onis, m., conversation. sero, adv., late, too late. serpens, -entis, f., serpent. servitus, -utis, f., servitude, slav- ery. servo, -are, -avi, -atum, save, pre- serve. servus, -i, m., slave, servant. Sextus, -i, m., Sextus (name of a man or boy); Sextus Tarquinius, son of Tarquinius Superbus. si, conj., if ; si quis, if anyone. sic, adv., thus, so. siccus, -a, -um, dry. signifer, -eri, m., standard-bearer. signum, -i, n., sign, mark, standard, signal. silentium, -i, n., silence. sileo, -ere, -ui, be silent. silva, -ae, f., forest. similis, -e, hke, similar. simul, adv., at the same time. simulatus, -a, -um, pretended, fic- titious. simulo, -are, -avi, -atum, pretend. sin, conj., but if ; sin minus, if not. sine, prep. with abl., without. singuli, -ae, -a, one by one, one at a time. sinistra, -ae, f., left hand, left. sino, -ere, sivi, situm, permit, allow. sinus, -us, m., a fold, bosom. sitio, -ire, -ivi, thirst, be thirsty. situs, -us, m., site, location. sive, or seu, conj., whether, or if; sive . . . sive, whether . . . or, either . . . or. socius, -i, m., ally, comrade. sol, solis, m., the sun. soleo, -ere, solitus sum, be accus- tomed. solitus, -a, -um, customary, usual. solium, -I, N., throne. solum, adv., only, merely. solus, -a, -um, alone, only. solvo, -ere, solvi, solutum, loosen, unfasten, pay; of ships, with or without navem, weigh anchor, set sail. somnus, -i, m., sleep. sonitus, -us, m., sound. sonorus, -a, -um, sonorous. sonus, -i, m., sound. soror, -oris, f., sister. sors, sortis, f., lot. Sparta, -ae, f., Sparta, a city of Greece. SPATIUM 349 TAENARUM spatium, -I, n., space. species, -ei, f., appearance, aspect. spectator, -oris, m., spectator. specto, -are, -avi, -atum, watch, look at, look. speculum, -i, n., mirror. spelunca, -ae, f., cave, cavern. spes, spei, f., hope. splendidus, -a, -um, splendid. spolio, -are, -avi, -atum, plunder. (spons, spontis,) f., only abl. sponte, usually with mea, tua, sua, of one's own accord, voluntarily. Spurius, -i, m., Spurius, a Roman name; Spurius Lartius, a Roman senator. squalidus, -a, -um, squalid, dirty. squalor, -oris, m., squalor, filth. stabulum, -i, n., stable, stall. statim, adv., at once, immediately. stella, -ae, f., star. stipendium, -i, n., tribute. sto, stare, steti, staturus, stand. stringo, -ere, strinxi, strictum, strip, draw. studeo, -ere, studui, apply oneself. study {takes dative). studiosus, -a, -um, studious. stultus, -a, -um, foolish. Stymphalis, gen. -idis, Stymphalian. Stymphalus, -i, m., Stymphalus, a town of Greece. Styx, Stygis, f., the Styx, a river of the lower world. suavis, -e, sweet, agreeable. sub, prep. with acc. and abl., under. subdo, -dere, -didi, -ditum, put under, set to. subeo, -ire, -ii, -itum, undergo. subito, adv., suddenly. sublicius, -a, -um, resting on piles; pons sublicius, a pile bridge. succedo, -cedere, -cessi, -cessum, succeed, take the place of. succido, -cidere, -cidi, -cisum, cut down. sui, sibi, se, se, third person, sing. and pl. reflexive pronoun, of him- self, herself, itself, themselves. suibus, dative and ablative plural of sus. sum, esse, fui, futurus, be. summoveo, -movere, -movi, -motus, remove. summus, -a, -um, highest, greatest, utmost; highest part of, top of. sumo, -ere, sumpsi, sumptum, take, take up, assume. sunt, (they) are. superbus, -a, -um, haughty, proud. superior, -ius, higher, preceding. supero, -are, -avi, -atum, defeat, overcome. supersum, -esse, -fui, -futurus, re- main, be left. supplex, gen. supplicis, suppliant. supplicium, -i, n., punishment. supplico, -are, -avi, -atum, pray to. supra, adv., above, before. surgo, -ere, surrexi, surrectum, rise. sus, suis, m., hog; pl., swine. suscipio, -cipere, -cepi, -ceptum, undertake. suspicio, -onis, f., suspicion. suspicor, -ari, -atus sum, suspect. sustineo, -tinere, -tinui, -tentum, hold up, withstand. suus, -a, -um, his, her, its, their, in reflexive meaning; his own, her own, its own, their own. tabernaculum, -i, n., tent. taceo, -ere, tacui, tacitum, be silent. Taenarum, -i, n., Taenarum, a promontory on the coast of Greece. TALARIA 350 TRANSPORTO talaria, -ium, n. pl., winged sandals. talis, -e, such. tam, adv., so; tam . . . quam, as . . . as. tamen, adv., nevertheless, still, how- ever. tandem, adv., at length. tango, -ere, tetigi, tactum, touch. tantus, -a, -um, so great, so large; tantus . . . quantus, as large . . . as. Tarquinius, -i, m., Tarquinius Su- perbus, a king of Rome. Tartarus, -i, m., Tartarus, the place of punishment in the lower world. taurus, -i, m., bull. tectum, -i, n., house, roof. tecum, with 3'ou. tego, -ere, texi, tectum, cover, protect. tela, -ae, f., web (a piece of cloth in a loom). Telemachus, -i, m., Telemachus, the son of Ulysses. telum, -i, n., weapon. temerarius, -a, -um, rash. tempestas, -atis, f., storm, weath- er. templum, -i, N., temple. tempto, -are, -avi, -atum, try. tempus, -oris, n., time. tenebrae, -arum, f. pl., darkness. teneo, -ere, tenui, hold, hold to; keep back. tergum, -i, n., back. terni, -ae, -a, three by three, by groups of three. terra, -ae, f., land, the earth. terreo, -ere, terrui, territum, frighten. terribilis, -e, terrible, dreadful. terror, -oris, m., terror, fright. tertius, -a, -um, third. texo, -ere, texui, textum, weave. Thebae, -arum, f. pl., Thebes, a city of Greece. Thebani, -orum, m. pl. y the Thebans. Thermodon, -ontis, m., the Ther- modon, a river in Asia Minor. Thracia, -ae, f., Thrace. Tiberis, -is, m., the Tiber, o river of Italy. tibi, to you, you (as indirect object). timeo, -ere, -ui, fear. timet, (he, she, it) fears. timidus, -a, -um, timid, cowardly. timor, -oris, m., fear. Tiryns, Tirynthis, f., Tiryns, a city in Greece. Titus, -i, m., Titus (name of a boy or man); Titus Herminius, a Roman senator. tollo, -ere, sustuli, sublatum, raise, lift. torreo, -ere, torrui, tostum, roast. tostus, -a, -um, roasted. tot, indeclinable adj., so many. totus, -a, -um, the whole, all. tracto, -are, -avi, -atum, treat; handle. trado, -dere, -didi, -ditum, sur- render, give up; report. traduco, -ducere, -duxi, -ductum, lead across, bring across. traho, -ere, traxi, tractum, drag, draw, pull. trajectus, -us, m., crossing, passage. trajicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jectum, pierce. tranquille, adv., quietly. tranquillitas, -atis, f., a calm at sea. tranquillus, -a, -um, calm, still. trans, prep. with acc, across. transeo, -ire, -ii, -itum, cross. transfigo, -figere, -fixi, -fixum, pierce. transporto, -are, -avi, -atum, carry across, transport. TRANSVEHO 351 VERBERA transveho, -vehere, -vexi, -vectum, convey across. tremo, -ere, -ui, tremble. trepido, -are, -avi, -atum, be in confusion, hurry about in alarm. tres, tria, three. tributum, -i, n., tribute; plur., trib- ute, indemnity. triumphus, -i, m., triumph. Troja, -ae, f., Troy. Trojani, -orum, m. pl., the Trojans. tu, gen. tui, you (ofone person). tua, see tuus. tum, adv., then. turbo, -are, -avi, -atum, disturb. turpis, -e, disgraceful. Tusculum, -i, n., Tusculum, a town notfarfrom Rome. tuto, adv., safely. tutus, -a, -um, safe. tuus, -a, -um, your, yours (of one person). U ubi, adv., where, when. ubinam, adv., where in the world? where? ulciscor, ulcisci, ultus sum, punish, take vengeance on. Ulixes, Ulixis, m., Ulysses, a Greek hero. iillus, -a, -um, any. ulterior, -ius, farther. ululo, -are, -avi, -atum, howl, bark. umerus, -i, m., upper arm, shoulder. umquam, adv., ever. unda, -ae, f., wave. unde, adv., from where, whence. undecimus, -a, -um, eleventh. undique, adv., on all sides, from all sides. unus, -a, -um, one; ad unum, to a man. urbs, urbis, f., city. usque, adv., all the way, even; usque ad, as far as, until. usus, -us, m., experience. ut, adv., as, when, how. uter, -tra, -trum, which of twof uterque, utraque, utrumque, each of two, both. uxor, -oris, f., wife. vacuus, -a, -um, vacant, empty. vae, interjection, woe, alas (for) ! vagor, -ari, -atus sum, wander. valde, adv., very, very much. vale, farewell, good-by (imperative of valeo). valeo, -ere, -ui, -iturus, be well, be strong. Valerius, -i, m., Valerius, a Roman consul. validus, -a, -um, strong, well. valles, vallis, f., valley. vallum, -i, n., rampart, wall. vapulo, -are, -avi, -atum, (active forms translated as passive), be beaten, be whipped. varius, -a, -um, various, different. vasto, -are, -avi, -atum, lay waste, destroy. vehementer, adv., violently, strong- ly, earnestly, very much, very. vel, adv., even; conj., or. vellus, velleris, n., fleece. velo, -are, -avi, -atum, envelop, veil. venenum, -i, n., poison, magic drug. veneror, -ari, -atus sum, worship, reverence. venio, -ire, veni, ventum, come. venter, ventris, M., stomach, belly. ventus, -i, m., wind. verbera, -um, n. pl., blows. VERBUM 352 VULPES verbum, -I, N., word. vero, adv., in truth, indeed. See immo. verto, -ere, verti, versum, turn. verus, -a, -um, true; verum or vera as noun, the truth. vescor, vesci, feed upon. vesper, -eri, m., evening. vesperi, in the evening. vester, -tra, -trum, your, yours (of more than one person) . vestlgium, -i, n., footstep, track. vestimentum, -i, n. garment, cover- let, blanket. vestis, vestis, f., garment, clo-hing. vestitus, -us, m., clothing. veto, -are, vetui, vetitum, forbid. via, -ae, f., street, road, way. viator, -oris, m., traveler. victi, -orum, m. pl. (past participle of vinco as noun), the conquered, the vanquished. victima, -ae, f., victim (forsacrifice). victoria, -ae, f., victory. videmus, we see. vident, (they) see. video, -ere, vidi, visum, see. videor, -eri, visus sum, seem. videt, (he, she, it) sees. vigil, vigilis, m., sentinel. vigilia, -ae, f., watch (a division of time). viginti, numeral adj., twenty. vincio, -ire, vinxi, vinctum, bind. vinco, -ere, vici, victum, conquer, defeat. vinculum, -I, n., chain, bond. vinum, -I, n., wine. vir, viri, m., man, husband. vires, plural of vis. virgo, virginis, f., young woman. maiden, virgin. virtus, -utis, f., manhood, manly spirit, courage. vis, f., violence, force; plur., vlres virium, strength. vis, second person of volo, wish. vita, -ae, f., life. vlto, -are, -avi, -atum, avoid. vivo, -ere, vixi, vlctum, live, be alive. vivus, -a, -um, alive. vix, adv., scarcely, with, difficulty. voco, -are, -avl, -atum, call. volo, -are, -avi, -aturus, fly. volo, velle, volul, wish, be willing. voluntas, -atis, f., will, wish. voro, -are, -avi, -atum, devour. vos, you (plural nominative and accusative) . vox, vocis, f., voice; magna vox, a loud voice; parva vox, a low voice. Vulcanus, -I, m., Vulcan, the god oj fire. vulneratus, -a, -um (participle of vulnero as adj.), wounded. vulnero, -are, -avi, -atum, wound. vulnus, vulneris, n., a wound. vulpes, vulpis, f., fox. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY about, de, prep. with abl. accept, accipio, -cipere, -cepl, -cep- tum. again, iterum, adv. aid, auxilium, -I, n. alive, vivus, -a, -um. all, omnis, -e. ally, socius, -I, m. alone, solus, -a, -um. also, quoque; etiam, advs. always, semper, adv. America, America, -ae, f. Amphinomus, Amphinomus, -I, m. and, et, -que, conjs. animal, bestia, -ae, f.; animal, animalis, n. announce, nuntio, -are, -avl, -atum. answer, respondeo, -spondere, -spondl, -sponsum. appear, appareo, -ere, -ui. approach, appropinquo, -are, -avl, -atum. archer, sagittarius, -I, m. army, exercitus, -fis, m. arrow, sagitta, -ae, f. ask, interrogo, -are, -avT, -atum. at once, statim, adv. attack (noun), impetus,- -us, m. attack (verb), oppugno, -are, -avl, -atum. away, be away, be distant, absum, abesse, aful, afuturus. ax, securis, securis, f. B bank, rlpa, -ae, f. barbarian, barbarus, -I, m. battle, proelium, -l, n. be, am, sum, esse, ful, futurus. beast, bestia, -ae, f. beautiful, pulcher, -chra, -chrum. because, quod, conj. began, coepl, coepisse. beggar, mendlcus, -I, m. behind, post, prep. with acc. believe, credo, -dere, -didl, -ditum bend, flecto, -ere, flexl, flexum. best, optimus, -a, -um. bird, avis, avis, f. blind, caecus, -a, -um. body, corpus, corporis, N. book, liber, librl, m. bow, arcus, -us, m. boy, puer, puerl, m. branch, ramus, -I, m. brave, fortis, -e. bravely, fortiter, adv. bread, panis, panis, m. break down, frango, -ere, fregl, fractum. bridge, pons, pontis, m. bring, bring into, adduco, -ducere, -duxl, -ductum. brother, frater, fratris, m. but, sed, conj. by, a, ab, prep. call, voco, -are, -avl, -atum. camp, castra, -orum, n. pl. can, am able, possum, posse, potul. capture, capio, -ere, cepl, captum. carry, porto, -are, -avi, -atum. cave, antrum, -I, n. ; caverna, -ae, f. cavern, caverna, -ae, f. centurion, centurio, -onis, m. 353 354 FIRST LATIN BOOK certain, certus, -a, -um; to be cer- tain, pro certo habere; a certain (person or thing), quidam, quaedam, quoddam. change, mtito, -are, -avi, -atum. choose, deligo, -ligere, -legi, -lectum. Circe, Circe, Circae, f. citizen, civis, civis, m. city, urbs, urbis, f. close, claudo, -ere, clausi, clausum. cloud, nubes, nubis, f. column, columna, -ae, f. come, venio, -ire, veni, ventum. companion, comes, comitis, m. conceal, celo, -are, -avi, -atum. consul, consul, consulis, m. cottage, casa, -ae, f. country, terra, -ae, f.; (native) country, patria, -ae, f. credible, credibilis, -e. cross, transeo, -ire, -ii, -itum. cruel, crudelis, -e. cup, poculum, -i, n. Cyclops, Cyclops, Cyclopis, m. danger, periculum, -i, n. daughter, filia, -ae, f. day, dies, diei, m., f. daybreak, prima lux. dead, mortuus, -a, -um. dear, carus, -a, -um. deep, altus, -a, -um. deer, cervus, -i, m. defeat, supero, -are, -avi, -atum; vinco, -ere, vici, victum. defend, defendo, -ere, defendi, defensum. delay, moror, -ari, -atus sum. demand, postulo, -are, -avi, -atum. desert, desero, -ere, ui, -tum. despair of, despero, -are, -avi, -atum. destroy, deleo, -ere, -evi, -etum. dinner, cena, -ae, f. divide, divido, -ere, divisi, divisum. dog, canis, canis, m. door, janua, -ae, f. doubt, dubium, -i, n. drink, bibo, -ere, bibi. drive, ago, -ere, egi, actum. drive back, repello, -ere, reppuli, repulsum. drive out, expello, -pellere, -puli, -pulsum. E easy, facilis, -e. eat, edo, -ere, edi, esum. eight, octo, indeclinable numeral. enchantress, maga, -ae, f. enemy, inimicus, -i, m.; hostis, hostis, m. enter, intro, -are, -avi, -atum. escape, effugio, -fugere, -fugi, -fugiturus. Etruscan, Etriiscus, -i, m. Eumaeus, Eumaeus, -i, m. Europe, Europa, -ae, f. evening, in the evening, vesperi. expect, expecto, -are, -avi, -atum. eye, oculus, -i, m. F fact, see thing. faithful, fidelis, -e. faithless, perfidus, -a, -um. far, longe, adv. farewell, vale, pl. valete. farmer, agricola, -ae, m. father, pater, patris, m. fear, timeo, -ere, -ui. few, a few, pauci, -ae, -a. VOCABULARY 355 field, ager, agrl, m. fierce, ferus, -a, -um. fifty, qulnquaginta, indeclinable numeral. fight, pugno, -are, -avi, -atum. find, invenio, -venire, -veni, -ventum. fire, ignis, ignis, m. first, primus, -a, -um. flee, fugio, -ere, fugl, fugitiirus. fleece, vellus, velleris, n. flight, fuga, -ae, f. flock, grex, gregis, m. flower, flos, floris, m. food, cibus, -I, m. foot, pes, pedis, m. for, on behalf of, pro, prep. with abl. forces, copiae, -arum, f. pl. forehead, frons, frontis, f. forest, silva, -ae, f. form (noun), forma, -ae, f. form (a plan), capio, -ere, cepl, captum. fonnerly, olim, adv. fortify, miinio, -Ire, -Ivl, -Itum. friend, amlcus, -I, m. from, e, ex; de; a, ab, preps. front, in front of, ante, prep. with acc.', pro, prep. with abl. full, plenus, -a, -um. garden, hortus, -I, m. gate, porta, -ae, f. Gaul (a country), Gallia, -ae, f. Gaul (an inhabitant of ihe country ofGaul), Gallus, -I. general, imperator, -oris, m. Germans, Germani, -orum, m. pl. gift, donum, -I, n. girl, puella, -ae, f. give, do, dare, dedi, datum. go, eo, Ire, il (Ivi), itum; go out, exeo, -Ire, -il, -itum; go away, abeo, -ire, -il, -itum. goat, caper, capri, m. god, a god, deus, del (pl. dl), m. golden, aureus, -a, -um. good, bonus, -a, -um; very good, optimus, -a, -um. Greek, a, Graecus, -I, II. ground, on the ground, huml. guest, hospes, hospitis, m. hall, atrium, -I, n. happy, felix, gen. felicis. H hasten, propero, -are, -avi, -atum. hate, odl, odisse. have, habeo, -ere, -ul, -itum. he, is, gen. ejus. head, caput, capitis, n. hear, audi5, -Ire, -Ivi, -Itum. helmet, galea, -ae, f. help (noun), auxilium, -I, n. help (verb), juvo, -are, juvl, jutum. here, hlc, adv. himself, herself, itself, sui, sibi, se (sese). his, her, its, when reflexive, suus, -a, -um; when not reflexive, ejus. hold, teneo, -ere, -ul. home, domus, -iis, f.; at home, domi. horn, cornu, -us, n. horse, equus, -I, m. house, tectum, -I, n. hungry, be hungry, hunger, esurio, -Ire. hurry, propero, -are, -avi, -atum. husband, vir, virl, m.; marltus, -I, M. 356 FIRST LATIN BOOK if, si, conj. immortal, immortalis, -e. impudent, impudens, gen. impuden- tis. in, in, prep. with abl. in front of , ante, prep. with acc. ; pro, prep. with abl. in vain, friistra, adv. industrious, impiger, -gra, -grum. inhabitant, incola, -ae, m., f. into, in, prep. with acc. invite, invito, -are, -avi, -atum. Ireland, Hibernia, -ae, f. island, insula, -ae, f. it, is, ea, id. J jar, amphora, -ae, f. javelin, pilum, -i, n. jump, desilio, -sihre, -silui, -sultum. kill, interficio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum. kindle, accendo, -cendere, -cendi, -censum. kind, benignus, -a, -um. king, rex, regis, m. kingdom, regnum, -I, n. know, scio, scire, scivi, scitum. lamb, agnus, -i, lf. large, magnus, -a, -um. lay down, depono, -ponere, -posui. -positum. lay waste, vasto, -are, -avi, -atum. lead, duco, -ere, dtixi, ductum. leader, dux, ducis, m. left, left hand, sinistra, -ae, f. legion, legio, -onis, f. letter, epistula, -ae, f. lie, jaceo, -ere, -ui. lieutenant, legatus, -i, m. light, lux, lucis, f. little, parvus, -a, -um. live, habito, -are, -avi, -atum. long, longus, -a, -um. long, for a long time, diu, adv. look around, circumspecto, -are, -avi, -atum. love, amo, -are, -avi, -atum. M maid, maid servant, ancilla, -ae, f. man, vir, viri; homo, hominis, M. many, multi, -ae, -a. march (noun), iter, itineris, n. Marcus, Marcus, -i, M. master, dominus, -i, m. me, as direct object, me; as indirect object, mihi. Menelaus, Menelaus, -i, m. Mercury, Mercurius, -i, m. messenger, ntintius, -i, m. middle, middle of, medius, -a, -um. mine, see my. money, pecunia, -ae, f. monster, monstrum, -i, n. moon, ltina, -ae, f. morning, in the morning, mane, adv. mother, mater, matris, f. mountain, mons, montis, m. murmur, murmuro, -are, -avi, -atum. my, mine, meus, -a, -um. N name, nomen, nommis, n. native country, patria, -ae, f. near, prope, prep. with acc. Neptune, Neptunus, -i, m. news, what news, quid novi. VOCABULARY 357 night, nox, noctis, f.; at night, noctu, adv. no [adjective), nullus, -a, -um; no longer, non jam. nobody, nemo, dat. nemini, acc. neminem (gen. and abl. from ntillus) . not, non, adv. now, nunc, adv. obey, pareo, -ere, -ui. offer, offero, -ferre, obtuli, oblatum. often, saepe, adv. old man, senex, gen. senis, m. on all sides, undique, adv. once, at once, statim, adv. one by one, singuli, -ae, -a. open, aperio, -ire, -ui, -tum. others, the others, reliqui, -orum; ceteri, -orum, m. pl. ought, debeo, -ere, -ui, -itum; (impersonal) oportet, -ere, -uit. our, noster, -tra, -trum. outside, extra, prep. with acc. Palatine, Palatinus, -i, m. part, pars, partis, f. perhaps, fortasse, adv. perish, pereo, -ire, -ii, -iturus. permit, it is permitted, licet, licere, licuit. picture, pictura, -ae, f. pierce, transfigo, -figere, -fixi, -fixum. place, locus, -i, m. (pl. loca, -orum, N.). plan, consilium, -i, n. please, placeo, -ere, -ui. poet, poeta, -ae, m. powerful, potens, gen. potentis. praise, laudo, -are, -avi, -atum. prepare, paro, -are, -avi, -atum. prepared ; paratus, -a, -um. present, donum, -i, n. prisoner, captivus, -i, m. protect, tego, -ere, texi, tectum. punish, punio, -ire, -ivi, -itum. put out, extinguo, -tinguere, -tinxi, -tinctum. Q queen, regina, -ae, f. ram, aries, arietis, m. read, lego, -ere, legi, lectum. rear, tergum, -i, n. receive, accipio, -cipere, -cepi, -ceptum. recognize, agnosco, -ere, agnovi, agnitum. redoubt, castellum, -i, n. remain, maneo, -ere, mansi, man- sum. renew, renovo, -are, -avi, -atum. repulse, repello, -ere, reppuli, re- pulsum. resist, resisto, -ere, restiti. restore, restituo, -stituere, -stitui, -stitutum. return (noun), reditus, -iis, m. return (verb), redeo, -ire, -ii, -itum. reward, praemium, -i, n. right, right hand, dextra, -ae, f. river, flumen, fluminis, n. Roman (noun), Romanus, -i, m. Roman (adjective), Romanus, -a, -um. Rome, Roma, -ae, f. Romulus, Romulus, -i, m. rose, rosa, -ae, f. rouse, excito, -are, -avi, -atum. run, curro, -ere, cucurri, cursum. 358 FIRST LATIN BOOK S safe, tutus, -a, -um. sailor, nauta, -ae, m. same, Idem, eadem, idem. save, servo, -are, -avl, -atum. say, dlco, -ere, dlxl, dictum. school, schola, -ae, f. sea, mare, maris, N. see, video, -ere, vldl, vlsum. seek, quaero, -ere, quaeslvl, quae- sltum. seem, videor, viderl, vlsus sum (passive of video) . seize, occupo, -are, -avl, -atum. self, himself, herself, itself, ipse, ipsa, ipsum. senator, senator, -oris, m. send, mitto, -ere, mlsl, missum. sentinel, vigil, vigilis, m. servant, servus, -I, m. Sextus, Sextus, -I, m. sharp, acutus, -a, -um. sheep, ovis, ovis, f. shield, scutum, -I, n. ship, navis, navis, f. shore, lltus, lltoris, n. shout, clamor, clamoris, M. show, ostendo, -dere, -dl, -tum. sight, conspectus, -us, m. silence, silentium, -I, n. sing, canto, -are, -avl, -atum. sister, soror, sororis, f. sit, sedeo, -ere, sedl, sessum. slave, servus, -I, m. sleep, somnus, -I, m. small, parvus, -a, -um. soldier, mlles, mllitis, m. sometimes, interdum, adv. son, fllius, -I, m. sound, sonus, -I, m. Spain, Hispania, -ae, f. Sparta, Sparta, -ae, f. spear, hasta, -ae, f. speak, loquor, loqul, locutus sum. splendid, splendidus, -a, -um. staff, baculum, -I, n. stand, sto, stare, stetl, statum. stand about, circumsto, -stare, -stitl, -statum. star, stella, -ae, f. story, fabula, -ae, f. street, via, -ae, f. strength, vires, vlrium, f. pl. strong, validus, -a, -um. suddenly, subito, adv. sufficiently, satis, adv. suitor, procus, -I, m. summer, aestas, aestatis, f.; in summer, aestate. sweet, dulcis, -e. swim, nato, -are, -avi, -atum. sword, gladius, -I, m. take, capio, -ere, cepl, captum; sumo, -ere, siimpsl, sumptum. talk, loquor, loqul, lociitus sum. tell, narro, -are, -avl, -atum. tent, tabernaculum, -I, n. thank, gratias ago (agere, egl, actum). that (pl. those), ille, illa, illud; is, ea, id. themselves, sul, sibi, se (sese). thing, rcs, rel, f. think, puto, -are, -avl, -atum. this, hic, haec, hoc; is, ea, id. through, per, prep. with acc. Tiber, Tiberis, Tiberis, M. throw, jacio, -ere, jecl, jactum; conjicio, -jicere, -jecl, -jectum. throw away, rejicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jectum. thus, ita, adv. VOCABULARY 359 tie together, colligo, -are, -avi, -atum. time, tempus, temporis, n. tired, tired out, defessus, -a, -um. Titus, Titus, -1, m. to, ad, in, preps. with acc. today, hodie, adv. tomorrow, cras, adv. toward, ad, prep. with acc. town, oppidum, -I, n. triumph, triumphus, -I. M. Troy, Troja, -ae, f. turn, verto, -ere, vertl, versum. twist, contorqueo, -torquere, -torsi, -tortum. two, duo, duae, duo. Ulysses, Ullxes, Uiixis, m. uncle, avunculus, -I, m. unfortunate, miser, misera, miserum. unhappy, miser, misera, miserum. vain, in vain, frustra, adv. victory, victoria, ae, f. voice, vox, vocis, f. W w walk, ambulo, -are, -avi, -atum. wander, erro, -are, -avi, -atum. war, bellum, -I, n. warn, moneo, -ere, -ui, -itum. watch (noun), vigilia, -ae, f. watch (verb), specto, -are, -avi, -atum. weapons, arma, -orum, n. pl. well, bene, adv. where, ubi, adv. which, relative pronoun, qui, quae, quod. who, interrogative, quis, quid; rela- tive, qui, quae, quod. why, cur, adv. window, fenestra, -ae, f. wine, vlnum, -I, n. winter, hiems, hiemis, f. ; in winter, hieme. wise, sapiens, gen. sapientis. wish, volo, velle, volul. with, cum, prep. with abl. without, sine, prep. with abl. woman, femina, -ae, f. work, laboro, -are, -avl, -atum. wpund, vulnero, -are, -avl, -atum. year, annus, -1, m. yesterday, herl, adv. young man, juvenis, -is, m. your, of one person, tuus, -a, -um; of more than one person, vester, -tra, -trum. INDEX (Numbers refer to sections, unless page reference is specified.) a, ab, with ablative, 126 b. as prefix, 180, 288. Ablative Case, absolute, 399-403. of accompaniment, 264-265. of agent, 264-265. of cause, App. 45 (12). of degree of difference, App. 45 (9). of description, 430. of manner, App. 45 (6). . of means, 263-265. of respect, App. 45 (10). of separation, App. 45 (1). of time at which, 328. with prepositions, 55, 126 b. with utor, etc, App. 45 (13). ACCENT, p. XV. Accusative Case, as direct object, 26. of duration of time, 329. of extent, 441. with prepositions, 137. ad, with accusative, see Accusative. as prefix, 180, 233-234, 288. Adjectives, defined, (3) p. xix. agreement of, 18, 25, 32, 39, 56, 87, 93, 112. comparison of, 431, 433, 434, 435 declension of comparatives, 432 numeral, cardinal, 423-424. ordinal, 447. interrogative, 161-162. position of, 14. possessive, 18 a, 120. predicate, (9) p. 5, 410 a. substantive use of, 113. first and second declension of, 111, 118. third declension of, 306-307, 312. Adverb, defined, (11) p. 8. comparison of, 437-438. formation of , 436, 438. Agreement, of adjectives, 18, 25, 32, 39, 56, 87, 93, 112. of appositives, 62. of participles, 235. of relative pronouns, 301. of verbs, (19) p. 28. aliquis, declension of, 392. alius, genitive and dative of , 255 a. Alphabet, p. xiii. ante, with accusative, 137. Antecedent, defined, (5) p. xx. Apposition, and appositive, defined (18) p. 23. cases in apposition, 62. Article, defined, (3) a, p. xx. lack of in Latin, 13. Assimilation of Consonants, 233- 234, 289-291. Cardinal Numerals, 423-424. Case, defined, (13) p. 10. of English nouns and pronouns, (13) p. 10. names of Latin cases, 26, 32, 39. Case Endings, first declension, 24, 37, 59, 61. second declension, 104, 105, 106. third declension, 105, 202. fourth declension, 317. fifth declension, 415. castra, form and meaning, 126 a. circum, as prefix, 180-181, 288. coepi, use of , 325 a. Comparative Adjectives, deele*- sion of, 432. Comparison, of adjectives, 431 433-435. of adverbs, 437-438. Compound Verbs, with dative, 429 Conjugation, first, 76. 77, 123 154, 155, 167, 184, 225, 246, 247, 358, 359, 370, 371. second, 143, 144, 154, 155, 167 184, 225, 246, 247, 358. 359,' 370 371. third/252,258, 276, 292. fourth, 270, 276, 292. see under eo, fero, fio, possum, sum, volo. 361 362 FIRST LATIN BOOK Conjunctions, defined, (15) p. 17. cum, preposition, with ablative, 55. enclitic, 351 c. as a prefix, 289. Dative Case, with adjectives, 48. with compound verbs, 429. with special verbs, 377. as indirect object, 37, 39. position of, 49 (2). Declension, defined, 83 a. how determined, 61 a. first declension, 59, 61. second, 83, 84, 92, 98, 99, 104, 106. third, 200, 201, 207, 212, 213, 218, 219. fourth, 317. fifth, 415. of comparative adjectives, 432. Demonstrative Pronouns and Adjectives, 132, 149, 172. Deponent Verbs, defined, 440. Derivatives, English, from Latin, 5-9, 68-70, 130-131, 233-234, 288-291, 337. Description, ablative of, 430. genitive of, 430 a. "do" in negative sentences, 19. duo, declension of, 424. ego, declension of, 351. Emphatic Forms of English Verbs, 76 a. Enclitics, 351 c, 379 a, 382. eo, conjugation of, 322, 340. compounds of, 323. e, ex, with ablative case, 55. use of in distinction from a and ab, 126 b. as a prefix, 131, 181. Expletive "there" not translated into Latin, 54. fero, conjugation of, App. 36. fio, conjugation of, 439. Future Tense, see Tense. Future PerfectTense, see Tense. Gender, of nouns and pronouns, (22) p. 34. in first declension, 85. in second declension, 86. in third declension, 219. in fourth declension, 317. in fifth declension, 415 a. Genitive Case, English, defined, (13) p. 10; 32. Latin genitive defined, 31-32. of description, 430 a. of possession, 31. of the whole, App. 42 (2). position of, 49 (1). Gerund, defined, 445. declension of, 445. uses of, 445. Grammar, elementary principles of, (D-(25). hic, declension of, 132. as adjective, 132. as pronoun, 174. idem, declension of, 364. ille, declension of, 149. as adjective, 149. as pronoun, 174. Imperative Mood, defined, 338. conjugation of, 339-340. Imperfect Tense, see Tense. Impersonal Verbs, 416-418. in, preposition with ablative, 55. as a prefix, 290. in-, inseparable prefix, 291. Indicative Mood, defined, 123 b, App. 47. Indirect Discourse, 408-410. IndirectObject, defined, (14) p. 14. dative of, in Latin, 37, 39. English phrase with "to" as equivalent, 38. Infinitive Mood, defined, (21) P, 31. future, 444. present, of regular verbs, 77, 143, 294. past, of regular verbs, 247. of deponent verbs, 440. of sum, 189 a. complementary, App. 49 (1). in indirect discourse, 409. Interrogative Pronoun and Ad- jective, 160-162. Intransitive Verbs, defined, (20) p. 29. ipse, declension of, App. 25. INDEX 363 is, declension of, 172. as adjective, 173. as pronoun, 172-173, 352. Latin, in ancient times, 1. modern Latin (Romance lan- guages), 2-4. Latin Element in English, 5. Latin terms in law and medicine, 7. forms of English derivatives f rom Latin, 8-9. new words from Latin, 6. licet, use of, 416, 418. meus, use of, 350. Mood, see Imperative, Indica- TIVE, INFINITIVE. "my," an adjective in Latin, 18 a. -ne, sign of a question, 382. Nominative Case, defined, (13) p. 10. as subject, 26. in predicate, (9) p. 5, 12, 410 a. nonne, sign of a question, 382. nos, declension of, 351. noster, use of, 350. Noun, defined, (1) p. xix. num, sign of a question, 382. Number, of nouns and pronouns, (12) p. 10. of verbs, (19) p. 28. Numerals, adjectives, cardinal, 423-424. ordinal, 447. ob, as a prefix, 233-234. Object, direct, defined, (10) p. 5; 12. accusative of, 26. Object, indirect, defined, (14) p. 14. dative of, 37. phrases in English equivalent to, 38. oportet, use of, 416-417. Order of Words, in Latin, 14, 49. verb and adjective, 14. position of genitive, 49 (1). position of dative, 49 (2). Ordinal Numerals, 447. Participles, defined, (25) p. 98. agreement of, 235. future, 442-443. past, 235. present, 393. declension of, 394. use of, 394 a. Past Perfect Tense, see Tense. Perfect Tense, see Tense. Person of Nouns and Pronouns, (16) p. 19. of verbs, (19) p. 28. Personal Endings of Verbs in Latin, active, 78. passive, 124. in perfect tense, 225 b. Personal Pronouns, 350-352. Possessives, of the first and second persons, 18 a, 120. of the third person, reflexive, 194. of third person, not reflexive, 195. omission of, 195 a. possum, conjugation of, 345. Predicate, defined, (9) p. 5. adjective, (9) p. 5; 410 a. noun, (9) p. 5; 12, 410 a. Prefixes, inseparable, 182, 291. changes in spelling, 183. prepositions as, 131, 180, 181, 233, 234, 288, 290. Prepositions, defined, (17) p. 21. with English nouns, (17) p. 21. with Latin ablative, 55, 126 b. with Latin accusative, 137. as prefixes, 131, 180, 181, 183, 233, 234, 288-290. Present Tense, see Tense. Principal Parts of Verbs, 240, 241, 243, 245, 253. Progressive Forms of English Verbs, 76 a, 123 a, 154, 394 a. Pronoun, defined, (4) p. xx. omitted in Latin as subject, 44. antecedent of, (5) p. xx. classes of , (6) p. xx. interrogative, 160, 162. personal, declension of, 351. use of, 350, 352. reflexive, 281-282. relative, 299-301. 364 FIRST LATIN BOOK Pronunciation, xiii-xix. Roman method, xiii-xv. English method, xvi-xix. -que, enclitic use of, 379 a. Questions, f orms of with -ne, nonne, num, 382. quidam, declension of, 390. quis, declension of, 160, 162. quisquam, declension of, 446. quisque, declension of, 448. Quotations, see Indirect Dis- COURSE. Reflexive Pronouns, 281-282. Relative Pronouns, 299-301. Romance Languages, 2-4. numerals, from Latin, 388. Signs of Tenses, see Tense. Special Verbs with the Dative, 377. Stem of Verbs, present, 242. perfect, 242. participial, 242. use of, 244. sub, with ablative and accusative, 277a. Subject, defined, (8) p. 4; 12. SUBSTANTIVE USE OF ADJECTIVES, 113. Suffixes, Latin, 335-336. sum, conjugation of, 71, 189, 226, 247, 340. suus, use of, 194. Synopsis of Verbs, 372. Tense, defined, (24) pp. 62-63. present, 71, 76, 123, 144, 270. imperfect, 154-155, 167, 276. imperfect and perfect dis- tinguished, 227. future, 184 a, 293. perfect, 224, 225, 246, 271; per- sonal endings of, 225 6. past perfect, 357-359. future perfect, 369, 370, 371. signs of tenses, imperfect, 155 o; future, 184 a, 293; past perfect, 358; future perfect, 370. "there," as an expletive, 54. Time, at which, ablative, 328. duration, accusative, 329. "to," in English phrases equivalent to indirect objects, 38. in English phrases denoting place to which, 138. in English phrases after verbs of motion, 138. Transitive Verbs, defined, (20) p. 29. tres, declension of, 424. tu, declension of, 351. tuus, use of, 350. Verbs, defined, (2) p. xix. agreement of, (19) p. 28. number of, (19) p. 28. person of, (19) p. 28. transitive and intransitive, de- fined, (20) p. 29. compound verbs with dative, 429, deponent verbs, 440. impersonal verbs, 416-418. position of, 14. vester, use of, 350. vir, declension of, 104 a. vis, declension of, App. 7(3). Vocative Case, defined, 105. form of, 105, 389. Voice, defined, (23) p. 49. volo, conjugation of, 391. vos, declension of, 351. Word Order, 14, 49. Word Study, 68-70, 130-131, 180- 183, 233-234, 288-291, 335-337. "yes," how expressed in Latin, 382 6. "you," English uses and Latin equivalents, 71 a. "your," an adjective in Latin, 18 a. .1 u VB 36262 605550 1 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY •